Skip to main content
Log in

The classification and geography of the flowering plants: Dicotyledons of the class Angiospermae

Subclasses Magnoliidae, Ranunculidae, Caryophyllidae, Dilleniidae, Rosidae, Asteridae, and Lamiidae

  • Published:
The Botanical Review Aims and scope Submit manuscript

Abstract

This latest revision of my classification and geography of the Dicotyledons replaces my 1992 (Bot. Rev. [Lancaster] 58(3): 225–348) review and is necessitated by the plethora of new information that has become available about the classification of the Angiospermae, especially in the currently popular approaches of cladistic, particulate, and molecular taxonomy. This review attempts to bring up-to-date our knowledge of the dicotyledons, with emphasis on new information published in the last decade. Nearly 600 such recent books, monographs, and other botanical articles are cited in the introduction, listed primarily by the botanical discipline they represent, and in the explanation of the classification. More than 2,000 additional works are listed in the “Literature Cited” section. The numerous changes in the classification created by this new information are listed by subclass and superorder, with pertinent references. A new phylogenetic “shrub” replaces earlier versions and attempts to indicate visually relative sizes and relationships among the superorders, orders, and suborders, with all of these divided into 10 subclasses. One table includes a statistical summary of all known and generally accepted flowering-plant taxa: approximately 257,400 species in 13,678 genera, 389 subfamilies in 490 families, and 756 subfamilies and undivided families in 10 subclasses, 31 superorders, 73 orders, and 64 suborders of Angiospermae. Figures for the dicotyledons are 199,500 species in 10,900 genera, 307 subfamilies in 376 families, and 586 subfamilies and undivided families in 7 subclasses, 22 superorders, 49 orders, and 48 suborders. Three other tables summarize the known indigenous distribution of the families and subfamilies of dicotyledons around the world (the monocotyledons are treated elsewhere). The synopsis lists the dicotyledonous taxa from the subclass down to the subfamily (and in Asteraceae down to the tribe), with indications of the degree of confidence I place in the circumscription and placement of each category above the subfamily, the best available estimates of the number of genera and species for each category, and the known indigenous distribution of each subfamily and family. Table V lists the geographical abbreviations used in the synopsis. The extensive bibliography of pertinent literature on which I have based my decisions should be helpful to persons interested in the classification of the dicotyledons.

Resumen

Esta nueva revisión de mi clasificación y geografía de las dicotiledóneas reemplaza mi anterior revisión de 1992 (Bot. Rev. [Lancaster] 58(3):225-348). Esto es necesario debido a la enorme cantidad de nueva información acerca de la clasificación de las plantas con flores, derivada especialmente de las nuevas metodologías en taxonomía cladística, micromorfología, y datos moleculares. Esta revisión intenta actualizar nuestro conocimiento acerca de las dicotiledóneas con énfasis en la nueva información publicada en la última década. En la introducción y en la explicación de la clasificación, se citan alrededor de 600 trabajos botánicos recientes que incluyen libros, monografías, y artículos especializados, los cuales son listados de acuerdo a la disciplina botánica que representan. Además se citan más de 2,000 obras en la sección titulada “Literature Cited.” Los numerosos cambios originados por esta nueva información son listados por subclases y superórdenes, con sus referencias pertinentes. Un nuevo “arbusto” filético substituye las versiones recientes e intenta indicar visualmente las relaciones entre subclases, superórdenes, órdenes, y subórdenes, así como sus tamaños relativos. Se presenta una tabla con un resumen de las estadísticas de todos los taxa conocidos y comunmente aceptados de las plantas con flores: alrededor de 257,400 especies en 13,678 géneros, 389 subfamilias en 490 familias, y 756 subfamilias con familias no subdivididasen 10 subclases, 31 superórdenes, 73 órdenes, y 64 subórdenes de Angiospermas. Las figuras proporcionadas corresponden a 199,500 especies de dicotiledóneas en 10,900 góneros, 307 subfamilias en 376 familias, y 586 subfamilias y familias no subdividadas en 7 subclases, 22 superórdenes, 49 órdenes, y 48 subórdenes. Otras tres tablas que se presentan en el trabajo muestran la distribución autóctona de familias y subfamilias de las dicotiledóneas del mundo (las monocotiledóneas son tratadas aparte). Esta sinopsis lista los taxa incluidos en las dicotiledóneas desde subclase hasta subfamilia (en Asteraceae hasta tribu), indicando el grado de confianza que designé para la circunscripción y la localización de cada categoría superior a la de subfamilia. Así mismo incluyo las mejores estimaciones disponibles acerca del número de géneros y especies para cada categoría y la distribución geográfica conocida de cada subfamilia y familia. La tabla V lista alfabeticamente las abreviaciones geográficas usadas en esta sinopsis. La extensa revisión bibliografía reciente incluída en este trabajo, y en la cual basé mis decisiones, puede ser de utilidad para todo interasado en la clasificación de las plantas con flores.

This is a preview of subscription content, log in via an institution to check access.

Access this article

Price excludes VAT (USA)
Tax calculation will be finalised during checkout.

Instant access to the full article PDF.

Similar content being viewed by others

Literature Cited

  • Abbe, E. C. 1935–1938. Studies in the phylogeny of the Betulaceae. Bot. Gaz. 97: 1–67; 99: 431–469.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Abdallah, M. S. & H. C. D. de Wit. 1967,1978. The Resedaceae: A taxonomic revision of the family. Belmontia, n.s., 8(26A & B): 1–416.

  • Abid, M. A. 1967. A revision ofSymphorema (Verbenaceae). Gard. Bull. Singapore 22: 153–171.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ablett, E. M., Playford, D. &S. Mills. 1997. The use of rubisco DNA sequences to examine the systematic position ofHernandia albiflora (C. T. White) Kubitzki (Hernandiaceae), and relationships among the Laurales. Austrobaileya 4: 601–607.

    Google Scholar 

  • Abu-Asab, M. S. &P. D. Cantino. 1989. Pollen morphology ofTrichostema (Labiatae) and its systematic implications. Syst. Bot. 14: 359–369.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1992. Pollen morphology in subfamily Lamioideae (Labiatae) and its phylogenetic implications. Pp. 97–112in R. M. Harley & T. Reynolds (eds.), Advances in labiate science. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993a. Phylogenetic implications of pollen morphology in tribe Ajugeae (Labiatae). Syst. Bot. 18: 100–122.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993b. Systematic implications of pollen morphology in tribe Prostanthereae (Labiatae). Syst. Bot. 18: 563–574.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1994. Systematic implications of pollen morphology in subfamilies Lamioideae and Pogostemonoideae (Labiatae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81: 653–686.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——,J. W. Nowicke &T. Sang. 1993. Systematic implications of pollen morphology inCaryopteris (Labiatae). Syst. Bot. 18: 502–515.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ackery, P. R. 1988. Hostplants and classification: A review of nymphalid butterflies. J. Linn. Soc., Biol. 33: 95–203.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991. Hostplant utilization by African and Australian butterflies. J. Linn. Soc., Biol. 44: 335–351.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Adams, R. M., II &G. W. Smith. 1977. An S.E.M. survey of the five carnivorous pitcher plant genera. Amer. J. Bot. 64: 265–272.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Adema, F., P. W. Leenhouts &P. C. van Weizen. 1994. Sapindaceae. Fl. Males., 1,11: 419–768.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ahmad, K. J. 1974. Cuticular studies in some species ofMendoncia andThunbergia (Acanthaceae). J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 69: 53–63.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ahrendt, L. W. A. 1961.Berberis andMahonia. A taxonomic revision. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 57: 1–410.

    Google Scholar 

  • Airy Shaw, H. K. 1952. On the Dioncophyllaceae, a remarkable new family of flowering plants. Kew Bull. 1951: 327–347.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1965. Diagnoses of new families, new names, etc., for the seventh edition of Willis’s “Dictionary.” Kew Bull. 18: 249–273.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972. A new species ofMelanophylla Baker (Melanophyllaceae). Kew Bull. 26: 491–493.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — (revisor). 1985. J. C. Willis’ A dictionary of the flowering plants & ferns. Ed. 8. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England.

    Google Scholar 

  • Albach, D. C., P. S. Soltis, D. E. Soltis &R. G. Olmstead. 1998. Phylogenetic analysis of the Asteridaes.l. based on sequences of 4 genes. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 111–112 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Albert, V. A. &D. W. Stevenson. 1996. Morphological cladistics of the Nepenthales. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 135 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. Struwe. 1996. Morphological cladistics of Gentianaceae, III. Phylogeny and biogeography of the saprophytic tribe Voyrieae. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 135–136 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,S. E. Williams &M. W. Chase. 1992. Carnivorous plants: Phylogeny and structural evolution. Science 257: 1491–1495.

    Article  PubMed  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Alice, L. A. &C. S. Campbell. 1996. A phylogeny ofRubus (Rosaceae: Rosoideae) based on internal transcribed spacer (ITS) sequences of nuclear ribosomal DNA. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 136 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Almeda, F. 1997. Chromosomal observations on the Alzateaceae (Myrtales). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 84: 305–308.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Al-Nowaihi, A. S., S. F. Khalifa &K. Hamed. 1987. A contribution to the taxonomy of Boraginaceae. Phytologia 62: 107–125.

    Google Scholar 

  • Al-Shammary, K. I. A. &R. J. Gornall. 1994. Trichome anatomy of the Saxifragaceaes.l. from the Southern Hemisphere. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 114: 99–131.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Al-Shebaz, I. A. 1991. The genera of Boraginaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. Suppl. Ser. 1:1-169.

  • Alston, R. E. &B. L. Turner. 1963. Biochemical systematics. Prentice Hall, Englewood Cliffs, NJ.

    Google Scholar 

  • Alverson, W. S., K. G. Karol, D. A. Baum, M. W. Chase, S. M. Swensen, R. McCourt } &K. J. Sytsma. 1998. Circumscription of the Malvales and relationships to other Rosidae: Evidence fromrbcL sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 876–887.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,B. A. Whitlock, R. Nyffeler, C. Bayer } &D. A. Baum. 1999. Phylogeny of the core Malvales: Evidence fromndhF sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 86: 1474–1486.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Amaral, M. C. E. 1991. Phylogenetische Systematik der Ochnaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 113: 105–196 (in Gentian; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • Anderberg, A. A. 1991. Taxonomy and phylogeny of the tribe Gnaphalieae (Asteraceae). Opera Bot. 104: 5–195.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992. The circumscription of the Ericales and their cladistic relationships to other families of higher dicotyledons. Syst. Bot. 17: 660–675.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. Phylogeny of the Empetraceae, with special emphasis on character evolution in the genusEmpetrum. Syst. Bot. 19: 35–46.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &B. Ståhl. 1995. Phylogenetic interrelationships in the order Primulales, with special emphasis on the family circumscriptions. Canad. J. Bot. 73: 1699–1730.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,I. Trift } &M. Källersjö. 1997. On the systematic position of the genusCoris (Primulaceae). Nord. J. Bot. 18: 203–207.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,B. Ståhl &M. Källersjö. 1998. Phylogenetic relationships in the Primulales inferred fromrbcL sequence data. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 211: 93–102.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——, &M. Källersjö. 2000. Maesaceae, a new primuloid family in the order Ericaless.l. Taxon 49: 183–187.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Anderson, W. R. 1978. Byrsonimoideae, a new subfamily of the Malpighiaceae. Leandra 7: 5–18.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990. The origin of the Malpighiaceae—The evidence from morphology. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 64: 210–224.

    Google Scholar 

  • Andersson, L. &J. H. E. Rova. 1998. Thereps16 intron and the phylogeny of the Rubioideae (Rubiaceae). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 214: 161–186.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Andreasen, K. & B. Bremer. 1996. Phylogeny of the subfamily Ixoroideae (Rubiaceae). Pp. 119–138in E. Robbrecht, C. Puff & E. Smets (eds.), Second International Rubiaceae Conference proceedings. Opera botanica Belgica, 7. National Botanic Garden of Belgium, Meise.

  • —,B. G. Baldwin &B. Bremer. 1999. Phylogenetic utility of the nuclear rDNA ITS region in subfamily Ixoroideae (Rubiaceae): Comparisons with cpDNArbcL sequence data. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 217: 119–135.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Andronova, N. N. 1988. Comparative embryology of Loganiaceae and Rubiaceae. Bot. Zhurn. (Moscow & Leningrad) 73: 937–951 (in Russian; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • Anuradha, S. M. J., M. Radhakrisnaiah &L. L. Narayana. 1988. Chemosystematics of Capparaceae. Feddes Repert. 99: 391–394.

    Google Scholar 

  • APG [Angiosperm Phylogeny Group]. 1998. An ordinal classification for the families of flowering plants. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 85(4): 531–553.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Applequist, W. L. &R. S. Wallace. 1997. Phylogeny of the Madagascan endemic family Didiereaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 173 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Archangelsky, S. &T. N. Taylor. 1993. The ultrastructure of in situClavatipollenites pollen from the Early Cretaceous of Patagonia. Amer. J. Bot. 80: 879–885.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Argue, C. L. 1993. Pollen morphology in the Selagineae, Manuleae (Scrophulariaceae), and selected Globulariaceae, and its taxonomic significance. Amer. J. Bot. 80: 723–733.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Argus, G. W. 1997. Infrageneric classification ofSalix (Salicaceae) in the New World. Syst. Bot. Monogr., 52. Amer. Soc. Pl. Tax., Ann Arbor, MI.

  • Armstrong, J. E. 1985. The delimitation of Bignoniaceae and Scrophulariaceae based on floral anatomy, and the placement of problem genera. Amer. J. Bot. 72: 755–766.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ashton, P. S. 1979. Phylogenetic speculations on Dipterocarpaceae. Mem. Mus. Natl. Hist. Nat., Ser. B., Bot. 26: 145–149.

    Google Scholar 

  • —1982. Dipterocarpaceae. Fl. Males. 9: 237–552.

    Google Scholar 

  • Averett, J. E. &S. A. Graham. 1984. Flavonoids of Rhynchocalycaceae (Myrtales). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 853–854.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Axelius, B. 1996. The phylogenetic relationships of the physaloid genera (Solanaceae) based on morphological data. Amer. J. Bot. 83: 118–124.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Baas, P. 1972. Anatomical contributions to plant taxonomy, II. The affinities ofHua Pierre andAfrostyrax Perkins et Gilg. Blumea 20: 161–192.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1973. The wood anatomical range inIlex (Aquifoliaceae) and its ecological and phylogenetic significance. Blumea 21: 193–298.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974. Stomatal types in Icacinaceae: Additional observations of genera outside Malesia. Acta Bot. Neerl. 23: 193–200.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975. Vegetative anatomy and the affinities of Aquifoliaceae,Sphenostemon, Phelline, andOncotheca. Blumea 22: 311–407.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979. The anatomy ofAlzatea Ruiz & Pav. (Myrtales). Acta Bot. Neerl. 28: 156–158.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981. A note on stomatal types and crystals in the leaves of Melastomataceae. Blumea 27: 475–479.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984. Vegetative anatomy and the taxonomic status ofIlex collina andNemopanthus (Aquifoliaceae). J. Arnold Arbor. 65: 243–250.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. Vegetative anatomy of Boraginaceae. Fl. Males., I, 13: 46–48.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. C. V. J. Zweypfenning. 1979. Wood anatomy of the Lythraceae. Acta Bot. Neerl. 28: 117–155.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,R. Geesink, W. A. Van Heel &J. Muller. 1979. The affinities ofPlagiopteron suaveolens Grifft. (Plagiopteraceae). Grana 18: 69–89.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,E. van Oosterhoud &J. L. Scholtes. 1982. Leaf anatomy and classification of the Olacaceae,Octoknema, andErythropalum. Allertonia 3: 155–210.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,P. M. Esser, M. E. T. van der Westen &M. Zandee. 1988. Wood anatomy of the Oleaceae. IAWA Bull., n.s., 9(2): 103–182.

    Google Scholar 

  • Backlund, A. 1996. Phylogeny of the Dipsacales. Compr. Summ. Uppsala Diss. Fac. Sc. Tech. 24(3): 33+16+27+79+13.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &B. Bremer. 1997. Phylogeny of the Asteridaes.str. based onrbcL sequences, with particular reference to the Dipsacales. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 207: 225–254.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —— &B. Bremer. 1998. To be or not to be: Principles of classification and monotypic plant families. Taxon 47: 391–400.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &S. Nilsson. 1997. Pollen morphology and the systematic position ofTriplostegia (Dipsacales). Taxon 46: 21–31.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Badillo, V. M. 1971. Monografía de la familia Caricaceae. Publ. Asoc. Prof., Univ. Central de Venezuela, Maracay.

  • Bailey, I. W. 1933. Structure, distribution and diagnostic significance of vestured pits in dicotyledons. J. Arnold Arbor. 14: 259–273.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1944. The comparative morphology of the Winteraceae, III. Wood. J. Arnold Arbor. 25: 97–103.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1951. The use and abuse of anatomical data in the study of phylogeny and classification. Phytomorphology 1: 67–69.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1956. Nodal anatomy in retrospect. J. Arnold Arbor. 37: 269–287.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1957. Additional notes on the vesselless dicotyledon,Amborella trichopoda Baill. J. Arnold Arbor. 38: 374–380.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. A. Howard. 1941. The comparative morphology of the Icacinaceae, I-IV. J. Arnold Arbor. 22: 125–132, 171–187,432-442,556-568.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &C. G. Nast. 1943–1945a. The comparative morphology of the Winteraceae. Respective parts published in J. Arnold Arbor. as follows: I. Pollen and stamens, 24: 340–346; II. Carpels, 24: 472–481; IV. Anatomy of the node and vascularization of the leaf, 25: 215–221; V. Foliar epidermis and sclerenchyma, 25: 342–348; VII. Summary and conclusions, 26: 37–47.

    Google Scholar 

  • —— &C. G. Nast. 1945b. Morphology and relationships ofTrochodendron andTetracentron. J. Arnold Arbor. 26: 143–154.

    Google Scholar 

  • —— &C. G. Nast. 1948. Morphology and relationships ofIllicium, Schisandra andKadsura, I. Stem and leaf. J. Arnold Arbor. 29: 77–89.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &A. C. Smith. 1942. Degeneriaceae, a new family of flowering plants from Fiji. J. Arnold Arbor. 23: 356–365.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &B. G. L. Swamy. 1948.Amborella trichopoda Baill., a new morphological type of vesselless dicotyledon. J. Arnold Arbor. 29: 245–254.

    Google Scholar 

  • —— &B. G. L. Swamy. 1949. The morphology and relationships ofAustrobaileya. J. Arnold Arbor. 30: 211–226.

    Google Scholar 

  • —— &B. G. L. Swamy. 1951. The conduplicate carpel of dicotyledons and its initial trends of specialization. Amer. J. Bot. 38: 373–379.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,C. G. Nast &A. C. Smith. 1943. The family Himantandraceae. J. Arnold Arbor. 24: 190–206.

    Google Scholar 

  • Baillon, B. M. 1866–1895. Histoire des plantes. 13 vols. Paris.

  • Baker, H. G. &I. Baker. 1979. Starch in angiosperm pollen grains and its evolutionary significance. Amer. J. Bot. 66: 591–600.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Bakker, F. T., D. D. Vassiliades &C. Morton. 1998. Phylogenetic relationships ofBiebersteinia Stephan (Geraniaceae) inferred fromrbcL andatpB sequence comparisons. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 127: 149–158.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Balgooy, M. M. J. van. 1971. Plant-geography of the Pacific. Blumea 6 (Suppl.): 1–222.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Pacific plant areas. Rijksherbarium, Leiden, Netherlands.

    Google Scholar 

  • Balthazar, M. von &P. K. Endress. 1999. Floral bract function, flowering process and breeding systems ofSarcandra andChloranthus (Chloranthaceae). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 218: 161–178.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Bancroft, H. 1935. The wood anatomy of representative members of the Monotoideae. Amer. J. Bot. 22: 717–739.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Bange, C. C. J. 1952. A new family of dicotyledons: Davidsoniaceae. Blumea 1: 293–296.

    Google Scholar 

  • Baranova, M. 1972. Systematic anatomy of the leaf epidermis in the Magnoliaceae and some related families. Taxon 21: 447–469.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983. On the laterocytic stomatotype in angiosperms. Brittonia 35: 93–102.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987. Historical development of the present classification of morphological types of stomates. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 53(1): 53–79.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992a. The epidermal structures and systematic position of the Austrobaileyaceae. Bot. Zhum. (Moscow & Leningrad) 77(6): 1–17 (in Russian; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992b. Principles of comparative stomatographic studies of flowering plants. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 58(1): 49–99.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Barker, W. R. 1984. Stackhousiaceae. Fl. Austral. 22: 186–199.

    Google Scholar 

  • Barlow, B. A. 1964. Classification of the Loranthaceae and Viscaceae. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 2d ser., 89: 268–272.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983. Biogeography of Loranthaceae and Viscaceae. Pp. 19–46in D. M. Calder & P. Bernhardt (eds.), The biology of mistletoes. Academic Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. Loranthaceae, Viscaceae. Fl. Males., I, 13: 209–401,403-442.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. Wiens 1971. The cytogeography of the loranthaceous mistletoes. Taxon 20: 291–312.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Barthlott, W. 1984. Microstructural features of seed surfaces. Pp. 95–105in V. H. Heywood & D. M. Moore (eds.), Current concepts in plant taxonomy. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988. Ober de systematischen Gliederungen der Cactaceae. Beitr. Biol. Pflanzen 63: 17–40.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989. Cuticular surfaces in plants. Progr. Bot. 51: 48–53.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990. Scanning electron microscopy of the epidermal surface in plants. Pp. 69–94in D. Claugher (ed.), Scanning electron microscopy in taxonomy and functional morphology. Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. Epicuticular wax ultrastructure and systematics. Pp. 75–86in H.-D. Behnke & T. J. Mabry (eds.), Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. R. Hunt. 1993. Cactaceae. Pp. 161–197in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • -Barthlott, W.& I. Theisen. 1995. Epicuticular wax ultrastructure and classification of Ranunculiflorae.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 39–45. Springer-Verlag, Vienna, New York.

  • — &E. Wollenweber. 1981. Zur Feinstruktur, Chemie und taxonomischen Signifikanz epicuticularer Wachse und ahnlicher Sekrete. Trop. Subtrop. Pflanzenwelt 32: 7–64.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,C. Neinhuis, R. Jetter, T. Bourauel &M. Riederer. 1996. Waterlily, poppy, or sycamore: On the systematic position ofNelumbo. Flora 191: 169–174.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——,C. Neinhuis, I. Theisen &F. Ditsch. 1998. Epicuticular wax micromorphology and angiosperm classification. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 170 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Basak, R. K. &K. Subramanyam. 1966. Pollen grains of some species ofNepenthes. Phytomorphology 16: 334–338.

    Google Scholar 

  • Basinger, J. F. &D. L. Dilcher. 1984. Ancient bisexual flowers. Science 224: 511–513.

    Article  PubMed  Google Scholar 

  • Baskin, C. C. &J. M. Baskin. 1998. Seeds, ecology, biogeography, and evolution of dormancy and germination. Academic Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bassett, I. J. 1973. The plantains of Canada. Canad. Dept. Agric. Monogr. 7. Ottawa: Information Division, Canada Dept. of Agriculture.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bates, D. M., R. W. Robinson &C. Jeffrey (eds.). 1990. Biology and utilization of the Cucurbitaceae. Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, NY.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bate-Smith, E. C. 1962. The phenolic constituents of plants and their taxonomic significance, I. Dicotyledons. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 58: 95–173.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1973. Chemotaxonomy ofGeranium. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 67: 347–359.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974. Systematic distribution of ellagitannins in relation to the phylogeny and classification of the angiosperms. Pp. 93–102in G. Bendz & J. Santesson (eds.), Chemistry in botanical classification. Nobel Found., Stockholm.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,I. K. Ferguson, K. Hutson, S. R. Jensen, B. J. Nielsen &T. Swain. 1975. Phytochemical interrelationships in the Cornaceae. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 3: 79–89.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Baum, B. R. 1966. Monographic revision of the genusTamarix. Hebrew Univ., Jerusalem.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,I. J. Bassett &C. W. Crompton. 1971. Pollen morphology ofTamarix species and its relationship to the taxonomy of the genus. Pollen & Spores 13: 495–521.

    Google Scholar 

  • Baum, D. A. &K. Oginuma. 1994. A review of chromosome numbers in Bombacaceae with new counts forAdansonia. Taxon 43: 11–20.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &K. J. Sytsma. 1995. Phylogenetic analysis of Onagraceae based on sequences of ITS and 5.8S nuclear ribosomal DNA. Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 114 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Baumann, M. G. 1946.Myodocarpus und die Phylogenie der Umbelliferen-Frücht. Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 56: 13–112.

    Google Scholar 

  • Baumann-Bodenheim, M. G. 1955. Ableitung und Bau bicarpellatmonospermer und pseudomonocarpellater Araliaceen- und Umbelliferen-Frücte. Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 65: 481–510.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bausch, J. 1938. A revision of the Eucryphiaceae. Kew Bull. 1938: 317–349.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bayer, C. 1998a. Synflorescences of Malvaceae. Nord. J. Bot. 18: 335–338.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998b. The bicolor unit-homology and transformation of an inflorescence structure unique to core Malvales. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 214: 187–198.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,M. W. Chase &M. F. Fay. 1998a. Muntingiaceae, a new family of dicotyledons with malvalean affinities. Taxon 47: 37–42.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,M. F. Fay, A. Y. deBruijn &M. W. Chase. 1998b. Molecular systematics of Malvales. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 115 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Bayer, R. J. &J. R. Starr. 1998. Tribal phylogeny of the Asteraceae based on two non-coding chloroplast sequences, thetrnL intron andtrnL/trnF intergene spacer. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 85: 242–256.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,L. Hufford &D. E. Soltis. 1996. Phylogenetic relationships in Sarraceniaceae based onrbcL and ITS sequences. Syst. Bot. 21: 121–134.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Beal, E. O. 1956. Taxonomic revision of the genusNuphar Sm. of North America and Europe. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 72: 317–346.

    Google Scholar 

  • Beaufort-Murphy, H. T. 1983. The seed surface morphology of the Gesneriaceae utilizing the scanning electron microscope and a new system for diagnosing seed morphology. Selbyana 6: 220–422.

    Google Scholar 

  • Beauvisage, L. 1920. Contribution à l’étude anatomique de la famille des Ternstroemiacées. Tours, France.

    Google Scholar 

  • Beckstrom-Sternberg, S. M. 1988. Molecular systematics of the Centrospermae: Studies using two-dimensional gel electrophoresis. Ph.D. diss, Claremont Grad. School, Claremont, CA.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bedell, H. G. 1980. A taxonomic and morphological re-evaluation of Stegnospermaceae (Caryophyllales). Syst. Bot. 5: 419–431.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Behnke, H. D. 1971. Sieve-tube plastids of Magnoliidae and Ranunculidae in relation to systematics. Taxon 20: 723–730.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972. Sieve-tube plastids in relation to angiosperm systematics: An attempt towards a classification by ultrastructural analysis. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 38: 155–197.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1973. Sieve-tube plastids of Hamamelididae: Electron microscopic investigations with special reference to Urticales. Taxon 22: 205–210.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974a. Elektronenmikroskopische Untersuchungen an Siebröhren-Plastiden und ihre Aussage über die systematische Stellung vonLophiocarpus. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 94: 114–119.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974b. P- und S-Typ Siebelement-Plastiden bei Rhamnales. Beitr. Biol. Pflanzen 50: 457–464.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975a.Hectorella caespitosa: Ultrastructural evidence against its inclusion into Caryophyllaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 124: 31–34.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975b. P-type sieve-element plastids: A correlative ultrastructural and ultrahistochemical study on the diversity and uniformity of a new reliable character in seed plant systematics. Protoplasma 83: 91–101.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975c. Elektronenmikroskopische Untersuchungen zur Frage der verwandtschaftlichen Beziehungen zwischenTheligonum und Rubiaceae: Feinbau der Siebelement-Plastiden und Anmerkungen zur Strucktur der Pollenexine. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 123: 317–326.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976a. The bases of angiosperm phylogeny: Ultrastructure. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 647–663.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976b. Die Siebelement-Plastiden der Caryophyllaceae, eine weitere spezifische Form der P-Typ Piastiden bei Centrospermen. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 95: 327–333.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976c. Ultrastructure of sieve-element plastids in Caryophyllales (Centrospermae), evidence for the delimitation and classification of the order. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 126: 31–54.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976d. A tabulated survey of some characters of systematic importance in centrospermous families. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 126: 95–98.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976e. Sieve-element plastids ofFouquieria, Frankenia (Tamaricales), andRhabdodendron (Rutaceae), taxa sometimes allied with Centrospermae (Caryophyllales). Taxon 25: 265–268.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977a. Zur Skulptur der Pollen-Exine bei drei Centrospermen (Gisekia, Limeum, Hectorella), bei Gyrostemonaceen und Rhabdodendraceen. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 128: 227–235.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • -. 1977b. Transmission electron microscopy and systematics of flowering plants.In K. Kubitzki (ed.), Flowering plants: Evolution and classification of higher categories, Symposium, Hamburg, September 8–12,1976. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 1: 155–178. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

  • —. 1977c. S-type sieve-element plastids and anthocyanins in Vivianiaceae: Evidence against its inclusion into Centrospermae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 126: 371–375.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977d. Phloem ultrastructure and systematic position of Gyrostemonaceae. Bot. Not. 130: 255–260.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978. Elektronenoptische Untersuchungen am Phloem sukkulenter Centrospermen (inkl. Didiereaceen). Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 99: 341–352.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981a. Sieve-element characters. Nord. J. Bot. 1: 381–400.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981b.Swartzia: Phloem ultrastructure supporting its inclusion into Leguminosae-Papilionoideae. Iselya 2(1): 13–16.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1982a. Sieve-element plastids, exine sculpturing and the systematic affinities of the Buxaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 139: 257–266.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1982b.Geocarpon minimum: Sieve-element plastids as additional evidence for its inclusion in the Caryophyllaceae. Taxon 31: 45–47.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984. Ultrastructure of sieve-element plastids of Myrtales and allied groups. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 824–831.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985. Contributions to the knowledge of P-type sieve-element plastids in dicotyledons, II. Eucryphiaceae. Taxon 34: 607–610.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986a. Contributions to the knowledge of P-type sieve-element plastids in dicotyledons, IV. Acanthaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 106: 499–510.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986b. Ultrastructure and differentiation of sieve elements in primitive angiosperms, II. Primary phloem sieve elements ofAustrobaileya maculala. Phytomorphology 36: 185–195.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986c. Contributions to the knowledge of sieve-element plastids in Gunneraceae and allied families. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 151: 215–222.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988a. Sieve-element plastids, phloem protein, and evolution of flowering plants, III. Magnoliidae. Taxon 37: 699–732.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988b. Sieve-element plastids and systematic relationships of Rhizophoraceae, Anisophylleaceae and allied groups. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 75: 1387–1409.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989. Sieve-element plastids, phloem proteins, and the evolution of flowering plants, IV. Hamamelidae. Pp. 1: 105–128in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991a. Distribution and evolution of forms and types of sieve-element plastids in the dicotyledons. Aliso 13: 167–182.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991b. Sieve-element characters ofTicodendron. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 78: 131–134.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991c. Sieve-element characters of Myristicaceae: Nuclear crystals, S- and P-type plastids, nacreous walls. Nord. J. Bot. 11: 333–344.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Further studies of the sieve-element plastids of the Caryophyllales includingBarbeuia, Corrigiola, Lyallia, Microtea, Sarcobatus, andTelephium. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 186: 231–243.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. Sieve-element plastids: Their significance for the evolution and systematics of the order. Pp. 87–121in H.-D. Behnke & T. J. Mabry (eds.), Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • -. 1995a. Sieve-element plastids, phloem proteins, and the evolution of the Ranunculanae.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 25–37. Springer-Verlag, Vienna, New York.

  • —. 1995b. Sieve-element characters of the Proteaceae and Elaeagnaceae: Nuclear crystals, phloem proteins and sieve-element plastids. Bot. Acta 108: 514–524.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996. Endoplasmic reticulum derived decorated tubules in the sieve elements ofNymphaea. Protoplasma 193: 213–221.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. Sarcobataceae: A new family of Caryophyllales. Taxon 46: 495–507.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998. P-type sieve element plastids present in members of the tribes Triplareae and Coccolobeae (Polygonaceae) renew the links between the Polygonales and the Caryophyllales. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 214: 15–27.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &W. Barthlott. 1983. New evidence from the ultrastructural and micromorphological fields in angiosperm classification. Nord. J. Bot. 3: 43–66.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. Dahlgren. 1976. The distribution of characters within an angiosperm system, 2. Sieveelement plastids. Bot. Not. 129: 287–295.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &S. Kiritsis. 1983. Ultrastructure and differentiation of sieve elements in primitive angiosperms, I. Winteraceae. Protoplasma 118: 148–156.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — (eds.). 1994. Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &L. Pop. 1981. Sieve-element plastids and crystalline P(hloem)-protein in Leguminosae: Micromorphological characters as an aid to the circumscription of the family and subfamilies. Pp. 707–715in R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds.), Advances in legume systematics: Proceedings of the International Legume Conference, Kew, 24–29 July 1978. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,C. Chang, I. J. Eifert &T. J. Mabry. 1974. Betalains and P-type sieve-tube plastids inPetiveria andAgdestis (Phytolaccaceae). Taxon 23: 541–542.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,T. J. Mabry, I. J. Eifert &L. Pop. 1975. P-type sieve-element plastids and betalains in Portulacaceae (includingCeraria, Portulacaria, Talinella). Canad. J. Bot. 53: 2103–2109.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • ——,T. J. Mabry, P. Neuman, &W. Barthlott. 1983a. Ultrastructural, “central position” ofMacarthuria (Molluginaceae) within the Caryophyllales. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 143: 151–161.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,L. Pop &V. V. Sivarajan. 1983b. Sieve-element plastids of Caryophyllales: Additional investigations with special reference to the Caryophyllaceae and Molluginaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 142: 109–115.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,S. Kiritsis, S. J. Patrick &K. F. Kenneally. 1996. Form-Pfs plastids, stem anatomy and systematic affinities ofStylobasium Desf. (Stylobasiaceae). A contribution to the knowledge of sieveelement plastids in the Rutales and Sapindales. Bot. Acta 109: 346–359.

    Google Scholar 

  • Beijersbergen, A. 1972. Note on the chemotaxonomy of Huacaceae. Blumea 20: 160.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bell, C. &M. J. Donoghue. 2000. Dipsacales phylogeny based on chloroplast DNA sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 171 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Bell, C. R. 1949. A cytotaxonomic study of the Sarraceniaceae of North America. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 65: 137–166.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bendz, G. &J. Santesson (eds.). 1974. Chemistry in botanical classification. Nobel Found., Stockholm.

    Google Scholar 

  • Benko-Iseppon, A. M. &W. Morawetz. 1993. Cold-induced chromosome regions and karyosystematics inSambucus andViburnum. Bot. Acta 106: 183–191.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 2000. Vibumales: Cytological features and a new circumscription. Taxon 49: 5–16.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Bensel, C. R. &B. F. Palser. 1975. Floral anatomy in the Saxifragaceaesensu lato. Respective parts published in Amer. J. Bot. as follows: I. Introduction, Parnassioideae and Brexioideae, 62: 176–185; III. Kirengeshomoideae, Hydrangeoideae, and Escallonioideae, 62:661-675; IV. Baueroideae and conclusions, 62: 688–694.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bentham, G. 1873. Notes on the classification, history and geographical distribution of Compositae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 13: 335–577.

    Google Scholar 

  • -& J. D. Hooker. 1862–1883. Genera plantarum. 3 vols. London.

  • Benzing, D. H. 1990. Vascular epiphytes: General biology and related biota. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England.

    Google Scholar 

  • Berg, C. C. 1973. Some remarks on the classification and differentiation of Moraceae. Meded. Bot. Mus. Herb. Rijks Univ. Utrecht 386: 1–10.

    Google Scholar 

  • -. 1977. Urticales, their differentiation and systematic position.In K. Kubitzki (ed.), Flowering plants: Evolution and classification of higher categories, Symposium, Hamburg, September 8–12, 1976. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 1: 349–374. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

  • —. 1978. Cecropiaceae a new family of the Urticales. Taxon 27: 39–44.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989. Systematics and phylogeny of the Urticales. Pp. 2: 193–220in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990. Differentiation of flowers and inflorescences of Urticales in relation to their protection against breeding insects and to pollination. Sommerfeltia 11: 13–34.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,R. W. A. P. Akkermans &E. C. H. van Heusden. 1990. Cecropiaceae:Coussapoa andPourouma, with an introduction to the family. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 51. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

    Google Scholar 

  • Berggren, S. T., S. Lee &J. Wen. 2000. Phylogenetic studies in the Amygdaloideae (Rosaceae) using ITS andndhF sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 114 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Bergquist, G., B. Bremer &K. Bremer. 1992. Chloroplast DNA restriction site variation and phylogenetic interrelationships of some genera of the Heliantheaesensu lato (Asteraceae). Nord. J. Bot. 12: 149–154.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bergstrom, G., I. Groth, O. Pellmyr, P. K. Endress, L. B. Thien, A. Hubener &W. Francke. 1991. Chemical basis of a highly specific mutualism; chiral esters attract pollinating beetles in Eupomatiaceae. Phytochemistry 30: 3221–3225.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Bernardello, G., G. J. Anderson, P. Lopez, S. M. A. Cleland, T. F. Stuessy &D. K. Crawford. 1999. Reproductive biology ofLactoris fernandeziana (Lactoridaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 86: 829–840.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Bernhard, A. 1999. Flower structure, development and systematics in Passifloraceae and inAbatia (Flacourtiaceae). Int. J. Pl. Sci. 160: 135–150.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &P. K. Endress. 1998. Androecial development and systematics in Flacourtiaceaes.l. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 215: 141–155.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Bessey, C. E. 1893. Evolution and classification. Bot. Gaz. 18: 329–333.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1894. further studies in the relationship and arrangement of the families of flowering plants. Bot. Gaz. 19: 372–373.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1897. Phylogeny and taxonomy of the angiosperms. Bot. Gaz. 24: 145–178.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1915. The phylogenetic taxonomy of flowering plants. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 2: 109–164.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Beusekom, C. F. van &T. P. M. van de Water. 1989. Sabiaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 679–715.

    Google Scholar 

  • Beusekom-Osinga, R. J. van. 1977. Crypteroniaceae. Fl. Males., I, 8: 187–204.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &C. F. van Beusekom. 1975. Delimitation and subdivision of the Crypteroniaceae (Myrtales). Blumea 22: 255–266.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bhatnagar, A. K. &M. Garg. 1977. Affinities ofDaphniphyllum: Palynological approach. Phytomorphology 27: 92–97.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. N. Kapil. 1974.Bischofia javanica: Its relationships with Euphorbiaceae. Phytomorphology 23: 264–267.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bigazzi, M. 1989. Ultrastructure of nuclear inclusions and the separation of Verbenaceae and Oleaceae (incl.Nyctanthes). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 163: 1–12.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Bittrich, V. 1993a. Introduction to Centrospermae. Pp. 13–19in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. Achatocarpaceae. Pp. 35–36in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993c. Caryophyllaceae. Pp. 206–236in K. Kubitski, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993d. Halophytaceae. Pp. 320–321in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &H. E. K. Hartmann. 1988. The Aizoaceae—A new approach. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 97: 239–254.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &U. Kühn. 1993. Nyctaginaceae. Pp. 473–486in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &M. Struck. 1989. What is primitive in Mesembyanthemaceae? An analysis of evolutionary polarity of character states. S. African J. Bot. 55: 321–331.

    Google Scholar 

  • Blackmore, S. &M. J. Cannon. 1983/84. Palynology and systematics of Morinaceae. Rev. Paleobot. Palynol. 40: 207–226.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,P. Stafford &V. Persson. 1995. Palynology and systematics of Ranunculiflorae.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 71–82. Springer-Verlag, Vienna, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Blake, S. T. 1972.Idiospermum (Idiospermaceae), a new genus and family forCalycanthus australiensis. Contr. Queensland Herb. 12: 1–37.

    Google Scholar 

  • Blank, F. 1939. Beitrag zur Morphologie vonCaryocar nuciferum L. Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges. Bern 49: 437–494.

    Google Scholar 

  • Blarer, A., D. Nickrent, H. Banziger, P. K. Endress &Y-L. Qiu. 2000. Phylogenetic relationships among genera of the parasitic family Rafflesiaceaes.l. Based on nuclear ITS and SSUrDNA, mitochondrial LSU and SSUrDNA, atpl, andmatR sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 171 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Blattner, F. R. &J. W. Kadereit. 1995. Three intercontinental disjunctions in Papaveraceae subfamily Chelidonioideae: Evidence fromchloroplast DNA.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 147–157. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bloembergen, S. 1939. A revision of the genusAlangium. Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg III. 6: 139–235.

    Google Scholar 

  • Boesewinkel, F. D. 1980. Development of ovule and testa ofLinum usitatissimum L. Acta Bot. Neerl. 29: 17–32.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984a. Development of ovule and seed coat inCneorum tricoccon L. (Cneoraceae). Acta Bot. Neerl. 33: 61–70.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984b. Ovule and seed structure in Datiscaceae. Acta Bot. Neerl. 33: 419–429.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985. The ovule and seed ofHumiria balsamifera (Aubl.) St. Hil. Acta Bot. Neerl. 34: 183–191.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987. Ovules and seeds of Trigoniaceae. Acta Bot. Neerl. 36: 81–91.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988. The seed structure and taxonomic relationships ofHypseocharis Remy. Acta Bot. Neerl. 37: 111–120.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989. Ovule and seed development in Droseraceae. Acta Bot. Neerl. 38: 295–311.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990. Ovule and seed development ofTovaria pendula Ruiz et Pavon. Bot. Jahrb. Syst.111: 389–401.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. Seed structure and phylogenetic relationships of the Geraniales. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 119: 277–291.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1999. Ovules and seeds of Tremandraceae. Austral. J. Bot. 47: 769–781.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &W. Been. 1979. Development of ovule and testa ofGeranium pratense L. and some other representatives of the Geraniaceae. Acta. Bot. Neerl. 28: 335–348.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &F. Bouman. 1997. Ovules and seeds ofDirachma socotrana (Dirachmaceae). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 205: 195–204.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &M. Venturelli. 1987. Ovule and seed structure in Vochysiaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 108: 547–566.

    Google Scholar 

  • Boeshore, I. 1920. The morphological continuity of Scrophulariaceae and Orobanchaceae. Contr. Bot. Lab. Univ. Pa. 5: 139–177.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bogle, A. L. 1969. The genera of Portulacaceae and Basellaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 50: 566–598.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1970a. Floral morphology and vascular anatomy of the Hamamelidaceae: The apetalous genera of Hamamelidoideae. J. Arnold Arbor. 51: 310–366.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1970b. The genera of Molluginaceae and Aizoaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 51: 431–462.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974. The genera of Nyctaginaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 55: 1–37.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986. The floral morphology and vascular anatomy of the Hamamelidaceae: Subfamily Liquidambaroideae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 325–347.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989. The floral morphology, vascular anatomy, and ontogeny of the Rhodoleioideae (Hamamelidaceae) and their significance in relation to the “lower” Hamamelids. Pp. 2: 201–220in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &C. T. Philbrick. 1980. A genera atlas of hamamelidaceous pollens. Contr. Gray Herb. 210: 29–103.

    Google Scholar 

  • Böhm, B. A. &J. E. Averett. 1989. Flavonoids in some Monotropoideae. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 17: 399–401.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &J. Chan. 1992. Flavonoids and affinities of Greyiaceae with a discussion of the occurrence of B-ring deoxyflavonoids in dicotyledonous families. Syst. Bot. 17: 272–281.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981. Leaf flavonoids and ordinal affinities of Coriariaceae. Syst. Bot. 6: 15–26.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,K. W. Nicholls &U. C. Bhat. 1985. Flavonoids of the Hydrangeaceae Dumortier. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 13: 441–445.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,L. S. Donevan &U. C. Bhat. 1986. Flavonoids of some species ofBergenia, Francoa, Parnassia, andLepuropetalon. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 14: 75–77.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,G. Chalmers &U. C. Bhat. 1988. Flavonoids and the relationship ofItea to the Saxifragaceae. Phytochemistry 27: 2651–2653.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Bolkhovskikh, Z., V. Grif, T. Matvejeva & O. Zakharyeva. 1969. Chromosome numbers of flowering plants. Ed. A. A. Fedorov, Acad. Sci. USSR, Leningrad [Russian and English prefaces).

  • Bolli, R. 1994. Revision of the genusSambucus. Diss. Bot. 223: 1–227,28 plates.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bondeson, W. 1952. Entwicklungsgeschichte und Bau der Spaltöffnungen bei den GattungenTrochodendron Sieb, et Zucc.,Tetracentron Oliv. undDrimys J. R. et G. Forst. Acta Horti Berg. 16: 169–218.

    Google Scholar 

  • Boothroyd, L. E. 1930. The morphology and anatomy of the inflorescence and flower of the Platanaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 17: 678–693.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Bornstein, A. J. 1991. The Piperaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. Suppl. Ser. 1: 349–366.

    Google Scholar 

  • Borsch, T., K. W. Hilu, V. Wilde, C. Neinhuis &W. Barthlott. 2000. Phylogenetic analysis of noncoding chloroplast DNA sequences revealsAmborella as basalmost angiosperm. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 115–116 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Boufford, D. E., A. Kjaer, J. O. Madsen &T. Skrydstrup. 1989. Glucosinolates in Bretschneideraceae. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 17: 375–379.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Bouman, F. 1977. Integumentary studies in the Polycarpicae, IV.Liriodendron tulipifera L. Acta Bot. Neerl. 26: 213–223.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &F. D. Boesewinkel. 1991. The campylotropous ovules and seeds, their structure and functions. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 113: 255–270.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&A. de Lange. 1983. Structure, micromorphology ofBegonia seeds. Begonian 50: 70–78,91.

    Google Scholar 

  • -& W. Meijer. 1987. Seeds of Rafflesiaceae. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 4-17b-9.

  • ——. 1994. Comparative structure of ovules and seeds in Rafflesiaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 193: 187–212.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Boureau, E. 1958. Contribution à l’étude anatomique des espèces actuelles de Ropalocarpaceae. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris). 30, Ser. 2: 213–221.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bradford, J. 1999. Phylogenetic studies in the Cunoniaceae (Oxalidales). XVI Int. Bot. Congr., St. Louis, Mo., poster abstr. 546, p. 383.

  • Brandbyge, J. 1993. Polygonaceae. Pp. 531–544in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bremer, B. 1987. Tribal interrelationships of the Asteraceae. Cladistics 3: 221–253.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992. Phylogeny of the Rubiaceae (Chiococceae) based on molecular and morphological data: Useful approaches for classification and comparative ecology. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 380–387.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996a. Combined and separate analyses of morphological and molecular data in the plant family Rubiaceae. Cladistics 12: 21–40.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996b. Phylogenetic studies within Rubiaceae and relationships to other families based on molecular data. Pp. 33–50in E. Robbrecht, C. Puff & E. Smets (eds.), Second International Rubiaceae Conference proceedings. Opera botanica Belgica, 7. National Botanic Garden of Belgium, Meise.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &O. Eriksson. 1992. Evolution of fruit characters and dispersal modes in the tropical family Rubiaceae. J. Linn. Soc., Biol. 47: 79–95.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &R. K. Jansen. 1991. Comparative restriction site mapping of chloroplast DNA implies new phylogenetic relationships within Rubiaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 78: 198–213.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • — &L. Struwe. 1992. Phylogeny of the Rubiaceae and the Loganiaceae: Congruence or conflict between morphological and molecular data. Amer. J. Bot. 79: 1171–1184.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —, R. G. Olmstead, L. Struwe &J. A. Sweere. 1994.rbcL sequences support exclusion ofRetzia, Desfontainia, andNicodemia from the Gentianales. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 190: 213–230.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —, K. Andreasen &D. Olsson. 1995. Subfamilial and tribal relationships in the Rubiaceae based onrbcL sequence data. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 82: 383–397.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —, R. K. Jansen, B. Oxelman, M. Backlund, H. Lantz &K.-J. Kim. 1999. More characters or more taxa for a robust phylogeny—Case study from the coffee family (Rubiaceae). Syst. Biol. 58: 413–435.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Bremer, K. 1992. Ancestral areas: A cladistic reinterpretation of the center of origin concept. Syst. Biol. 41: 436–445.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. Asteraceae: Cladistics and classification. Timber Press, Portland, OR.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996. Major clades and grades of the Asteraceae. Pp. 1–7in D. J. N. Hind & H. J. Beentje (eds.), Proceedings of the International Compositae Conference, Kew, 1994. Vol. 1. Compositae: Systematics. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &C. J. Humphries. 1993. Generic monograph of the Asteraceae-Anthemideae. Bull. Nat. Hist. Mus. London, Bot. 23: 71–177.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. K. Jansen. 1992. A new subfamily of the Asteraceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 414–415.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——., P. O. Karis, M. Källersjö, S. C. Keeley, K.-J. Kim, H. J. Michaels, J. D. Palmer &R. S. Wallace. 1992. A review of the phylogeny and classification of the Asteraceae. Nord. J. Bot. 12(2): 141–148.

    Google Scholar 

  • Brenan, J. P. M. 1952. Plants of the Cambridge Expedition, 1947–1948: II. A new order [Medusandrales] of flowering plants from the British Cameroons. Kew Bull. 1952: 227–236.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Brenner, G. J. 1987. Paleotropical evolution of the Magnoliidae in the Lower Cretaceous of Northern Gondwana. Amer. J. Bot. 74(5): 677–678 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996. Evidence for the earliest stage of angiosperm pollen evolution: A paleoequatorial section from Israel. Pp. 91–115in D. W. Taylor & L. J. Hickey (eds.), Flowering plant origin, evolution & phylogeny. Chapman & Hall, New York.

    Chapter  Google Scholar 

  • — &I. S. Bickoff. 1992. Palynology and age of the Lower Cretaceous basal Kumub Group from the coastal plain to the northern Negev of Israel. Palynology 16: 137–185.

    Google Scholar 

  • Breteler, F. J. (ed.). 1989. The Connaraceae: A taxonomic study with emphasis on Africa. Wageningen Agric. Univ., Wageningen, Netherlands.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bretting, P. K. &S. Nilsson. 1988. Pollen morphology of the Martyniaceae and its systematic implications. Syst. Bot. 13: 51–59.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Brewbakcr, J. L. 1967. The distribution and phylogenetic significance of binucleate and trinucleate pollen grains in the angiosperms. Amer. J. Bot. 54: 1069–1083.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Bridgwater, S. D. &P. Baas. 1978. Wood anatomy of the Punicaceae. IAWA Bull. 1: 3–6.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bridsen, D. M. 1975. A revision of the family Vahliaceae. Kew Bull. 30: 163–182.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Briggs, B. G., B. P. M. Hyland &L. A. S. Johnson. 1975.Sphalmium, a distinctive new genus of Proteaceae from north Queensland. Austral. J. Bot. 23: 165–172.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979. Evolution in the Myrtaceae: Evidence from inflorescence structure. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 102: 157–256.

    Google Scholar 

  • Brizicky, G. K. 1961a. The genera of Turneraceae and Passifloraceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 42: 204–218.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1961b. The genera of Violaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 42: 321–333.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1961c. A synopsis of the genusColumellia (Columelliaceae). J. Arnold Arbor. 42: 363–372.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1962a. The genera of Rutaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 43: 1–22.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1962b. The genera of Simaroubaceae and Burseraceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 43: 173–186.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1962c. The genera of Anacardiaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 43: 359–375.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1963. The genera of Sapindales in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 44: 462–501.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1964a. The genera of Cistaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 45: 346–357.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1964b. The genera of Rhamnaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 45: 439–463.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1964c. The genera of Celastrales in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 45: 206–234.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1965a. The genera of Vitaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 46: 48–67.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1965b. The genera of Tiliaceae and Elaeocarpaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 46: 286–307.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1966. The genera of Sterculiaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 47: 60–74.

    Google Scholar 

  • Brown, G. K. &G. S. Varadarajan. 1985. Studies in Caryophyllales I: Re-evaluation of classification of Phytolaccaceaes.l. Syst. Bot. 10: 49–63.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Brown, W. H. 1938. The bearing of nectaries on the phylogeny of flowering plants. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 79: 549–595.

    Google Scholar 

  • Bruce, E. A. 1953. Notes on African Pedaliaceae. Kew Bull. 1953: 417–429.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Brückner, C. 1985. Frucht- und Samenanatomie vonPteridophyllum racemosum Sieb. & Zucc. und die Position der monotypischen Gattung in den Papaverales. Feddes Repert. 96: 199–213.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995. Comparative seed structure in the Ranunculiflorae.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 83–84. Springer-Verlag, Vienna, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Brummitt, R. K. 1989. Against separating Mendonciaceae from Acanthaceae. Acanthus 5: 1–3.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992. Vascular plant families and genera: A listing of the genera of vascular plants of the world according to their families, as recognized in the Kew Herbarium, with an analysis of relationships of the flowering plant families according to eight systems of classification. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996. In defense of paraphyletic taxa. Pp. 371–384in L. J. G. van der Maesen, X. M. van der Bürgt & J. M. van Medenbach de Rooy (eds.), The biodiversity of African plants. Kluwer Acad. Publ., London.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. Taxonomy versus cladonomy, a fundamental controversy in biological systematics. Taxon 46: 723–734.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &M. S. M. Sosef. 1998. Paraphyletic taxa are inherent in Linnaean classification: A reply to Freudenstein. Taxon 47: 411–412.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Budzikiewicz, H., S. C. Pakrashi &H. Vorbrüggen. 1964. Die Isolierung von Emetin, Cephaelin und Psychotrin ausAlangium lamarckii und die identifizierung von Almarckine mit N.-Methylcephaelin. Tetrahedron 20: 399–408.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Bult, C. J. &E. A. Zimmer. 1993. Nuclear ribosomal RNA sequences for inferring tribal relationships within Onagraceae. Syst. Bot. 18: 48–63.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Burger, W. C. 1977. Flora Costaricensis: Lacistemaceae. Fieldiana, Bot. 40: 11–13.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979. Cladistics: Useful tool or rigid dogma? Taxon 28: 385–389.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998. The question of cotyledon homology in angiosperms. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 64: 356–371.

    Google Scholar 

  • Burtt, B. L. 1965. The transfer ofCyrtandromoea from Gesneriaceae to Scrophulariaceae, with notes on the classification of that family. Bull. Bot. Surv. India 7: 73–88.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977. Classification above the genus, as exemplified by Gesneriaceae, with parallels from other groups.In K. Kubitzki (ed.), Flowering plants: Evolution and classification of higher categories, Symposium, Hamburg, September 8–12, 1976. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 1: 97–109. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991. On cryptocotylar germination in dicotyledons. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 113: 429–442.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&H. Wiehler. 1995. Classification of the family Gesneriaceae. Gesneriana 1: 1–4.

    Google Scholar 

  • Buxbaum, F. 1948. Zur Klärung der phylogenetischen Stellung der Aizoaceae und Cactaceae im Pflanzenreich. Sukkulentenkunde 2: 3–16.

    Google Scholar 

  • Cabrera, A. L. 1977. Mutiseae: Systematic review. Pp. 1039–1066in V. H. Heywood, J. B. Harborne & B. L. Turner (eds.), The biology and chemistry of the Compositae. Academic Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Calder, M. &P. Bernhardt (eds.). 1983. The biology of mistletoes. Acad. Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Calderon de Rzedowski, G. &J. Rzedowski. 1997.Velascoa (Crossosomataceae), un género nuevo de la Sierra Madre Oriental de México. Acta Bot. Mex. 39: 53–59.

    Google Scholar 

  • Call, V. B. 1993. The evolution and fossil record of anemochory among angiosperms from the Cretaceous-Paleogene of North America. Amer. J. Bot. 80(6): 87–88(abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —&D. L. Dilcher. 1997. The fossil record ofEucommia (Eucommiaceae) in North America. Amer. J. Bot. 84: 798–814.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Cameron, K. M., M. W. Chase &S. M. Swensen. 1995. Molecular evidence for the relationships ofTriphyophyllum (Dioncophyllaceae) andAncistrocladus (Ancistrocladaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 82(3): 117–118 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Campbell, D. S., M. J. Donoghue, B. G. Baldwin &M. F. Wojciechowski. 1995. Phylogenetic relationships in Maloideae (Rosaceae): Evidence from sequences of the internal transcribed spacers of nuclear ribosomal DNA and its congruence with morphology. Amer. J. Bot. 82: 903–918.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Campbell, N. &W. W. Thomson. 1976. The ultrastructure ofFrankenia salt glands. Ann. Bot. 40: 681–686.

    Google Scholar 

  • Candolle, A. P. de. 1824–1873. Prodromus systematis naturalis regni vegetabilis. 17 vols. Treuttel & Wilrtz, Paris.

    Google Scholar 

  • Cannon, M. J. &F. M. Cannon. 1984. A revision of the Morinaceae (Magnoliophyta-Dipsacales). Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist), Bot. 12: 1–35.

    Google Scholar 

  • Canright, J. E.1952–1960. The comparative morphology and relationships of the Magnoliaceae, I. Trends of specialization in the stamens. Amer. J. Bot. 39: 484–497 (1952); II. Significance of the pollen. Phytomorphology 3: 355–365 (1953); IV. Wood and nodal anatomy. J. Arnold Arbor. 36: 119–140 (1955); III. Carpels. Amer. J. Bot. 47: 145–155 (1960).

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1963. Contributions of pollen morphology to the phylogeny of some ranalean families. Grana Palynol. 4: 64–72.

    Google Scholar 

  • Cantino, P. D. 1982. Affinities of the Lamiales: A cladistic analysis. Syst. Bot. 7: 237–248.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990. The phylogenetic significance of stomata and trichomes in the Labiatae and Verbenaceae. J. Arnold. Arbor. 71: 323–370.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992a. Evidence for a polyphyletic origin of the Labiatae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 361–379.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992b. Toward a phylogenetic classification of the Labiatae. Pp. 27–37in R. M. Harley & T. Reynolds (eds.), Advances in labiate science. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&M. S. Abu-Asab. 1993. A new look at the enigmatic genusWenchengia (Labiatae). Taxon 42: 339–344.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —&R. W. Sanders. 1986. Subfamilial classification of Labiatae. Syst. Bot. 11: 163–185.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,R. M. Harley &S. J. Wagstaff. 1992. Genera of Labiatae: Status and classification. Pp. 511–522in R. M. Harley & T. Reynolds (eds.), Advances in labiate science. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,S. J. Wagstaff &R. G. Olmstead. 1999.Caryopteris (Lamiaceae) and the conflict between phylogenetic and pragmatic considerations in botanical nomenclature. Syst. Bot. 23: 369–386.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Capuron, R. 1962. Révision des Rhopalocarpacées. Adansonia, sér. 2, 2: 228–267.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1963. Contributions a l’étude de la flora de Madagascar, XV.Diegodendron Capurongen. nov., type de la nouvelle famille des Diegodendraceae (Ochnales sensu Hutchinson). Adansonia, n.s., 3: 385–392.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1970. Observations sur les Sarcolaenacées. Adansonia sér. 2, 10: 247–265.

    Google Scholar 

  • Caputo, P. &S. Cozzolino. 1994. A cladistic analysis of Dipsacaceae (Dipsacales). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 189: 41–61.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Carlquist, S. 1959. Studies on Madinae: Anatomy, cytology, and evolutionary relationships. Aliso 4: 171–236.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1961. Comparative plant anatomy. A guide to taxonomic and evolutionary application of anatomical data in angiosperms. Holt, Rinehart & Winston, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1964a. Morphology and relationships of Lactoridaceae. Aliso 5: 421–435.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1964b. Pollen morphology and evolution of Sarcolaenaceae (Chlaenaceae). Brittonia 16: 231–254.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1966. Wood anatomy of Compositae: A summary with comments on factors controlling wood evolution. Aliso 6(2): 25–44.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1969a. Studies in Stylidiaceae: New taxa, field observations, evolutionary tendencies. Aliso 7: 13–64.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1969b. Wood anatomy of Goodeniaceae and the problem of insular woodiness. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 56: 358–390.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975. Wood anatomy and relationships of the Geissolomataceae. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 102: 128–134.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976a. Wood anatomy ofMyrothamnus flabellifolia (Myrothamnaceae) and the problem of multiperforate perforation plates. J. Arnold Arbor. 57: 119–126.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976b. Wood anatomy of Byblidaceae. Bot. Gaz. 137: 35–38.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976c. Wood anatomy of Roridulaceae: Ecological and phylogenetic implications. Amer. J. Bot. 63: 1003–1008.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976d. Tribal interrelationships and phylogeny of the Asteraceae. Aliso 8: 465–492.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977a. A revision of Grubbiaceae. J. S. African Bot. 43: 115–128.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977b. Wood anatomy of Grubbiaceae. J. S. African Bot. 43: 129–144.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977c. Wood anatomy of Tremandraceae: Phylogenetic and ecological implications. Amer. J. Bot. 64: 704–713.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978a. Wood anatomy of Bruniaceae: Correlations with ecology, phylogeny, and organography. Aliso 9: 323–364.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978b. Vegetative anatomy and systematics of Grubbiaceae. Bot. Not. 131: 117–126.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978c. Wood anatomy and relationships of Bataceae, Gyrostemonaceae and Stylobasiaceae. Allertonia 1: 297–330.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1980. Anatomy and systematics of Balanopaceae. Allertonia 2: 191–246.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981a. Wood anatomy of Pittosporaceae. Allertonia 2: 355–392.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981b. Wood anatomy of Nepenthaceae. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 108: 321–330.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1982a. Wood anatomy ofIllicium (Illiciaceae): Phylogenetic, ecological, and functional interpretations. Amer. J. Bot. 69: 1587–1598.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1982b. Wood anatomy of Buxaceae: Correlations with ecology and phylogeny. Flora 172: 463–491.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983a. Wood anatomy ofBelliolum (Winteraceae) and a note on flowering. J. Arnold Arbor. 64: 161–169.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983b. Wood anatomyof Bubbia (Winteraceae), with comments on origin of vessels in dicotyledons. Amer. J. Bot. 70: 578–590.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984a. Wood anatomy of some Gentianaceae: Systematic and ecological conclusions. Aliso 10: 573–582.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984b. Wood and stem anatomy ofBergia suffruticosa: Relationships of Elatinaceae and broader significance of vascular tracheids, vasicentric tracheids, and fibriform vessel elements. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 232–242.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984c. Wood anatomy and relationships of Pentaphylacaceae: Significance of vessel features. Phytomorphology 34: 84–90.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984d. Wood anatomy of Malesherbiaceae. Phytomorphology 34: 180–190.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984e. Wood anatomy of Loasaceae with relation to systematics, habit, and ecology. Aliso 10: 583–602.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984f. Wood and stem anatomy of Lardizabalaceae: With comments on the vining habit, ecology, and systematics. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 88: 257–277.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984g. Wood anatomy of Trimeniaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 144: 103–118.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985a. Wood anatomy of Begoniaceae, with comments on raylessness, paedomorphosis, relationships, vessel diameter, and ecology. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 112: 59–69.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985b. Wood anatomy of Coriariaceae: Phylogenetic and ecological implications. Syst. Bot. 10: 174–183.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985c. Vegetative anatomy and familial placement ofTovaria. Aliso 11: 69–76.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985d. Wood anatomy and familial status ofViviania. Aliso 11: 159–165.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985e. Wood and stem anatomy of Misodendraceae: Systematic and ecological conclusions. Brittonia 37: 58–75.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986. Wood anatomy of Stilbaceae and Retziaceae: Ecological and systematic implications. Aliso 11: 299–316.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987a. Wood anatomy of Nolanaceae. Aliso 11: 463–471.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987b. Wood anatomy and relationships of Stackhousiaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 108: 473–480.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987c. Wood anatomy of Martyniaceae and Pedaliaceae. Aliso 11: 473–483.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987d. Wood anatomy ofPlakothira (Loasaceae). Aliso 11: 563–569.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987e. Presence of vessels in wood ofSarcandra (Chloranthaceae); comments on vessel origins in angiosperms. Amer. J. Bot. 74: 1765–1771.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988a. Wood anatomy of Cneoraceae: Ecology, relationships, and generic definition. Aliso 12: 7–16.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988b. Wood anatomy of Scytopetalaceae. Aliso 12: 63–76.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988c. Wood anatomy and relationships of Duckeodendraceae and Goetzeaceae. IAWA Bull., n.s., 9: 3–12.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988d. Comparative wood anatomy: Systematic, ecological, and evolutionary aspects of dicotyledon wood. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989a. Wood anatomy ofTasmannia; summary of wood anatomy of Winteraceae. Aliso 12: 257–275.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989b. Wood anatomy and relationships ofMontinia. Aliso 12: 369–378.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989c. Wood and bark anatomy ofDegeneria. Aliso 12: 485–495.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989d. Wood and bark anatomy of Empetraceae; comments on paedomorphosis in woods of certain small shrubs. Aliso 12: 497–515.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990a. Wood anatomy and relationships of Lactoridaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 77: 1498–1504.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990b. Phylogeny of the Asterideae: Evidence from wood anatomy of tubiflorous families. Amer. J. Bot. (Suppl.) 77(6): 110–111 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990c. Leaf anatomy of Geissolomataceae and Myrothamnaceae as apossible indicator of relationship to Bruniaceae. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 117: 420–428.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990d. Wood anatomy ofAscarina (Chloranthaceae) and the tracheid-vessel element transition. Aliso 123: 667–684.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991a. Wood and bark anatomy ofTicodendron: Comments on relationships. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 78: 96–104.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991b. Leaf anatomy of Bruniaceae: Ecological, systematic and phylogenetic aspects. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 107: 1–34.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992a. Wood anatomy of Lamiaceae. A survey, with comments on vascular and vasicentric tracheids. Aliso 13: 309–338.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992b. Wood anatomy of sympetalous dicotyledon families: A summary, with comments on systematic relationships and evolution of the woody habit. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 303–332.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992c. Wood anatomy of selected Cucurbitaceae and its relationship to habit and systematics. Nord. J. Bot. 12: 347–355.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992d. Wood anatomy and stem ofChloranthus: Summary of wood anatomy of Chloranthaceae, with comments on relationships, vessellessness, and the origin of monocotyledons. IAWA Bull., n.s., 13: 3–16.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992e. Wood anatomy ofHedyosmum (Chloranthaceae) and the tracheid-vessel element transition. Aliso 13: 447–462.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992f. Vegetative anatomy and relationships of Eupomatiaceae. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 119: 167–180.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992g. Pit membrane remnants in perforation plates of primitive dicotyledons and their significance. Amer. J. Bot. 79: 660–672.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993a. Wood and bark anatomy of Aristolochiaceae: Systematic and habitai correlations. IAWAJ. 14: 341–357.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. Wood anatomy of Sabiaceae (s.l.): Ecological and systematic implications. Aliso 13: 521–549.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995a. Wood anatomy of Caryophyllaceae: Ecological, habitai, systematic, and phylogenetic implications. Aliso 14: 1–17.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995b. Wood and bark anatomy of Ranunculaceae (includingHydrastis) and Glaucidiaceae. Aliso 14: 65–84.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995c. Wood anatomy of Berberidaceae: Ecological and phylogenetic considerations. Aliso 14: 85–103.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995d. Wood anatomy of Ranunculiflorae: A summary.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 11–24. Springer-Verlag, Vienna, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996a. Wood and stem anatomy of Menispermaceae. Aliso 14(3): 155–170.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996b. Wood anatomy of primitive angiosperms: New perspectives and syntheses. Pp. 68–90in D. W. Taylor & L. J. Hickey (eds.), Flowering plant origin, evolution & phylogeny. Chapman & Hall, New York.

    Chapter  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996c. Wood anatomy of Akaniaceae and Bretschneideraceae: A case of near-identity and its systematic implications. Syst. Bot. 21: 607–616.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997a.Pentaphragma; a unique wood and its significance. IAWA J. 18: 3–12.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997b. Wood anatomy of Buddlejaceae. Aliso 15: 41–56.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998a. Wood anatomy of Resedaceae. Aliso 16: 127–135.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998b. Wood anatomy of Portulacaceae and Hectorellaceae: Ecological, habitai, and systematic implications. Aliso 16: 137–153.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998c. Wood and bark anatomy of Caricaceae: Correlations with systematics and habit. IAWA J. 19: 191–206.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998d. Wood and stem anatomy ofPetiveria andRivina (Caryophyllales): Systematic implications. IAWA J. 19: 383–391.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1999a. Wood anatomy ofAgdestis (Caryophyllales): Systematic position and nature of the successive cambia. Aliso 18: 35–43.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1999b. Wood and bark anatomy of Schisandraceae: Implications for phylogeny, habit, and vessel evolution. Aliso 18: 45–55.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1999c. Wood and stem anatomy ofStegnosperma (Caryophyllales: Phylogenetic relationships; nature of lateral meristems and successive cambial activity. IAWA J. 20: 149–163.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1999d. Wood, stem, and root anatomy of Basellaceae with relation to habit, systematics, and cambial variants. Flora 194: 1–12.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 2000a. Wood and stem anatomy ofSarcobatus (Caryophyllales): Systematic and ecological implications. Taxon 49: 27–34.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 2000b. Wood and Stem anatomy of phytolaccoid and rivinoid Phytolaccaceae (Caryophyllales): Ecology, systematics, and nature of successive cambia. Aliso 19: 13–29.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&C. J. Boggs. 1996. Wood anatomy of Plumbaginaceae. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 123(2): 135–147.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —&L. DeBuhr. 1977. Wood anatomy of Penaeaceae (Myrtales): Comparative, phylogenetic, and ecological implications. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 75: 211–227.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&M. DeVore. 1998. Wood anatomy of Calyceraceae: Ecology, habit, and systematic relationships. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 118 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —&C. J. Donald. 1996. Wood anatomy of Limnanthaceae and Tropaeolaceae in relation to habit and phylogeny. Sida 17: 333–342.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&V. M. Eckhart. 1984. Wood anatomy of Hydrophyllaceae, II. Genera other thanEriodictyon, with comments on parenchyma bands containing vessels with large pits. Aliso 10: 27–46.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&M. A. Hanson. 1991. Wood and stem anatomy of Convolvulaceae: A survey. Aliso 13: 51–94.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&D. A. Hoekman. 1985. Wood anatomy of Staphyleaceae: Ecology, statistical correlations, and systematics. Flora 177: 195–216.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1986a. Wood anatomy of Gesneriaceae. Aliso 11: 279–297.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1986b. Wood anatomy of Myoporaceae: Ecological and systematic considerations. Aliso 11: 317–334.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&R. B. Miller. 1999. Vegetative anatomy and relationships ofSetchellanthus caeruleus (Setchellanthaceae). Taxon 48: 289–302.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —&E. L. Schneider. 1996. Vessels inBrasenia andCabomba (Cabombaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 144–145 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —&E. J. Wilson. 1995. Wood anatomy ofDrosophyllum (Droseraceae). Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 122: 185–189.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —&S. Zona. 1988a. Wood anatomy of Acanthaceae: A survey. Aliso 12: 201–227.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1988b. Wood anatomy of Papaveraceae, with comments on vessel restriction patterns. IAWA Bull., n.s., 9: 253–267.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,V. M. Eckhart &D. C. Michener. 1984. Wood anatomy of Polemoniaceae. Aliso 10: 547–572.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,P. L. Morrell &S. R. Manchester. 1993. Wood anatomy of Sabiaceae (s.l.): Ecological and systematic implications. Aliso 13: 521–549.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,K. Dauer &S. Y. Nishimura. 1995. Wood and stem anatomy of Saururaceae with reference to ecology, phytogeny, and origin of the monocotyledons. IAWA J. 16: 133–150.

    Google Scholar 

  • Carolin, R. 1959. Floral structure and anatomy in the family Goodeniaceae Dumort. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 84: 242–255.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1960a. Floral structure and anatomy in the family Stylidiaceae Swartz. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1960: 189–196.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1960b. The structures involved in the presentation of pollen to visiting insects in the order Campanales. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1960: 197–207.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1967. The concept of the inflorescence in the order Campanulales. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 92: 7–26.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978. The systematic relationships ofBrunonia. Brunonia 1: 9–29.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987. A review of the family Portulacaceae. Austral. J. Bot. 35: 383–412.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Portulacaceae. Pp. 544–555in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Carpenter, C. S. &W. C. Dickison. 1976. The morphology and relationships ofOncotheca balansae. Bot. Gaz. 137: 141–153.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Carrion, J. S., M. J. Delgado &M. Garcia. 1993. Pollen grain morphology ofCoris (Primulaceae). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 184: 89–100.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Casper, S. J. 1963. “Systematisch massgebende” Merkmale für die Einordnung der Lentibulariaceen in das System. Oesterr. Bot. Z. 110: 108–131.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Cave, M. S., H. J. Arnott &S. A. Cook. 1961. Embryogeny in the California peonies with reference to their taxonomic position. Amer. J. Bot. 48: 397–404.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Chadefaud, M. 1974. Sur la formule florale de la Capucine (Tropaeolum majus L.) Bull. Bot. France 121: 347–355.

    Google Scholar 

  • Chadwell, T. B., S. J. Wagstaff &P. D. Cantine 1992. Pollen morphology ofPhryma and some putative relatives. Syst. Bot. 17: 210–219.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Chanda, S. 1965. The pollen morphology of Droseraceae with special reference to taxonomy. Pollen & Spores 7: 509–528.

    Google Scholar 

  • Chang, C-Y.1981. Morphology of the family Rhoipteleaceae in relation to its systematic position. Acta Phytotax. Sin. 19: 168–178. (In Chinese; summary in English.)

    Google Scholar 

  • Channell, R. B. &C. E. Wood. 1959. The genera of the Primulales of the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 40: 268–288.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1962. The Leitneriaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 43: 435–438.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1987. The Buxaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 68: 241–257.

    Google Scholar 

  • Chao, C.-Y. 1954. Comparative pollen morphology of the Cornaceae and allies. Taiwania 5: 93–101.

    Google Scholar 

  • Chapman, J. L. 1987. Comparison of chloranthaceous pollen with the Cretaceous “Clavatipollenites complex”. Taxonomic implications for palaeopalynology. Pollen & Spores 29: 249–272.

    Google Scholar 

  • Chapman, M. 1936. Carpel anatomy of the Berberidaceae. Amer. J. Bot23: 340–348.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Chappill, J. A. 1995. Cladistic analysis of the Leguminosae: The development of an explicit phylogenetic hypothesis. Pp. 1–9in M. D. Crisp & J. J. Doyle (eds.), Advances in legume systematics. Part 7. Phylogeny. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • Chase, M. W., D. E. Soltis, R. G. Olmstead, D. Morgan, D. H. Les, B. D. Mishler, M. R. Duvall, R. A. Price, H. G. Hills, Y.-L. Qiu, K. A. Kron, J. H. Rettig, E. Conti, J. D. Palmer, J. R. Manhart, K. J. Sytsma, H. J. Michaels, W. J. Kress, K. G. Karol, W. D. Clark, M. Hedén, B. S. Gaut, R. K. Jansen, K.J. Kim, C. F. Wimpee, J. F. Smith, G. R. Furnier, S. H. Strauss, Q.-Y. Xiang, G. M. Plunkett, P. S. Soltis, S. M. Swensen, S. E. Williams, P. A. Gadek, C. J. Quinn, L. E. Eg-uiarte, E. Golenberg, G. H. Learn Jr.,S. W. Graham, S. C. H. Barrett, S. Dayanandan &V. A. Albert. 1993. Phylogenetics of seed plants: An analysis of nucleotide sequences from the plastid generbcL. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80: 528–580.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,M. D. Lledo, M. B. Crespo &S. M. Swensen. 1996. “When in doubt, put it in the Flacourtiaceae”: Molecular systematics of Flacourtiaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 146 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,C. M. Morton &J. A. Kallunki. 1999. Phylogenetic relationships of Rutaceae: A cladistic analysis of the subfamilies using evidence fromrbcL andatpB sequence variation. Amer. J. Bot. 86: 1191–1199.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Cheek, M. &A. Rakotozafy. 1991. The identity of Leroy’s fifth subfamily of the Meliaceae, and anew combination inCommiphora (Burseraceae). Taxon 40: 231–237.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Chen, Z.-D., A.-M. Lu &K.-Y. Pan. 1990. The embryology of the genusOstryopsis (Betulaceae). Cathaya 2: 53–62.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,S. R. Manchester &H.-Y. Sun. 1999. Phylogeny and evolution of the Betulaceae as inferred from DNA sequences, morphology, and paleobotany. Amer. J. Bot. 86: 1168–1181.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Chevalier, A. 1947. La famille des Huacaceae et ses affinités. Rev. Int. Bot. Appl. Agric. Trop. 27(No. 291-292): 26–29.Chiang, F. & D. Frame. 1987. The identity ofLithophytum (Loganiaceae, Plocospermeae). Brittonia 39: 260–262.

    Google Scholar 

  • Chirtoiü, M. 1918. Observations sur lesLacistema et la situation systématique de ce genre. Bull. Soc. Bot. Genève, sér. 2, 10: 317–349.

    Google Scholar 

  • Christensen, P. B. 1986. Pollen morphological studies in the Malvaceae. Grana 25: 95–117.

    Google Scholar 

  • Christophel, D. C., R. Kerrigan &A. I. Rowett. 1996. The use of cuticular features in the taxonomy of the Lauraceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 83: 419–432.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Chuang, T. I. &R. Ornduff. 1992. Seed morphology and systematics of Menyanthaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 79: 1396–1406.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Chute, H. M. 1930. The morphology and anatomy of the achene. Amer. J. Bot. 17: 703–723.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Civeyrel, A. Le Thomas, K. Ferguson &M. W. Chase. 1998. Critical reexamination of palynological characters used to delimit Asclepiadaceae in comparison to the molecular phylogeny obtained from plastidmatK sequences. Molec. Phylogenet. & Evol. 9: 517–527.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Clarke, G. 1978. Pollen morphology and generic relationships in the Valerianaceae. Grana 17: 61–75.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &M. R. Jones. 1981. The northwest European pollen flora, 24. Cabombaceae. Rev. Paleobot. Palynol. 33: 51–55.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Clausing, G. &S. S. Renner. 2000. Phylogenetic relationships and character evolution in Melastomataceae. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 172–173 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Clement, J. S. &T. J. Mabry. 1996. Chloroplast DNA evidence and family-level relationships in the Caryophyllales. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 147 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Clevinger, C. C. &J. L. Panero. 1998. Phylogenetic relationships of North American Celastraceae based onndhF sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 120 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Clinckemaillie, D. &E. F. Smets. 1992. Floral similarities between Plumbaginaceae and Primulaceae: Systematic significance. Belg. J. Bot. 125: 151–153.

    Google Scholar 

  • Cocucci, A. E. 1965. Estudios en el géneroProsopanche (Hydnoraceae), I. Revisión taxonómica. Kurtziana 2: 53–74.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975. Estudios en el géneroProsopanche (Hydnoraceae) II. Organización de la flor. Kurtziana 8: 7–15.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983. New evidence from embryology in angiosperm classification. Nord. J. Bot. 3: 67–73.

    Google Scholar 

  • Coetzee, J. A. &J. Müller. 1984. The phytogeographic significance of some extinct Gondwana pollen types from the Tertiary of the southwestern Cape (South Africa). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 1088–1099.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —&J. Praglowski. 1988. Winteraceae pollen from the Miocene of the southwestern Cape (South Africa). Grana 27: 27–37.

    Google Scholar 

  • Collinson, M. E. 1989. The fossil history of the Moraceae, Urticaceae (including Cecropiaceae) and Cannabaceae. Pp. 2: 319–339in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • Conard, J. S. 1905. The waterlilies. A monograph of the genusNymphaea. Publ. Carnegie Inst. Wash., 4. Carnegie Inst. Wash., Washington, DC.

    Google Scholar 

  • Conran, J. G. &A. Lowrie. 1993.Byblis liniflora subsp.occidentalis (Byblidaceae), a new subspecies from north-western Australia. Austral. Syst. Bot. 6: 175–179.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Constance, L. 1963. Chromosome number and classification in Hydrophyllaceae. Brittonia 15: 273–285.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1964. Systematic botany: An unending synthesis. Taxon 13: 257–273.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Conti, E., A. Fischbach &K. J. Sytsma. 1993. Tribal relationships in Onagraceae: Implications fromrbcL sequence data. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80: 672–685.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,K. J. Sytsma &W. S. Alverson. 1994. Neither oak nor alder, but nearly: The relationships ofTicodendron based onrbcL sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 81(6): 149 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,A. Litt &K. J. Sytsma. 1996. Circumscription of Myrtales and their relationships to other rosids: Evidence fromrbcL sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 83: 221–233.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——,P. G. Wilson, S. A. Graham, B. G. Briggs, L. A. S. Johnson &K. J. Sytsma. 1997. Interfamilial relationships in Myrtales: Molecular phylogeny and patterns of morphological evolution. Syst. Bot. 22: 629–647.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Contreras, V. R., R. Scogin, C. Philbrick &Novelo, R.. 1993. A phytochemical study of selected Podostemaceae: Systematic implications. Aliso 13: 513–520.

    Google Scholar 

  • Copeland, H. F. 1947. Structure and classification of the Pyroleae. Madroño 9: 65–102.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1953. Observations on the Cyrillaceae, particularly on the reproductive structures of the North American species. Phytomorphology 3: 405–411.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1955. The reproductive structures ofPistacia chinensis (Anacardiaceae). Phytomorphology 5: 440–449.

    Google Scholar 

  • Corner, E. J. H. 1946. Centrifugal stamens. J. Arnold Arbor. 27: 423–437.

    Google Scholar 

  • —1962. The classification of Moraceae. Gard. Bull. Singapore 19: 187–252.

    Google Scholar 

  • — 1976. The seeds of dicotyledons. 2 vols. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England.

    Google Scholar 

  • Cornet, B. &D. Habib. 1992. Angiosperm-like pollen from the ammonite-dated Oxfordian (Upper Jurassic) of France. Rev. Paleobot. Palynol. 71: 269–294.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Cosner, M. E., R. K. Jansen &T. G. Lammers. 1994. Phylogenetic relationships in the Campanulales based onrbcL sequences. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 190: 79–95.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Crane, P. R. 1984. A re-evaluation of Cercidiphyllum-like plant fossils from the British early Tertiary. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 89: 199–230.

    Google Scholar 

  • —1985. Phylogenetic analysis of seed plants and the origin of Angiosperms. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 72: 716–793.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989a. Paleobotanical evidence on the early radiation of nonmagnoliid dicotyledons. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 162: 165–191.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989b. Early fossil history and evolution of the Betulaceae. Pp. 2: 87–116in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&S. Blackmore (eds.). 1989. Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. 2 vols. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&S. Lidgard. 1989. Angiosperm diversification and paleolatitudinal gradients in Cretaceous floristic diversity. Science 246: 675–678.

    Article  PubMed  Google Scholar 

  • —&R. A. Stockey. 1986. Morphology and development of pistillate inflorescences in extant and fossil Cercidiphyllaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 382–393.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,E. M. Fräs &K. R. Pedersen. 1986. Lower Cretaceous angiosperm flowers: Fossil evidence on early radiation of dicotyledons. Science 23: 852–854.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,S. R. Manchester &D. L. Dilcher. 1991. Reproductive and vegetative structure ofNordenskioldia (Trochodendraceae), a vesselless dicotyledon from the early Tertiary of the Northern Hemisphere. Amer. J. Bot. 78: 1311–1334.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,K. R. Pedersen, E. M. Friis &A. N. Drinnan. 1993. Early Cretaceous (early to middle Albian) platanoid inflorescences associated withSapindopsis leaves from the Potomac Group of eastern North America. Syst. Bot. 18: 328–344.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,E. M. Friis &K. R. Pedersen. 1995. The origin and early diversification of angiosperms. Nature 374: 27–33.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Cranwell, L. M. 1963. The Hectorellaceae: Pollen type and taxonomic speculation. Grana Palynol. 4: 195–202.

    Google Scholar 

  • Crawford, D. J., T. F. Stuessy &Silva, O.1986. Leaf flavonoid chemistry and the relationships of the Lactoridaceae. Plant Syst.Evol. 153: 133–139.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Crayn, D. M., E. S. Fernando, P. A. Gadek, &C. J. Quinn. 1995. A reassessment of the familial affinity of the Mexican genusRecchia Moçiño & Sessé ex DC. Brittonia 47: 397–402.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,K. A. Kron, P. A. Gadek &C. J. Quinn. 1996. Delimitation of Epacridaceae: Preliminary molecular evidence. Ann. Bot. 77: 317–321.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Crepet, W. L. 1978. Dillenioid flowers from the Middle Eocene. Bot. Soc. Amer. Misc. Ser., Publ. 156: 78 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981. The status of certain families of the Amentiferae during the Middle Eocene and some hypotheses regarding the evolution of wind pollination in dicotyledonous angiosperms. Pp. 2: 103–128in K. J. Niklas (ed.), Paleobotany, paleoecology, and evolution. Praeger, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989. History and implications of the early North American fossil record of Fagaceae. Pp. 2: 45–66in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&E. M. Friis. 1987. The evolution of insect pollen Pp. 181–201in E. M. Friis, W. G. Chaloner & P. R. Crane (eds.), The origins of angiosperms and their biological consequences. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&K. C. Nixon. 1989. Earliest megafossil evidence of Fagaceae: Phylogenetic and biogeographic implications. Amer. J. Bot. 76: 842–855.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1994. Flowers of Turonian Magnoliidae and their implications.In P. K. Endress & E. M. Friis (eds.), Early evolution of flowers. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 8: 73–91. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1996. Turonian (Cretaceous) flowers of the Theales. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 148–149 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1998a. Fossil Clusiaceae from the Late Cretaceous (Turonian) of New Jersey and implications regarding the history of bee pollination. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 1122–1133.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1998b. Two new fossil flowers of magnoliid affinity from the Late Cretaceous of New Jersey. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 1273–1288.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —&D. W. Taylor. 1985. The diversification of the Leguminosae: First fossil evidence of the Mimosoideae and Papilionoideae. Science 228: 1087–1089.

    Article  PubMed  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1986. Primitive mimosoid flowers from the Paleocene-Eocene and their systematic and evolutionary implications. Amer. J. Bot. 73: 548–563.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,K. C. Nixon, E. M. Friis &J. V. Freudenstein. 1992. Oldest fossil flowers of hamamelidaceous affinity, from the Late Cretaceous of New Jersey. Proc. Natl. Acad. U.S.A. 89: 8986–8989.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Crescns, E. M. &E. F. Smets. 1992. On the character “carpel-form.” Trends in the development of the Magnoliatae pistil. Candollea 47: 373–390.

    Google Scholar 

  • Crins, W. J. 1989. The Tamaricaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 70: 403–425.

    Google Scholar 

  • Crisp, M. &J. J. Doyle (eds.). 1995. Advances in legume systematics. Part 7. Phylogeny. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • Croizat, L. 1947a. A study in the Celastraceae. Siphonodonoideaesubf. nov. Lilloa 13: 31–43.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1947b.Trochodendron, Tetracentron, and their meaning in phylogeny. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 74: 60–76.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Cronquist, A. 1968. The evolution and classification of flowering plants. London.

  • —. 1981. An integrated system of classification of flowering plants. Columbia Univ. Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988. The evolution and classification of flowering plants. Ed. 2. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&R. F. Thorne. 1994. Nomenclatural and taxonomic history. Pp. 5–25in H.-D. Behnke & T. J. Mabry (eds.), Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • Cuatrecasas, J. 1961. A taxonomic revision of the Humiriaceae. U.S. Natl. Herb. Contr. 35(2): 25–214.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1970. Brunelliaceae. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 2. Hafner, Darien, CT.

    Google Scholar 

  • Cuénoud, P., M. A. Del Pero-Martinez, P.-A. Loizeau, R. Spichiger, S. Andrews &J.-F. Manen. 2000. Molecular phylogeny and biogeography of the genusIlex (Aquifoliaceae). Ann. Bot. 85: 111–122.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Cuerrier, A., L. Brouillet &D. Barabe. 1998. Numerical and comparative analyses of the modern systems of classification of the flowering plants. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 64: 323–355.

    Google Scholar 

  • Cullings, K. W. &T. D. Bruns. 1992. Phylogenetic origin of the Monotropoideae inferred from a partial 28S ribosomal RNA gene sequences. Canad. J. Bot. 70: 1703–1708.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —&L. Hileman. 1997. The Monotropoideae is [are] a monophyletic sister group to the Arbutoideae (Ericaceae): A molecular test of Copeland’s hypothesis. Madroño 44: 297–304.

    Google Scholar 

  • Cusset, G. &C. Cusset. 1988. Etudes sur les Podostemopsida. 11. Repartition et evolution des Tristichaceae. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris), ser. 4, 10, B(3): 223–262.

    Google Scholar 

  • Czaja, A. T. 1978. Structure of starch grains and classification of vascular plant families. Taxon 27: 463–470.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Dahl, A. 1987. Biosystematics ofHypecoum. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5–21–2.

  • Dahl, A. O.1952. The comparative morphology of the Icacinaceae, VI. The pollen. J. Arnold Arbor. 33: 252–295.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&J. R. Rowley. 1965. Pollen ofDegeneria vitiensis. J. Arnold Arbor. 46: 308–323.

    Google Scholar 

  • Dahlgren, G. 1989a. The last Dahlgrenogram: System of classification of the dicotyledons. Pp. 249–260inK. Tan, R. R. Mill & T. S. Elias (eds.), Plant taxonomy, phytogeography and related subjects. Edinburgh Univ. Press, Edinburgh.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989b. An updated angiosperm classification. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 100: 197–203.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991. Steps toward a natural system of the dicotyledons: Embryological characters. Aliso 13: 107–165.

    Google Scholar 

  • Dahlgren, K. V. O. 1916. Zytologische und embryologische Studien über die Reihen Primulales und Plumbaginales. Kongl. Svenska Vetenskapsakad. Handl. 56(4): 1–80.

    Google Scholar 

  • Dahlgren, R. M. T. 1967–1971. Studies on Penaeaceae. Respective parts published in Opera Bot. as follows: I. Systematics and gross morphology of the genusStylapterus A. Juss., 15: 1–40; II. The generaBrachysiphon, Sonderothamnus andSaltera, 18: 1–72; VI. the genusPenaea, 29: 1–58.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975a. A system of classification of the angiosperms to be used to demonstrate the distribution of characters. Bot. Not. 128: 119–147.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975b. The distribution of characters within an angiosperm system, I. Some embryological characters. Bot. Not. 128: 181–197.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977a. A commentary on a diagrammatic presentation of the angiosperms in relation to the distribution of character states.In K. Kubitzki (ed.), Flowering plants: Evolution and classification of higher categories, Symposium, Hamburg, September 8–12, 1976. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 1: 253–283. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977b. A note on the taxonomy of the “Sympetalae” and related groups. Publ. Cairo Univ. Herb. 7 & 8: 83–102.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979. Gross-taxonomical evaluations in the angiosperms in relation to parasitism. Symb. Bot. Upsal. 22(4): 210–221.

    Google Scholar 

  • —1980. A revised system of classification of the angiosperms. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 80: 91–124.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983. The importance of modern serological research for angiosperm classification. Pp. 371–394in U. Jensen and D. E. Fairbrothers (eds.), Proteins and nucleic acids in plant systematics. Springer-Verlag, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988. Rhizophoraceae and Anisophylleaceae: Summary statement, relationships. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 75: 1259–1277.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —&K. Bremer. 1985. Major clades of the angiosperms. Cladistics 1: 349–368.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —&V. S. Rao. 1969. A study of the family Geissolomataceae. Bot. Not. 122: 207–227.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1971. The genusOftia Adans. and its systematic position. Bot. Not. 124: 451–472.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&R. F. Thorne. 1984. The order Myrtales: Circumscription, variation, and relationships. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 633–699.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —&A. E. van Wyk. 1988. Structures and relationships of families endemic to or centered in southern Africa. Pp. 1–94in P. Goldblatt & P. P. Lowry II (eds.), Modern systematic studies in African botany: Proceedings of the Eleventh Plenary Meeting of the Association for the Taxonomic Study of the Flora of Tropical Africa, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, June 10–14,1985. Monogr. Syst. Bot., 25. Missouri Bot. Gard., St. Louis.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,S. Rosendal-Jensen &B. J. Nielsen. 1976. Iridoid compounds in Fouqueriaceae and notes on its possible affinities. Bot. Not. 129: 207–212.

    Google Scholar 

  • ———. 1977. Seedling morphology and iridoid occurrence inMontinia caryophyllacea (Montiniaceae). Bot. Not. 130: 329–332.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,B. J. Nielson, P. Goldblatt &J. P. Rourke. 1979. Further notes on Retziaceae: Its chemical contents and affinities. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 66: 545–556.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,S. Rosendal-Jensen &B. J. Nielsen. 1981. A revised classification of the angiosperms with comments on correlation between chemical and other characters. Pp. 149–204in D. A. Young & D. S. Seigler (eds.), Phytochemistry and angiosperm phylogeny. Praeger Sci., New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Dahling, G. V. 1978. Systematics and evolution ofGarrya. Contr. Gray Herb. 209: 1–104.

    Google Scholar 

  • D’Arcy, W. G. 1979a. Family 73A. Capparaceae-Tovarioideae.In Flora of Panama. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 66: 117–121.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979b. The classification of the Solanaceae. Pp. 3–47in J. G. Hawkes, R. N. Lester & A. D. Skelding (eds.), The biology and taxonomy of the Solanaceae. Linn. Soc. London Sym. Ser., 7. Acad. Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&K. C. Keating (eds.). 1996. The anther: Form, function and phylogeny. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England.

    Google Scholar 

  • Das, M. F., G. F. Da Silva, O. R. Gottlieb &D. L. Dreyer. 1984. Evolution of liminoids in the Meliaceae. Biochem. Syst. Evol. 12: 299–310.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Dathan, A. S. R. &D. Singh. 1971. Embryology and seed development inBergia L. J. Indian Bot. Soc. 59: 362–370.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1972. Development of embryo sac and seed ofBixa L. andCochlospermum Kunth. J. Indian Bot. Soc. 61: 254–266.

    Google Scholar 

  • Davidson, C. 1973. An anatomical and morphological study of Datiscaceae. Aliso 8: 49–110.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976. Anatomy of xylem and phloem of the Datiscaceae. Los Angles Co. Mus. Contr. Sci. 280: 1–28.

    Google Scholar 

  • Davis, G. L. 1966. Systematic embryology of the angiosperms. J. Wiley, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Day, A. G. &R. Moran. 1986.Acanthogilia, a new genus of Polemoniaceae from Baja California, Mexico. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. 44: 111–126.

    Google Scholar 

  • Dayanandan, S., P. S. Ashton, S. M. Williams &R. B. Primack. 1999. Phylogeny of the tropical tree family Dipterocarpaceae based on nucleotide sequences of the chloroplastrbcL gene. Amer. J. Bot. 86: 1182–1190.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • DeBuhr, L. E. 1973. Distribution and reproductive biology ofDarlingtonia californica. M.A. thesis, Claremont Graduate School, Claremont, CA.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975. Phylogenetic relationships of the Sarraceniaceae. Taxon 24: 297–306.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977. Wood anatomy of the Sarraceniaceae; ecological and evolutionary implications. Plant Syst. Evol. 128: 159–169.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978. Wood anatomy ofForsellesia (Glossopetalon) andCrossosoma (Crossosomataceae, Rosales). Aliso 9: 179–184.

    Google Scholar 

  • Dehay, C. 1938. Les affinités entre les Euphorbiales, les Morales et les Malvales, d’après l’appareil libéro-ligneux foliare. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 85: 23–31.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1951. Caractères anatomique des Huacacées. Bull. Soc. Bot. N. France 4: 14–18.

    Google Scholar 

  • Delevoryas, T. &J. E. Mickle. 1995. Upper Cretaceous magnoliaceous fruit from British Columbia. Amer. J. Bot. 82: 763–768.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Demeter, K. 1922. Vergleichende Asclepiadeenstudien. Flora 115: 130–176.

    Google Scholar 

  • Denton, D. S. &J. F. Smith. 1996. Familial placement ofCyrtandomoea, Titanotrichum, andSanango: Three problematic genera of the Lamiales. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 151 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • De Queiroz, K. &J. Gauthier. 1992. Phylogenetic taxonomy. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 23: 449–480.

    Google Scholar 

  • Deroin, T. 1997. Confirmation and origin of the paracarpy in Annonaceae, with comments on some methodological aspects. Candollea 52: 45–58.

    Google Scholar 

  • Dethier, V. G. 1947. Chemical insect attractants and repellents. Blakiston Co., Philadelphia & Toronto.

    Google Scholar 

  • Détienne, P. 1991. Anatomie du bois deBalgoya pacifica (Polygalaceae) de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Adansonia, ser. 4, 13: 17–20.

    Google Scholar 

  • Dettmann, M. E. &D. M. Jarzen. 1990. The Antarctic rift valley: Late Cretaceous cradle of northeastern Australasian relicts? Rev. Paleobot. Palynol. 65: 131–144.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1991. Pollen evidence for Late Cretaceous differentiation of Proteaceae in southern polar forests. Canad. J. Bot. 69: 901–906.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Devi, D. R. &L. L. Narayana. 1990. Systematic position ofAverrhoa (Oxalidaceae). Feddes Repert. 101: 165–170.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1994. Floral anatomy of Tropaeolaceae. Feddes Repert. 105: 437–443.

    Google Scholar 

  • DeVore, M. L. &T. F. Stuessy. 1995. The place and time of origin of the Asteraceae, with additional comments on the Calyceraceae and Goodeniaceae. Pp. 23–40in C. J. N. Hind, C. J. Jeffrey & G. V. Pope (eds.), Advances in Compositae systematics. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,Z. Zhao, J. Skvarla &R. Jansen. 1997. Pollen morphology and ultrastructure of Calyceraceae. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 185–186(abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Diboll, A. G. 1959. Comparative anatomy of staminate catkins of Myricaceae. M.A. thesis, Claremont Grad. School, Claremont, CA.

    Google Scholar 

  • Dickie, S. L. &R. S. Wallace. 1996. Phylogeny of the subfamily Opuntioideae (Cactaceae) based on chloroplast DNA non-coding regions. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 151 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Dickison, W. C. 1967–197la. Comparative morphological studies in Dilleniaceae. Respective parts published in J. Arnold Arbor, as follows: I. Wood anatomy, 48: 1–29; II. The pollen, 48: 231–240; III. The carpels, 49: 317–329; IV. Anatomy of the node and vascularization of the leaf, 50: 384–400; V. Leaf anatomy, 51: 89–113; VI. Stamens and young stem, 51: 403–18; VII. Additional notes onAcrotrema, 52: 319–333.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1971b-1973. Anatomical studies in the Connaraceae. Respective parts published in J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. as follows: I. Carpels, 87: 77–86; II. Wood anatomy, 88:120–136; III. Leaf anatomy, 89: 121–138; IV. The bark and young stem, 89: 166–171.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972b. Observations on the floral morphology of some species ofSaurauia, Actinidia andClematoclethra. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 88: 43–54.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975a. Floral morphology and anatomy ofBauern. Phytomorphology 25: 69–76.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975b. Leaf anatomy of Cunoniaceae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 71: 275–294.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975c. Studies on the floral anatomy of the Cunoniaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 62: 433–447.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976. The bases of angiosperm phylogeny: Vegetative anatomy. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 590–620.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978. Comparative anatomy of Eucryphiaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 65: 722–735.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979. A survey of pollen morphology of the Connaraceae. Pollen & Spores 21: 31–79.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1980a. Diverse nodal anatomy of the Cunoniaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 67: 975–981.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1980b. Comparative wood anatomy and evolution of the Cunoniaceae. Allertonia 2(5): 281–321.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981a. Contributions to the morphology and anatomy ofStrasburgeria and a discussion of the taxonomic position of the Strasburgeriaceae. Brittonia 33: 564–580.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981b. The evolutionary relationships of the Leguminosae. Pp. 35–54in R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds.), Advances in legume systematics: Proceedings of the International Legume Conference, Kew, 24–29 July 1978. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1982 Vegetative anatomy ofOncotheca macrocarpa: A newly described species of Oncothecaceae. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris) sér. 4, sect. B., Adansonia 3(4): 177–181.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984 Fruits and seeds of the Cunoniaceae. J. Arnold Arbor. 65: 149–190.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986a Floral morphology and anatomy of Staphyleaceae. Bot. Gaz. 147: 312–326.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986b Further observations on the floral anatomy and pollen morphology ofOncotheca (Oncothecaceae). Brittonia 38: 249–259.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986c Wood anatomy and affinities of the Alseuosmiaceae. Syst. Bot. 11: 214–221.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987a A palynological study of the Staphyleaceae. Grana 26: 11–24.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987b Leaf and nodal anatomy and systematics of Staphyleaceae. Bot. Gaz. 148: 475–489.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988 Xylem anatomy ofDiegodendron humbertii. IAWA Bull., n.s., 9: 332–336.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989a. Comparisons of primitive Rosidae and Hamamelidae. Pp. 1: 47–73in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989b Steps toward the natural system of the dicotyledons: Vegetative anatomy. Aliso 12: 555–566.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989c Stem and leaf anatomy of the Alseuosmiaceae. Aliso 12: 567–578.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990a The morphology and relationships ofMedusagyne (Medusagynaceae). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 171: 27–55.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990b An additional note on the floral morphology and affinities ofMedusagyne oppositifolia (Medusagynaceae). Brittonia 42: 191–196.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990c A study of the floral morphology and anatomy of the Caryocaraceae. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 117: 123–137.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992 Morphology and anatomy of the flower and pollen ofSaruma henryi Oliv., a phylogenetic relict of the Aristolochiaceae. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 119: 392–400.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993 Floral anatomy of the Styracaceae, including observations on intra-ovarian trichomes. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 112: 223–255.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994 A re-examination ofSanango racemosum, 2. Vegetative and floral anatomy. Taxon 43: 601–618.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &P. Baas. 1977 The morphology and relationships ofParacryphia (Paracryphiaceae). Blumea 23: 417–438.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P. K. Endress. 1983 Ontogeny of the stem-node-leaf vascular continuum ofAustrobaileya. Amer. J. Bot. 70: 906–911.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &K. D. Phend. 1985 Wood anatomy of the Styracaceae: Evolutionary and ecological considerations. IAWA Bull., n.s., 6: 3–22.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. Rutishauser. 1990 Developmental morphology of stipules and systematics of the Cunoniaceae and presumed allies, II. Taxa without interpetiolar stipules and conclusions. Bot. Helvet. 100: 75–95.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &E. M. Sweitzer. 1970 The morphology and relationships ofBarbeya oleoides. Amer. J. Bot. 57: 468–476.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &A. L. Weitzman. 1996 Comparative anatomy of the young stem, node, and leaf of Bonnetiaceae, including observations on a foliar endodermis. Amer. J. Bot. 83: 405–418.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,J. W. Nowicke &J. J. Skvarla. 1982 Pollen morphology of the Dilleniaceae and Actinidiaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 69: 1055–1073.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,M. H. Hils, T. W. Lucansky &W. L. Stem. 1994 Comparative anatomy and systematics of woody Saxifragaceae.Aphanopetalum Engl. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 114: 167–182.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Dickson, E. E., K. Arumuganathan, S. Kresovich &J. J. Doyle. 1992 Nuclear DNA content variation within the Rosaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 79: 1081–1086.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • DiFulvio, T. E. 1971 Morfología floral deNolana paradoxa (Nolanaceae), con especial referencia a la organización del gineceo. Kurtziana 6: 41–51.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975 Estomatogenesis enHalophytum ameghinoi (Halophytaceae). Kurtziana 8: 17–29.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979 El endosperma y el embrion en el sistema de Tubiflorae, con especial referencia a Boraginaceae e Hydrophyllaceae. Kurtziana 12-13: 101–112.

    Google Scholar 

  • Dilcher, D. L., D. C. Christophel, H. O. Bhagwandin Jr. &L. J. Scriven. 1990 Evolution of the Casuarinaceae: Morphological comparisons of some extant species. Amer. J. Bot. 77: 338–355.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Dillon, M. O. &M. Muñoz-Schick. 1993 A revision of the dioecious genusGriselinia (Griseliniaceae), including a new species from the coastal Atacama Desert of northern Chile. Brittonia 45: 261–274.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,A. D. Hanson &D. A. Gage. 1996 Osmoprotective compounds and phylogeny of the Plumbaginaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 131–132 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Ditsch, F. &W. Barthlott. 1994. Mikromorphologie der Epicuticularwachse und die Systematik der Dilleniales, Lecythidales, Malvales, and Theales. Akad. Wiss. Abh. Math. Naturwiss. Kl. F. Steiner, Stuttgart.

    Google Scholar 

  • -&-. 1997. Mikromorpholgie der Epicuticularwachse und das System der Dilleniidae und Rosidae. Akad. Wiss. Mainz, Abh. Math.-Naturwiss. Kl.

  • —,H. Patha &W. Barthlott. 1995 Micromorpholgy of epicuticular waxes in Fabaless.l. and its systematic significance. Beitr. Biol. Pflanzen 68: 297–310.

    Google Scholar 

  • Domin, K. 1922 Byblidaceae, a new archichlamydeous family. Acta Bot. Bohem. 1: 3–4.

    Google Scholar 

  • Domke, W. 1934 Untersuchungen über die systematische und geographische Gliederung der Thymelaeaceen nebst einer Neubeschreibung ihrer Gattungen. Bibl. Bot. Stuttgart 111: 1–151.

    Google Scholar 

  • Donoghue, M. J. 1981 The cladistic relationships ofViburnum: Equivocal out-groups and a robust hypothesis. Amer. J. Bot. Misc. Ser. Publ. 160: 67–68 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983. The phylogenetic relationships ofViburnum. Pp. 2: 143–166in N. I. Platnick & V. A. Funk (eds.), Advances in cladistics: Proceedings of the second meeting of the Willi Hennig Society. Columbia Univ. Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985 Pollen diversity and exine evolution inViburnum and the Caprifoliaceaesensu lato. J. Arnold Arbor. 66: 421–469.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &W. S. Alverson. 2000 A new age of discovery. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 87: 110–126.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &P. D. Cantino. 1988 Paraphyly, ancestors, and the goals of taxonomy: A botanical defense of cladism. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 54: 107–128.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &J. A. Doyle. 1989. Phylogenetic analysis of angiosperms and the relationships of Hamamelidae. Pp. 1:17-45in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,R. G. Olmstead, J. F. Smith &J. D. Palmer. 1992 Phylogenetic relationships of Dipsacales based onrbcL sequences. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 333–345.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Dorr, L. J. 1994 The identity and neotypification ofEndosteira Turcz. (Rhizophoraceae). Taxon 43: 639–640.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Douglas, A. W. &B. P. M. Hyland. 1995. Subfamily III. Eidotheoideae (withEidothea zoexglocarya). Pp. 127–129in P. McCarthy & A. E. Orchard (eds.), Flora of Australia. Vol. 16. Elaeagnaceae and Proteaceae. CSIRO, Melbourne.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &S. C. Tucker. 1996 Comparative floral ontogenies among Persoonioideae includingBellendena (Proteaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 83: 1528–1555.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Downie, S. R. &D. S. Katz-Downie. 1996 A molecular phylogeny of Apiaceae subfamily Apioideae: Evidence from nuclear ribosomal DNA internal transcribed spacer sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 83: 234–251.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1999 Phylogenetic analysis of chloroplastrps 16 intron sequences reveals relationships within the woody southern African Apiaceae subfamily Apioideae. Canad. J. Bot 77: 1120–1135.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1990 Chloroplast DNA evidence for phylogenetic relationships in the Asteridae. Amer. J. Bot. (Suppl.) 77(6): 112 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1992 Restriction site mapping of the chloroplast DNA inverted repeat: A molecular phylogeny of the Asteridae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 266–283.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1994a. Phylogenetic relationships using restriction site variation of the chloroplast DNA inverted repeat. Pp. 223–233in H.-D. Behnke & T. J. Mabry (eds.), Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1994b A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of the Caryophyllales based on structural and inverted repeat restriction site variation. Syst. Bot. 19: 236–252.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,D. S. Katz-Downie &K.-J. Cho. 1997 Relationships in the Caryophyllales as suggested by phylogenetic analyses of partial chloroplast DNA ORF2280 homolog sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 84: 253–273.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,S. Ramanath, D. S. Katz-Downie &E. Llanas. 1998 Molecular systematics of Apiaceae subfamily Apioideae: Phylogenetic analyses of nuclear ribosomal DNA internal transcribed spacer and plastidrpoC1 intron sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 563–591.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,D. S. Katz-Downie &M. F. Watson. 2000 A phytogeny of the flowering plant family Apiaceae based on chloroplast DNA RPL16 and RPOC1 intron sequences: Towards a suprageneric classification of subfamily Apioideae. Amer. J. Bot. 87: 273–292.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Doyle, J. A. 1969 Cretaceous angiosperm pollen of the Atlantic coastal plain and its evolutionary significance. J. Arnold Arbor. 50: 1–35.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978 Origin of angiosperms. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 9: 365.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996 Seed plant phylogeny and the relationships of Gnetales. Int. J. Pl. Sci. 157(6 Suppl.): S3-S39.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998a Phylogeny of vascular plants. Ann. Rev. Ecol. Syst. 29: 567–599.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998b Molecules, morphology, fossils, and the relationship of angiosperms and Gnetales. Molec. Phylogenet. & Evol. 9: 448–462.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • — &A. Le Thomas. 1996a Phylogeny and geographic history of Annonaceae. Geog. Phys. Quat. 51: 353–361.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1996b Phylogenetic analysis and character evolution in Annonaceae. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris), 4 sér. 18, sect. B, Adansonia 3-4: 279–334.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &M. J. Sanderson. 1997 Fossils, molecular clocks, and the age of angiosperms. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 132 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,C. L. Hotton &J. V. Ward. 1990 Early Cretaceous tetrads, zonasulculate pollen, and Winteraceae. Respective parts published in Amer. J. Bot. as follows, I. Taxonomy, morphology, and ultrastructure, 77: 1544–1557; II. Cladistic analysis and implications, 77:1558-1568.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,M. J. Donoghue &E. A. Zimmer. 1994 Integration of morphological and ribosomal RNA data on the origin of angiosperms. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81: 419–450.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Doyle, J. J. 1992 Gene trees and species trees: Molecular systematics as one-character taxonomy. Syst. Bot. 17: 144–163.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995. DNA data and legume phylogeny: A progress report. Pp. 11–30in M. Crisp & J. J. Doyle (eds.), Advances in legume systematics. Part 7. Phylogeny. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. L. Doyle, J. A. Ballenger &J. D. Palmer. 1996 The distribution and phylogenetic significance of a 50-kb chloroplast DNA inversion in the flowering plant family Leguminosae. Molec. Phylogenet. & Evol. 5: 429–438.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • ———,E. E. Dickson, T. Kajita &H. Ohashi. 1997 A phylogeny of the chloroplast generbcL in the Leguminosae: Taxonomic correlations and insights into the evolution of nodulation. Amer. J. Bot. 84: 541–554.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Doyle, M. F. &R. Scogin. 1988a A comparative phytochemical profile of the Gunneraceae. New Zealand J. Bot. 26: 493–496.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1988b Leaf phenolics ofGunnera manicata (Gunneraceae). Aliso 12: 77–80.

    Google Scholar 

  • Dreyer, D. L. 1966 Citrus bitter principles, V. Botanical distribution and chemotaxonomy in the Rutaceae. Phytochemistry 5: 367–378.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Drinnan, A. N., P. R. Crane, E. M. Friis &K. R. Pedersen. 1990 Lauraceous flowers from the Potomac Group (Mid-Cretaceous) of eastern North America. Bot. Gaz. 151: 370–384.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ————. 1991 Angiosperm flowers and tricolpate pollen of buxaceous affinity from the Potomac Group (Mid-Cretaceous) of eastern North America. Amer. J. Bot. 78: 153–176.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • -,-& S. Hoot. 1993. Paleobotanical and floral developmental insights into the early diversification of nonmagnoliid dicotyledons. Abstr. XV Int. Bot. Congr., Yokohama, p. 25.

  • Drugg, W. S. 1962 Pollen morphology of the Lennoaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 49: 1027–1032.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Drury, D. G. &L. Watson. 1966 Taxonomic implications of a comparative anatomical study of Inuloideae-Compositae. Amer. J. Bot. 53: 828–833.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Dümmer, R. A. 1912. An enumeration of the Bruniaceae. J. Bot. Supp.

  • Dunbar, A. 1975 On pollen of Campanulaceae and related families with special reference to the surface ultrastructure: 2. Campanulaceae subfam. Cyphioideae and subfam. Lobelioideae; Goodeniaceae; Sphenocleaceae. Bot. Not. 128: 102–118.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978 Pollen morphology and taxonomic position of the genusPentaphragma Wall. (Pentaphragmataceae). Grana 17: 141–147.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &H.-G. Wallentinus. 1976 On pollen of Campanulaceae, III. A numerical taxonomic investigation. Bot. Not. 139: 69–72.

    Google Scholar 

  • Duncan, T. &C. S. Keener. 1991 A classification of the Ranunculaceae with special reference to the Western Hemisphere. Phytologia 70: 24–27.

    Google Scholar 

  • Duyjes, B. E. E. 1993 Coriariaceae. Fl. Males., 1,11: 385–391.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996. Hernandiaceae. Fl. Males., 1,12: 737–761.

    Google Scholar 

  • Eames, A. J. 1929 The role of flower anatomy in the determination of angiosperm phylogeny. Proc. IV Int. Congr. Plant Sci. 1: 423–427.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1961. Morphology of the angiosperms. McGraw-Hill, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Eastop, V. F. 1973. Deductions from the present day host plants of aphids and related insects. Pp. 157–178in H. F. van Emden (ed.), Insect/plant relationships. Wiley & Sons, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Eckardt, T. 1976 Classical morphological features of centrospermous families. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 126: 5–25.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ehdaie, M. &S. D. Russell. 1985 Megagametophyte development ofNandina domestica and its taxonomic implications. Phytomorphology 34: 1–225.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ehrendorfer, F. 1965. Evolution and karyotype differentiation in a family of flowering plants: Dipsacaceae. Pp. 2: 399–407in S. J. Geerts (ed.), Genetics today. Pergamon Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976a Chromosome numbers and differentiation of centrospermous families. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 126: 27–30.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976b Closing remarks: Systematics and evolution of centrospermous families. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 126: 99–106.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • -. 1988. Affinities of the African dendroflora: Suggestions from karyoand chemosystematics. Pp. 105–127in P. Goldblatt & P. P. Lowry II (eds.), Modern systematic studies in African botany: Proceedings of the Eleventh Plenary Meeting of the Association for the Taxonomic Study of the Flora of Tropical Africa, Missouri Botanical Garden, St. Louis, June 10–14,1985. Monogr. Syst. Bot., 25. Missouri Bot. Gard., St. Louis.

  • —,W. Morawitz &J. Dawe. 1984 The neotropical angiosperm families Brunelliaceae and Caryocaraceae: First karyosystematical data and affinities.pl. Syst. & Evol. 145: 183–191.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ehrlich, P. R. &P. H. Raven. 1964 Butterflies and plants: A study in coevolution. Evolution 18: 586–608.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Eichler, A. W. 1875, 1878. Blüten diagramme. 2 vols. Leipzig.

  • Eklund, H., E. M. Früs &K. R. Pedersen. 1997 Chloranthaceous floral structures from the Late Cretaceous of Sweden. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 207: 13–42.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Eldenäs, P., A. A. Anderberg &M. Källersjö. 1998 Molecular phylogenetics of the tribe Inuleaes.str. (Asteraceae), based on ITS sequences of nuclear ribosomal DNA. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 210: 159–173.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,M. Källersjö &A. A. Anderberg. 1999 Phylogenetic placement and circumscription of tribes Inuleae s.str. And Plucheeae (Asteraceae): Evidence from sequences of chloroplast genendhF. Molec. Phylogenet. & Evol. 13: 50–58.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • El-Gazzar, A. 1981 Chromosome numbers and rust susceptibility as taxonomic criteria in Rosaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 137: 23–38.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &M. A. El-Fiki. 1977 The main subdivisions of Leguminosae. Bot. Not. 129: 371–375.

    Google Scholar 

  • Elias, T. S. 1971a The genera of Fagaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 52: 159–195.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1971b The genera of Myricaceae in southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 52: 305–318.

    Google Scholar 

  • -. 1981. Mimosoideae. Pp. 143–168in R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds.), Advances in legume systematics: Proceedings of the International Legume Conference, Kew, 24–29 July 1978. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

  • Eliasson, U. H. 1988 Floral morphology and taxonomic relations among the genera of Amaranthaceae in the New World and the Hawaiian Islands. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 96: 235–283.

    Google Scholar 

  • Emden, H. F. van (ed.). 1973. Insect/plant relationships. Wiley & Sons, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Emmel, T. C. &J. F. Emmel. 1973. The butterflies of southern California. Sci. Ser. 26. Nat. Hist. Mus. Los Angeles Co., Los Angeles.

    Google Scholar 

  • Endo, Y. &H. Ohashi. 1998 The features of cotyledon areoles in Leguminosae and their systematic utility. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 753–759.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Endress, M. E. 1997 Key characters at the interface of the apocynacs and the asclepiads. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 189–190 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &V. A. Albert. 1995 A morphological cladistic study of Apocynaceae: Trends in character evolution within a broadened familial circumscription. Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 127 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &V. Bittrich. 1993. Molluginaceae. Pp. 410–426in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P. V. Bruyns. 2000 A revised classification of the Apocynaceae s.l. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 66: 1–56.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,M. Hesse, S. Nilsson, A. Guggisberg &J.-P. Zhu. 1990 The systematic position of the Holarrheninae (Apocynaceae). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 171: 157–185.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • -,B. Sennbled, S. Nilsson, L. C. Neyrel, M. W. Chase, S. Huymans, E. Grafström & B. Bremer. 1996. A phylogenetic analysis of Apocynaceaes.str. and some related taxa in Gentianales: A multidisciplinary approach. Pp. 59–102in E. Robbrecht, C. Puff & E. Smets (eds.), Second International Rubiaceae Conference proceedings. Opera botanica Belgica. Vol. 7. National Botanic Garden of Belgium, Meise.

  • Endress, P. K. 1968 Untersuchungen über den phylogenetischen Anschluss der Betulaceen an die Hamamelidaceen. Verh. Schweiz. Naturf. Ges. 1968: 113–114.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1969 Gesichtspunkte zur systematischen Stellung der Eupteleaceen (Magnoliales). Ber. Schweiz. Bot. Ges. 79: 229–278.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1970 Die Infloreszenzen der apetalen Hamamelidaceen, ihre grundsätzliche morphologische und systematische Bedeutung. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 90: 1–54.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972 Zur vergleichenden Entwicklungsmorphologie, Embryologie und Systematik bei Laurales. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 92: 331–428.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1973 Arils and aril-like structures in woody Ranales. New Phytol. 72: 1159–1171.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977 Über Blutenbau und Verwandtschaft der Eupomatiaceae und Himantandraceae (Magnoliales). Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 90: 83–103.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1980a Floral structure and relationships ofHortonia (Monimiaceae). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 133: 199–221.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1980b The reproductive structures and systematic position of the Austrobaileyaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst.101: 393–433.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986 Floral structure, systematics, and phylogeny in Trochodendrales. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 297–324.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987 The Chloranthaceae: Reproductive structures and phylogenetic position. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 109: 153–226.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989a A suprageneric taxonomic classification of the Hamamelidaceae. Taxon 38: 371–376.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989b Aspects of evolutionary differentiation of the Hamamelidaceae and the Lower Hamamelididae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 162: 193–211.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989c. Phylogenetic relationships in the Hamamelidoideae. Pp. 2: 227–248in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990 Evolution of reproductive structures and functions in primitive angiosperms (Magnoliidae). Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 55: 5–34.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992 Protogynous flowers in Monimiaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 181: 227–232.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993a. Austrobaileyaceae. Pp. 138–140in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. Cercidiphyllaceae. Pp. 250–252in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993c. Eupomatiaceae. Pp. 296–298in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993d. Eupteleaceae. Pp. 299–301in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1933e. Hamamelidaceae. Pp. 322–331in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —1993f. Himantandraceae. Pp. 338–341in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993g. Trochodendraceae. Pp. 599–602in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994a Shapes, sizes and evolutionary trends in stamens of Magnoliidae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 115: 429–460.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994b. Diversity and evolutionary biology of tropical flowers. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994c Floral structure and evolution of primitive angiosperms: Recent advances. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 192: 79–97.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995. Floral structure and evolution in Ranunculanae.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9:47-61. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997a Relationships between floral organization, architecture, and pollination mode inDillenia (Dilleniaceae). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 206: 99–118.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997b. Evolutionary biology of flowers: Prospects for the next century. Pp. 99–119in K. Iwatsuki & P. H. Raven (eds.), Evolution and diversification of land plants. Springer-Verlag, Tokyo, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. Honegger. 1980 The pollen of the Austrobaileyaceae and its phylogenetic significance. Grana 19: 177–182.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &L. D. Hufford. 1989 The diversity of stamen structures and dehiscence patterns among Magnoliidae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 100: 45–85.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &A. Igersheim. 1997a Patterns of angiospermy in basal angiosperms. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 190 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1997b Gynoecium diversity and systematics of the Laurales. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 125: 93–168.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1999 Gynoecium diversity and systematics of the basal eudicots. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 130: 305–393.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &F. B. Sampson. 1983 Floral structure and relationships of the Trimeniaceae (Laurales). J. Arnold Arbor. 64: 447–473.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &S. Stumpf. 1991 The diversity of stamen structures in “Lower” Rosidae (Rosales, Fabales, Proteales, Sapindales). J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 107: 217–293.

    Google Scholar 

  • Engel, T. &W. Barthlott. 1988 Micromorphology of epicuticular waxes in centrosperms. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 161: 71–85.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Engell, K. 1987 Embryology and taxonomical position ofRetzia capensis (Retziaceae). Nord. J. Bot. 7: 117–124.

    Google Scholar 

  • Engler, A. (ed.). 1900–1953. Das Pflanzenreich. W. Engelmann, Leipzig.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. Prantl. 1924. Die natürlichen Pflanzenfamilien. Ed. 2. W. Engelmann, Leipzig.

    Google Scholar 

  • Erbar, C. 1988. Early developmental patterns in flowers and their value for systematics. Pp. 7–23in P. Leins, S. C. Tucker & P. K. Endress (eds.), Aspects of floral development. J. Cramer, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991 Sympetaly: A systematic character? Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 112: 417–451.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992 Floral development of two species ofStylidium (Stylidiaceae) and some remarks on the systematic position of the family Stylidiaceae. Canad. J. Bot. 70: 258–271.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993 Studies on the floral development and pollen presentation inAcicarpha tribuloides with a discussion of the systematic position of the family Calyceraceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 115: 325–350.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994 Contributions to the affinities ofAdoxa from the viewpoint of floral development. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 116: 259–282.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995 On the floral development ofSphenoclea zeylanica (Sphenocleaceae, Campanulales): SEM-investigations on herbarium material. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 117: 469–483.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997 Fieberklee und Seekanne: Enzian odor Aster-verwandt? Zur Blütenentwicklung und systematischen Stellung der Menyanthaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 119: 115–135.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P. Leins. 1988a Studien zur Blütenentwicklungs und Pollenprasentation beiBrunonia australis Smith (Brunoniaceae). Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 110: 263–282.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1988b Blütenentwicklungs-geschichtliche Studien anAralia undHedera (Araliaceae). Flora 180: 391–406.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1989 On the early floral development and the mechanisms of secondary pollen presentation inCampanula, Josiane andLobelia. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 111: 29–55.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1994. Flowers in Magnoliidae and the origin of flowers in other subclasses of the angiosperms, I. The relationships between flowers of Magnoliidae and Alismatidae.In P. K. Endress & E. M. Friis (eds.), Early evolution of flowers. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 8: 193–208. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1995 Portioned pollen release and the syndromes of secondary pollen presentation in the Campanulales-Asterales complex. Flora 190: 323–338.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1996a. The formation of corolla tubes in Rubiaceae and presumably related families. Pp. 103–112in Second International Rubiaceae Conference proceedings. Opera botanica Belgica. Vol. 7. National Botanic Garden of Belgium, Meise.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1996b An analysis of the early floral development ofPittosporum tobira (Thunb.) Aiton and some remarks on the systematic position of the family Pittosporaceae. Feddes Repert. 106: 463–473.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1996c Distribution of the character states “Early Sympetaly” and “Late Sympetaly” within the “Sympetalae Tetracyclicae” and presumably allied groups. Bot. Acta 109: 427–440.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1997 Studies on the early floral development in Cleomoideae (Capparaceae) with emphasis on the androecial development. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 206: 119–132.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Erdtman, G. 1944 The systematic position of the genusDiclidanthera Mart. Bot. Not. 1944: 80–84.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1945 Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy, IV. Labiatae, Verbenaceae, and Avicenniaceae. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 39: 279–285.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1946 Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy, VII. Notes on various families. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 40: 77–84.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1948 Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy, VIII. Didiereaceae. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris), ser. 2, 20: 387–394.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1952. Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy. Angiosperms. Almqvist & Wiksell, Stockholm.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1954a Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy in some African plants. Grana Palynol. 1: 1–8.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1954b Pollen morphology and plant taxonomy. Bot. Not. 2: 65–81.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1958 A note on the pollen morphology in the Ancistrocladaceae and Dioncophyllaceae. Veroff. Geobot. Inst. Rübel Zürich 33: 47–49.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1960 Pollen walls and angiosperm phylogeny. Bot. Not. 113: 41–45.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,P. Leins, R. Melville &C. R. Metcalfe. 1969 On the relationships ofEmblingia. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 62: 169–186.

    Google Scholar 

  • Erickson, R. 1958. Triggerplants. P. Brokensha, Perth, Australia.

    Google Scholar 

  • Eriksson, L.T. &M. J. Donoghue. 1997 Phylogenetic relationships ofSambucus andAdoxa (Adoxaceae) based on nuclear ribosomal ITS sequences and preliminary morphological data. Syst. Bot. 22: 555–573.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —— &M. S. Hibbs. 1998 Phylogenetic analysis ofPotentilla using DNA sequences of nuclear ribosomal internal transcribed spacers (ITS), and implications for the classification of Rosoideae (Rosaceae). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 211: 155–179.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Eriksson, T. 1991 The systematic position of theBlepharispermum group (Asteraceae, Heliantheae). Taxon 40: 33–39.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ernst, W. R. 1962 The genera of Papaveraceae and Fumariaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 43: 315–343.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1963a The genera of Capparaceae and Moringaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 44: 81–95.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1963b The genera of Hamamelidaceae and Platanaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 44: 193–210.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1964 The genera of Berberidaceae, Lardizabalaceae, and Menispermaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 45: 1–35.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1967 Floral morphology and systematics ofPlatystemon and its alliesHesperomecon andMeconella (Papaveraceae: Platystemonoideae). Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 47: 125–70.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ertter, B. 2000 Floristic surprises in North America north of Mexico. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 87: 81–109.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ettlinger, M. G. 1987. Systematic distribution and biochemical properties of glucosinolates (mustard oil glucosides). Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-26-1.

  • — &A. Kjaer. 1968 Sulfur compounds in plants. Recent Adv. Phytochem. 1: 59–144.

    Google Scholar 

  • Evans, F. J. &C. J. Soper. 1978 The tigliane, daphnane, and ingenane diterpenes, their chemistry, distribution and biological activities: A review. Lloydia 41: 193–233.

    PubMed  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Evans, R. C. &C. S. Campbell. 2000a A multigene tree of the Rosales. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 125 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 2000b The polyploid origin of a large clade: Nuclear Granule-Bound Starch Synthase (GBSSI or waxy) gene sequences support a spiraeoid ancestry of the Maloideae (Rosaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 125–126 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &T. A. Dickinson. 1997 Phylogenetic relationships in the Rosaceae: A total evidence approach. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 190–191 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1999a Floral ontogeny and morphology in subfamily Amygdaloideae T. & G. (Rosaceae). Int. J. Pl. Sci. 160: 955–979.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1999b Floral ontogeny and morphology in subfamily Spiraeoideae Endl. (Rosaceae). Int. J. Pl. Sci. 160: 981–1012.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Exell, A. W. &C. A. Stace. 1966 Revision of the Combretaceae. Bol. Soc. Brot., ser. 2, 40: 5–25.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1972. Patterns of distribution in the Combretaceae. Pp. 307–323in D. H. Valentine (ed.), Taxonomy, phytogeography and evolution. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • Eyde, R. H. 1963 Morphological and paleobotanical studies of the Nyssaceae, I. A survey of the modern species and their fruits. J. Arnold Arbor. 44: 1–54.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1964 Inferior ovary and generic affinities ofGarrya. Amer. J. Bot. 51: 1083–1092.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1966a Systematic anatomy of the flower ofCorokia. Amer. J. Bot. 53: 833–847.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1966b The Nyssaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 47: 117–125.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1967 The peculiar gynoecial vasculature of Cornaceae and its systematic significance. Phytomorphology 17: 172–182.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1968 Flowers, fruits, and phylogeny of Alangiaceae. J. Arnold Arbor. 49: 167–192.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972 Pollen ofAlangium: Toward a more satisfactory synthesis. Taxon 21: 471–477.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976 The bases of angiosperm phylogeny: Floral anatomy. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 521–537.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988 ComprehendingCornus: Puzzles and progress in the systematics of the dogwoods. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 54: 233–351.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997 Fossil record and ecology ofNyssa (Cornaceae). Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 63: 97–123.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &X. Qiuyun. 1990 Fossil mastixioid (Cornaceae) alive in eastern Asia. Amer. J. Bot. 77: 689–692.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &C. C. Tseng. 1971 What is the primitive floral structure of Araliaceae? J. Arnold Arbor. 52: 205–239.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,A. Bartlett &E. S. Barghoorn. 1969 Fossil record ofAlangium. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 96: 288–314.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Fagerlind, F. 1945 Bau der Floralen Organe bei der GattungLangsdorffla. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 39: 197–210.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1946 Gynäceummorphologie, Embryologie und systematische Stellung der GattungErythropalum. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 40: 9–14.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1947 Gynöceummorphologische und embryologische Studien in der Familie Olacaceae. Bot. Not. 1947: 207–230.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1948 Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Gynöceum-morphologie und Phylogenie der SantalalesFamilien. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 42: 195–229.

    Google Scholar 

  • Fairbrothers, D. E. 1977 Perspectives in plant serotaxonomy. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 64: 147–160.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &F. P. Petersen. 1983. Serological investigation of the Annoniflorae (Magnoliiflorae, Magnoliidae). Pp. 301–310in U. Jensen & D. E. Fairbrothers (eds.), Proteins and nucleic acids in plant systematics. Springer-Verlag, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,T. J. Mabry, R. L. Scogin &B. L. Turner. 1976 The bases of angiosperm phylogeny: Chemotaxonomy. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 765–800.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Fallen, M. E. 1986 Floral structure in the Apocynaceae: Morphological, functional, and evolutionary aspects. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 106: 245–286.

    Google Scholar 

  • -. 1987. Aspects of the evolution and systematics of the Apocynaceae. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-41-6.

  • Fassett, N.C. 1951Callitriche in the New World. Rhodora 53: 137–155,161-182,185-194,209-222.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1953 A monograph ofCabomba. Castanea 18: 1116–1128.

    Google Scholar 

  • Fay, M. F. &M. W. Chase. 1996 Molecular phylogeny of Ochnaceae and related families. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 155 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,G. T. Prance &M. W. Chase. 1997a “Dendronology”: A molecular approach to monogeneric families of uncertain taxonomic affinities. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 191 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,S. M. Swensen &M. W. Chase. 1997b Taxonomic affinities ofMedusagyne oppositifolia (Medusagynaceae). Kew Bull. 52: 111–120.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,D. Bayer, W. S. Alverson, A. Y. de Bruijn &M. W. Chase. 1998 PlastidrbcL sequence data indicate a close affinity betweenDiegodendron andBixa. Taxon 47: 43–50.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Fehrenbach, S. &W. Barthlott. 1988 Mikromorpholgie der Epicuticular-Wachse der Rosaless.l. und deren systematische Gliederung. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 109: 407–428.

    Google Scholar 

  • Felsenstein, J. 1978 Cases in which parsimony or compatibility methods will be positively misleading. Syst. Zool. 27: 401–410.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ferguson, D. K. 1989. A survey of the Liquidambaroideae (Hamamelidaceae) with a view to elucidating its fossil record. Pp. 1:249-272in P. R. Crane and & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998 The contribution of micromorphology to the taxonomy and fossil record of the Myricaceae. Taxon 47: 333–335.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ferguson, D. M. 1999 Phylogenetic analysis and relationships in Hydrophyllaceae based onndhF sequence data. Syst. Bot. 23: 253–268.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ferguson, I. K. 1965 The genera of Valerianaceae and Dipsacaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 46: 218–231.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977 Cornaceae. World Pollen and Spore Flora 6: 1–34.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985 The pollen morphology of Moringaceae. Kew Bull. 40: 25–34.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &J. J. Skvarla. 1988 Pollen morphology of the tribe Swartzieae (subfamily Papilionoideae: Leguminosae), 1. Introduction and all genera excludingAldina andSwartzia. Amer. J. Bot. 75: 1884–1897.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,B. D. Schrire &R. Shepperson. 1994. Pollen morphology of the tribe Sophoreae and relationships between subfamilies Caesalpinioideae and Papilionoideae. Pp. 53–96in I. K. Ferguson & S. C. Tucker (eds.), Advances in legume systematics. Part 6. Structural botany. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • Fernando, E. S. &C. J. Quinn. 1995 Picramniaceae, a new family, and a recircumscription of Simaroubaceae. Taxon 44: 177–181.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,P. A. Gadek, D. M. Crayn &C. J. Quinn. 1993 Rosid affinities of Surianaceae: Molecular evidence. Molec. Phylogenet. & Evol. 2: 344–350.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —— &C. J. Quinn. 1995 Simaroubaceae, an artificial construct: Evidence fromrbcL sequence variation. Amer. J. Bot. 82: 92–103.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Feuer, S. 1981 Pollen morphology and relationships of Misodendraceae (Santalales). Nord. J. Bot. 1: 731–734.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986 Pollen morphology and evolution in the Persoonioideae, Sphalmioideae, and Carnarvonioideae (Proteaceae). Pollen & Spores 28: 123–155.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990 Pollen aperture evolution among the subfamilies Persoonioideae, Sphalmioideae, and Carnarvonioideae (Proteaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 77: 783–794.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991 Pollen morphology and the systematic relationships ofTicodendron incognitum. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 78: 143–151.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Fields, P. F. 1996 ATrochodendron infructescence from the 15 Ma Succor Creek flora in Oregon: A geographic and possibly temporal range extension. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 110 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Fikenscher, L. H., R. Hegnauer &H. W. L. Ruijgrok. 1969 Iridoide Pflanzenstoffe (Pseudoinkikane) als systematische Merkmale. Pharm. Weekblad 104: 561–566.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Fineran, B. A. 1991 Root hemi-parasitism in the Santalales. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 113: 277–308.

    Google Scholar 

  • Fisel, K. J. &F. Weberling. 1990 Untersuchungen zur Morphologie und Ontogenie der Bluten von 7b-varia pendula Ruiz et Pavon undTovaria diffusa (Macfad.) Fawcett et Rendle. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 111: 365–387.

    Google Scholar 

  • Fisher, M. J. 1928 The morphology and anatomy of the flowers of the Salicaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 15: 307–326, 372–394.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Florence, J. 1985 Sertum polynesicum, I.Plakothira Florence (Loasaceae), genre nouveau des Îles Marquises. Adansonia 3: 239–245 (Ser. 4).

    Google Scholar 

  • Flores, E. M. &M. F. Moseley. 1990 Anatomy and aspects of development of the staminate inflorescences and florets of seven species ofAllocasuarina (Casuarinaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 77: 795–808.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Foreman, D. B. 1987 Notes on the wood anatomy ofIdiospermum australiense (Idiospermaceae). Muelleria 6: 329–333.

    Google Scholar 

  • Forero, E. 1983. Connaraceae. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 36. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

  • Forman, L. L. 1966 Generic delimitation in the Castaneoideae. Kew Bull. 18: 421–426.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986 Menispermaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 157–253.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,P. E. Brandham, M. M. Harley &T. J. Lawrence. 1989Beiselia mexicana (Burseraceae) and its affinities. Kew Bull. 44: 1–31.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Foster, A. S. 1961 The floral morphology and relationships ofKingdonia uniflora. J. Arnold Arbor. 42: 397–415.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1963 The morphology and relationships ofCircaeaster. J. Arnold Arbor. 44: 299–327.

    Google Scholar 

  • Freeman, C. E. &R. Scogin. 1999 Potential utility of chloroplasttrnL (UAA) gene intron sequences for inferring phylogeny in Scrophulariaceae. Aliso 18: 141–159.

    Google Scholar 

  • Freudenstein, J. V. 1997 Molecular evidence for relationships and character transformation within Pyroloideae (Ericaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 195 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998 Paraphyly, ancestors, and classification: A response to Sosef and Brummitt. Taxon 47: 95–104.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1999 Relationships and character transformation in Pyroloideae (Ericaceae) based on ITS sequences, morphology, and development. Syst. Bot. 24: 398–408.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Friis, E. M. 1985Actinocalyx gen. nov., sympetalous angiosperm flowers from the Upper Cretaceous of southern Sweden. Rev. Paleobot. Palynol. 45: 171–183.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989 Palaeobotany. Progr. Bot. 50: 312–326.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P. R. Crane. 1989. Reproductive structures of Cretaceous Hamamelidae. Pp. 1: 155–174in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &W. L. Crepet. 1987. Time of appearance of floral features. Pp. 145–179in E. M. Friis, W. G. Chaloner & P. R. Crane (eds.), The origins of angiosperms and their biological consequences. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P. K. Endress. 1990 Origin and evolution of angiosperm flowers. Advances Bot. Res. 17: 99–162.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1996 Flower evolution. Progr. Bot. 57: 253–280.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,W. L. Crepet &K. R. Pedersen. 1986 Floral evidence for Cretaceous chloranthoid angiosperms. Nature 320: 163–164.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,W. G. Chaloner &P. R. Crane (eds.) 1987. The origins of angiosperms and their biological consequences. Cambridge Univ. Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,W. L. Crepet &K. R. Pedersen. 1988 Reproductive structures of Cretaceous Platanaceae. Biol. Skr. 31: 1–55.

    Google Scholar 

  • ———. 1991. Stamen diversity andin situ pollen of Cretaceous angiosperms. Pp. 197–224in S. Blackmore & S. H. Barnes (eds.), Pollen and spores: Patterns of diversification. Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,K. R. Pedersen &P. R. Crane. 1995Appomattoxia ancistrophora gen. et sp. nov., anew Early Cretaceous plant with similarities toCircaeaster and extant Magnoliideae. Amer. J. Bot. 82: 933–943.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ———. 1999 Early angiosperm diversification: The diversity of pollen associated with angiosperm reproductive structures in early Cretaceous floras from Portugal. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 86: 259–296.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Friis, I. 1987 A reconsideration ofPittosporum in Africa and Arabia. Kew Bull. 42: 319–335.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989a. The Urticaceae: A systematic review. Pp. 2: 285–308in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989b A synopsis of the Buxaceae in Africa south of the Sahara. Kew Bull. 44: 293–315.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993a. Barbeyaceae. Pp. 141–143in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. Urticaceae. Pp. 612–630in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Fritsch, P. 1996 Isozyme analysis of intercontinental disjuncts withinStyrax (Styracaceae): Implications for the Madrean-Tethyan hypothesis. Amer. J. Bot. 83: 342–355.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1999 Phylogeny ofStyrax based on morphological characters, with implications for biogeography and infrageneric classification. Syst. Bot. 24: 356–378.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Frohne, D. &J. John. 1978 The Primulales: Serological contributions to the problem of their systematic position. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 6: 315–322.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Fryns-Claessens, E. &W. Van Cotthem. 1973 A new classification of the ontogenetic types of stomata. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 39: 71–138.

    Google Scholar 

  • Fryxell, P. F. &J. C. La Duke. 1994 Phylogenetic relationships in the Malvaceae: A morphological study. Amer. J. Bot. 81(6): 156 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Fu, D.-Z. 1990 Phylogenetic considerations on the subfamily Thalictroideae (Ranunculaceae). Cathaya 2: 181–190.

    Google Scholar 

  • Fuller, D. Q. 1995 Systematics and leaf architecture of the Gunneraceae. Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 130–131 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Funk, V. 1995 The Liabeae (Compositae): Phylogeny and biogeography. Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 131 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Gadek, P. A., C. J. Quinn, J. E. Rodman, K. G. Karol, E. Conti, R. A. Price &E. S. Fernando. 1992 Affinities of the Australian endemic Akaniaceae: New evidence fromrbcL sequences. Austral. Syst. Bot. 5: 717–724.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,E. S. Fernando, C. J. Quinn, S. B. Hoot, T. Terrazas, M. C. Sheahan &M. W. Chase. 1996 Sapindales: Molecular delimitation and infraordinal groups. Amer. J. Bot. 83: 802–811.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Gandgadhara, M. &J. A. Inamdar. 1977 Trichomes and stomata, and their taxonomic significance in the Urticales. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 127: 121–137.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Gandolfo, M. A., K. C. Nixon &W. L. Crepet. 1998aTylerianthus corssmanensis gen. et sp. nov. (aff. Hydrangeaceae) from the Upper Cretaceous of New Jersey. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 376–386.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ———. 1998b A new fossil flower from the Turonian of New Jersey:Dressiantha bicarpellata gen. et sp. nov. (Capparales). Amer. J. Bot. 85: 964–974.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Gardner, R. O.1978 Systematic notes on the Alseuosmiaceae. Blumea 24: 138–142.

    Google Scholar 

  • Garg, M. 1981 Pollen morphology and systematic position ofCoriaria. Phytomorphology 30: 5–10.

    Google Scholar 

  • Garratt, G. A. 1933a Systematic anatomy of the woods of the Myristicaceae. Trop. Woods 35: 6–18.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1933b Bearing of wood anatomy on the relationships of the Myristicaceae. Trop. Woods 36: 20–44.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1934 Systematic anatomy of the woods of the Monimiaceae. Trop. Woods 39: 18–44.

    Google Scholar 

  • Gastony, G. J. &D. E. Soltis. 1977 Chromosome studies ofParnassia andLepuropetalon (Saxifragaceae) from the eastern United States: A new base number forParnassia. Rhodora 79: 573–578.

    Google Scholar 

  • Gelderen, D. M. van, P. C. de Jong &H. J. Oterdoom. 1994. Maples of the world. Timber Press, Portland, OR.

    Google Scholar 

  • Gengler, K. M. 1997 ITS phylogeny and biogeography of Malesherbiaceae, an endemic of the South American Pacific coastal desert. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 196–197 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Gentry, A. H. 1976 Relationships of the Madagascar Bignoniaceae: A striking case of convergent evolution. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 126: 255–266.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &A. S. Tomb. 1980 Taxonomic implications of Bignoniaceae palynology. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 66: 756–777.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Gentry, H. S. 1958 The natural history of jojoba (Simmondsia chinensis) and its cultural aspects. Econ. Bot. 12: 261–295.

    Google Scholar 

  • George, A. S. 1982 Gyrostemonaceae. Fl. Austral. 8: 362–379.

    Google Scholar 

  • Gershenzon, J. &T. J. Mabry. 1983 Secondary metabolites and the higher classification of angiosperms. Nord. J. Bot. 3: 5–34.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Gerstberger, P. 1987. Serological investigations of glucosinolate-producing plant families. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-26-4.

  • Giannasi, D. E. 1978 Generic relationships in the Ulmaceae based on flavonoid chemistry. Taxon 27: 331–334.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986 Phytochemical aspects of phylogeny in Hamamelidae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 417–437.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988. Flavonoids and evolution in the dicotyledons. Pp. 479–504in J. B. Harbome (ed.), The flavonoids: Advances in research since 1980. Chapman & Hall, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. J. Niklas. 1977 Pakaraimoideae, Dipterocarpaceae of the Western Hemisphere, IV. Phytochemistry. Taxon 26: 380–385.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,G. Zurawski, G. Learn &M. T. Clegg. 1992 Evolutionary relationships of the Caryophyllidae based on comparativerbcL sequences. Syst. Bot. 17: 1–15.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Gibbs, R. D. 1945 Comparative chemistry as an aid to the solution of problems in systematic botany. Trans. Roy. Soc. Canad., 3rd ser., Sect. 5, 39: 71–103.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1954 Comparative chemistry and phylogeny of flowering plants. Proc. & Trans. Roy. Soc. Canad., ser. 3, 485: 1–47.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974. Chemotaxonomy of flowering plants. 4 vols. McGill-Queen’s Univ. Press, Montreal, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • Gibson, A. C. 1977a Comparative anatomy of secondary xylem in Cactoideae (Cactaceae). Biotropica 5: 29–65.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977b Vegetative anatomy ofMaihuenia (Cactaceae) with some theoretical discussions of ontogenetic changes in xylem cell types. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 104: 35–48.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978 Rayless secondary xylem ofHalophytum. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 105: 39–44.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979 Anatomy ofKoeberlinia andCanotia revisited. Madroño 26: 1–12.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1980 Wood anatomy ofThornea, including some comparisons with other Hypericaceae. Int. Assoc. Wood Anat. News Bull., n.s., 1: 87–92.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. Vascular tissues. Pp. 45–74in H.-D. Behnke & T. J. Mabry (eds.), Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. E. Horak. 1978 Systematic anatomy and phylogeny of Mexican columnar cacti. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 65: 999–1057.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Giebel, K. P. &W. C. Dickison. 1976 Wood anatomy of Clethraceae. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 92: 17–26.

    Google Scholar 

  • Gilbert, M. G. 1994 The relationships of the Euphorbieae (Euphorbiaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81: 283–288.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Gilg, E. 1908 Die systematische Stellung der GattungHoplestigma und einiger anderer zweifelhafter Gattungen. Beibl. 93, Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 40: 76–84.

    Google Scholar 

  • Gilmartin, A. J. 1980 Variations within populations and classification, II. Patterns of variation within Asclepiadaceae and Umbelliferae. Taxon 29: 199–212.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Godfrey, R. K. &A. F. Clewell. 1965 PolygamodioeciousLeitneria floridana (Leitneriaceae). Sida 2: 172–173.

    Google Scholar 

  • Goldberg, A. C. &Nelson S. 1989Haptanthus, a new dicotyledonous genus from Honduras. Syst. Bot. 14: 16–19.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Goldblatt, P. 1976a Cytotaxonomic studies in the tribe Quillajeae (Rosaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 63: 200–206.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976b Chromosome number inGomortega keule. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 63: 207–208.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976c Chromosome number and its significance inBatis maritima (Bataceae). J. Arnold Arbor. 57: 526–530.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979a Chromosome number in two cytologically unknown New World families, Tovariaceae and Vivianiaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 65: 776–777.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979b Chromosome number in two primitive dicots,Xymalos monospora (Monimiaceae) andPiptocalyx moorei (Trimeniaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 66: 898–899.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981 Chromosome cytology of Bruniaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 68: 546–550.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986 Chromosome number in Sarcolaenaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 828–829.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &P. K. Endress. 1977 Cytology and evolution in Hamamelidaceae. J. Arnold Arbor. 58: 67–71.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &A. H. Gentry. 1979 Cytology of Bignoniaceae. Bot. Not. 132: 475–482.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. C. Keating. 1977 Chromosome cytology, pollen structure and relationship ofRetzia capensis. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 63: 321–325.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,J. W. Nowicke, T. J. Mabry &H.-D. Behnke. 1976 Gyrostemonaceae: Status and affinity. Bot. Not. 129: 210–206.

    Google Scholar 

  • Gomez-Laurito, J. &L. D. Gomez P. 1989Ticodendron: A new tree from Central America. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 76: 1148–1151.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1991 Ticodendraceae: A new family of flowering plants. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 78: 87–88.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Gonzalez, F. 1997 Phylogenetic relationships of the subfamily Aristolochioideae (Aristolochiaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 198 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Gornall, R. J. 1989 Anatomical evidence and the taxonomic position ofDarmera (Saxifragaceae). J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 100: 173–182.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,B. A. Böhm &R. Dahlgren. 1979 The distribution of flavonoids in the angiosperms. Bot. Not. 132: 1–30.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Gottlieb, O. R., M. A. C. Kaplan, K. Kubitzki &J. R. T. Barros. 1989 Chemical dichotomies in the magnolialean complex. Nord. J. Bot. 8: 437–444.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • ———. 1993a A suggested role of galloyl esters in the evolution of dicotyledons. Taxon 42: 539–552.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —— &D. H. T. Zocher. 1993b A chemosystematic overview of Magnoliidae, Ranunculidae, Caryophyllidae and Hamamelidae. Pp. 20–31in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——,A. M. M. S. Dan, D. H. T. Zocher &M. R. M. B. Borin. 1994. Micromolecular clues for evolution of the Leguminosae. Pp. 107–128in J. I. Sprent & D. McKey (eds.), Advances in legume systematics. Part 5. The nitrogen factor. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • Gottwald, H. &N. Parameswaran. 1966 Das sekundäre Xylem der Familie Dipterocarpaceae, anatomische Untersuchungen zur Taxonomie und Phylogenie. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 85: 410–508.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1967 Beiträge zur Anatomie und Systematik der Quiinaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 87: 361–381.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1968 Das sekundäre Xylem und die systematische Stellung der Ancistrocladaceae und Dioncophyllaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 88: 49–69.

    Google Scholar 

  • Govaerts, R. &D. G. Frodin. 1998. World checklist and bibliography of Fagales (Betulaceae, Corylaceae, Fagaceae and Ticodendraceae). Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • Graham, A. 1977 New records ofPelliceria (Theaceae/Pelliceriaceae) in the Tertiary of the Caribbean. Biotropica 9: 48–52.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Graham, S. A. 1964a The genera of Lythraceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 45: 235–250.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1964b The Elaeagnaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 45: 274–278.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1966. The genera of Araliaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 47: 126–136.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975 Taxonomy of the Lythraceae in the southeastern United States. Sida 6: 80–103.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985 Alzateaceae, a new family of Myrtales in the American tropics. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 757–779.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995 Two new species inCuphea (Lythraceae), and a note on Alzateaceae. Novon 5: 272–277.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &J. E. Averett. 1984 Flavonoids of Alzateaceae (Myrtales). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 855–857.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &C. E. Wood. 1965 The genera of Polygonaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 46: 91–121.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. V. Crisci &P. C. Hoch. 1993a Cladistic analysis of the Lythraceaesensu lato based on morphological characters. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 113: 1–33.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,K. Oginuma, P. H. Raven &H. Tobe. 1993b Chromosome numbers inSonneratia andDuabanga (Lythraceaes.l.) and their systematic significance. Taxon 42: 35–41.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,R. F. Thorne &J. L. Reveal. 1998 Validation of subfamily names in Lythraceae. Taxon 47: 435–436.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Grant, V. 1950a The pollination ofCalycanthus occidentalis. Amer. J. Bot. 37: 294–297.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1950b The protection of the ovules in flowering plants. Evolution 4: 179–201.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1959. Natural history of thePhlox family: Systematic botany. Martinus Nijhoff, The Hague, Netherlands.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998 Primary classification and phylogeny of the Polemoniaceae, with comments on molecular cladistics. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 741–752.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &K. A. Grant. 1965. Flower pollination in thePhlox family. Columbia Univ. Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Grau, J. &H. Hopf. 1985 Das Endosperm der Compositae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 107: 251–268.

    Google Scholar 

  • Gregor, H. J. 1989 Aspects of the fossil record and phylogeny of the family Rutaceae (Zanthoxyleae, Toddalioideae). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 162: 251–265.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Gregory, M. &P. Baas. 1989 A survey of mucilage cells in vegetative organs of the dicotyledons. Israel J. Bot. 38: 125–174.

    Google Scholar 

  • Gregory, W. C. 1941 Phylogenetic and cytological studies in the Ranunculaceae. Trans. Amer. Philos. Soc., II, 31: 442–521.

    Google Scholar 

  • Greuter, W., T. McNeil &Other members of Editorial Committee. 1994 International code of botanical nomenclature (Tokyo code). Regnum Veg. 131: 1–389.

    Google Scholar 

  • Grudzinskaya, I. A. 1988 On the taxonomy of Cannabaceae. Bot. Zhurn. (Moscow & Leningrad) 73: 589–593 (in Russian; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • Grund, C. &U. Jensen. 1979 Systematic relationships of the Saxifragales revealed by serological characteristics of seed proteins. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 137: 1–22.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Grundeil, R. 1933 Sur Anatomie vonMyrothamnus flabellifolia Welw. Symb. Bot. Upsal. 2: 1–17.

    Google Scholar 

  • Guedes, M. &C. Sartre. 1981 Morphology of the gynoecium and systematic position of the Ochnaceae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 82: 121–138.

    Google Scholar 

  • Guinet, P. & I. K. Ferguson. 1989. Structure, evolution and biology of pollen in Leguminosae. Pp. 77–103in C. H. Stirton & J. L. Zarucchi (eds.), Advances in legume biology: Proceedings of the Second International Legume Conference, St. Louis, Missouri, 23–27 June 1986. Monogr. Syst. Bot., 29. Missouri Bot. Gard., St. Louis.

  • Gunn, C. R. &C. A. Ritchie. 1988. Identification of disseminules listed in the Federal Noxious Weed Act. Techn. Bull. U.S.D.A. 1719. U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Washington, DC.

    Google Scholar 

  • Gunter, L. E., G. Kochert &D. E. Giannasi. 1994 Phylogenetic relationship of the Juglandaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 192: 11–29.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Gustafsson, M. H. G. 1996. Phylogenetic hypotheses for Asteraceae relationships. Pp. 9–19in D. J. N. Hind & H. J. Beentje (eds.), Proceedings of the International Compositae Conference, Kew, 1994. Vol. 1. Compositae: Systematics. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

  • — &K. Bremer. 1995 Morphology and phylogenetic interrelationships of the Asteraceae, Calyceraceae, Campanulaceae, Goodeniaceae, and related families (Asterales). Amer. J. Bot. 82: 250–265.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,A. Backlund &B. Bremer. 1996 Phylogeny of the Asteralessensu lato based onrbcL sequences with particular reference to the Goodeniaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 199: 217–242.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,E. Grafstrom &S. Nilsson. 1997 Pollen morphology of the Goodeniaceae and comparisons with related families. Grana 36: 185–207.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,A. S.-R. Pepper, T. F. Stuessy &V. A. Albert. 1998 Molecular phylogeny and biogeography of Barnadesioideae (Asteraceae). Amer. J. Bot. 85: 133–134 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Gutzwiller, M.-A. 1961 Die phylogenetische Stellung vonSuriana maritima L. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 81: 1–49.

    Google Scholar 

  • Haberle, R. C. &T. J. Ayers. 1997 Systematics ofPseudonemacladus (Nemacladaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 200 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Häffner, E. &F. H. Hellwig. 1999 Phytogeny of the tribe Cardueae (Compositae) with emphasis on the subtribe Carduinae: An analysis based on ITS sequence data. Willdenowia 29: 27–39.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hakki, M. I. 1985 Studies on West Indian plants. 3. On floral morphology, anatomy and relationship ofPicrodendron baccatum (L.) Krug & Urban (Euphorbiaceae). Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 107: 379–394.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hall, J. C. &K. J. Sytsma. 2000 Solving the riddle of California cuisine: Phylogenetic relationships of capers and mustards. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 132 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Hall, J. W. 1952 The comparative anatomy and phytogeny of the Betulaceae. Bot. Gaz. 113: 235–270.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Hallier, H. 1901 Über die Verwandtschaftsverhältnisse der Tubifloren und Ebenalen, den polyphyletischen Ursprung der Sympetalen und Apetalen und die Anordnung der Angiospermen überhaupt. Abh. Naturwiss. Verein Hamburg 16(2,2): 3–112.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1903 Vorläufiger Entwurf des natürlichen (phylogenetischen) Systems der Blütenpflanzen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 23: 85–91.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1905 Provisional scheme of the natural (phylogenetic) system of flowering plants. New Phytol. 4: 151–162.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1908 ÜberJuliania, eine Terebinthaceen-gattung mit Cupula, und die wahren Stammeltern der Kätzchenblütler. Neue Beiträge zur Stammesgeschichte der Dicotyledonen. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 23 (II): 81–265.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1911 Über Phanerogamen von unsicherer odor unrichtiger Stellung. Meded. Rijks-Herb. 1910(1): 1–41.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1912 L’Origine et le système phylétique des angiosperms exposés à l’aide de leur arbre généalogique. Arch. Néerl. Sci. Exact. Nat. IIIB. 1: 146–234.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1923a Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Linaceae (D.C. 1819) Dumort. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 39(2): 1–178.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1923b Über die Lennoeen, eine zu Linné’s Bicornes verirrte Sippe der Borraginaceen. Beih. Bot. Centralbl. 40(2): 1–19.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ham, R. C. H. J. van. 1994. Phylogenetic implications of chloroplast DNA variation in the Crassulaceae.

  • — &H. t’Hart. 1998 Phylogenetic relationships in the Crassulaceae inferred from chloroplast DNA restriction-site variation. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 123–134.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ham, R. W. J. M.van der. 1989 New observations on the pollen ofCtenolophon Oliver (Ctenolophonaceae), with remarks on the evolutionary history of the genus. Rev. Paleobot. Palynol. 59: 153–160.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Hammel, B. &W. G. Burger. 1991 Neither oak nor alder, but nearly: The history of Ticodendraceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 78: 89–95.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &M. A. Zamora. 1990Nyssa talamanca (Cornaceae), an addition to the remnant Laurasian Tertiary flora of southern Central America. Brittonia 42: 165–170.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993Ruptiliocarpon (Lepidobotryaceae): A new arborescent genus and tropical American link to Africa, with a reconsideration of the family. Novon 3: 408–417.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Hammond, H. D. 1955 Systematic serological studies in Ranunculaceae. Serol. Mus. Bull. 14: 1–3.

    Google Scholar 

  • Handel-Mazzetti, H. 1932 Rhoipteleaceae, eine neue Familie der Monochlamydeen. Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 30: 75–80.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hansen, B. 1972 The genusBalanophora J. R. & G. Forster: A taxonomic monograph. Dansk. Bot. Ark. 28(1): 1–188.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975 Balanophoraceae. Fl. Males. 7: 783–805.

    Google Scholar 

  • -. 1980. Balanophoraceae. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 23. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

  • —. 1986 The Balanophoraceae of continental Africa. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 106: 359–377.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. Engell. 1978 Inflorescences in Balanophoroideae, Lophophytoideae, and Scybalioideae (Balanophoraceae). Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 72: 177–187.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hansen, H. V. 1991 SEM—Studies and general comments on pollen in tribe Mutiseae (Compositae)sensu Cabrera. Nord. J. Bot. 10: 607–623.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992 Studies in the Calyceraceae with a discussion of its relationship to Compositae. Nord. J. Bot. 12: 63–75.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997 Studies in the Goodeniaceae and the Brunoniaceae with a discussion of their relationship to Asteraceae and Calyceraceae. Nord. J. Bot. 17: 495–510.

    Google Scholar 

  • Han-Xing, L. &S. C. Tucker. 1995 Floral ontogeny ofZippelia begoniaefolia and its familial affinity: Saururaceae or Piperaceae? Amer. J. Bot. 82: 681–689.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Haraldson, K. 1978 Anatomy and taxonomy in Polygonaceae subfam. Polygonoideae Meisn. emend. Jaretsky. Symb. Bot. Upsal. 22(2): 1–95.

    Google Scholar 

  • Harborne, J. B. 1966 Caffeic acid ester distribution in higher plants. Z. Naturf. 21b: 604–605.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1967 Comparative biochemistry of the flavonoids, IV. Correlations between chemistry, pollen morphology and systematics in the family Plumbaginaceae. Phytochemistry 6: 1415–1428.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1969 Occurrence of flavonol 5-methyl ethers in higher plants and their systematic significance. Phytochemistry 8: 419–423.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —(ed.). 1988. The flavonoids: Advances in research since 1980. Chapman & Hall, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &B. L. Turner. 1984. Plant chemosystematics. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &C. A. Williams. 1973 A chemotaxonomic survey of flavonoids and simple phenols in leaves of the Ericaceae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 66: 37–54.

    Google Scholar 

  • Harden, G. J. &J. B. Williams. 2000 A revision ofDavidsonia (Cunoniaceae). Telopea 8: 413–428.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hardin, J. W. 1957 A revision of the American Hippocastanaceae. Brittonia 9: 145–195.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Haridasan, V. K. &P. K. Mukherjee. 1988 Seed surface features of some members of the Indian Campanulaceae. Phytomorphology 37: 277–285.

    Google Scholar 

  • Harland, W. B., A. V. Cox, P. G. Llewellyn, C. A. G. Pickton, A. G. Smith &R. Walters. 1982. A geologic time scale. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England.

    Google Scholar 

  • Harley, M. M. 1986 Distinguishing pollen characters for the Sapotaceae. Canad. J. Bot. 64: 3091–3100.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991a The pollen morphology of the Sapotaceae. Kew Bull. 46: 379–491.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991b. Pollen morphology of the Sapotaceae. Pp. 23–50in T. D. Pennington, The genera of Sapotaceae. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, & New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

    Google Scholar 

  • Harley, R. M. &T. Reynolds (eds.). 1992. Advances in labiate science. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • Harris, D. J. 1999. Species Plantarum: Flora of the World. Part 1, Irvingiaceae. Australian Biological Resources Study, Canberra.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hart, J. A. 1988 Rust fungi and host plant coevolution: Do primitive hosts harbor primitive parasites? Cladistics 4: 339–366.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hartley, I. H. &K. Balkwill. 1990 A taxonomic account ofAgathelpis, Globulariopsis andGosela (Selaginaceae). S. African J. Bot. 50: 471–481.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hartley, R. D. &P. J. Harris. 1981 Phenolic constituents of the cell walls of dicotyledons. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 9: 189–203.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Hartman, R. L. &B. E. Nelson. 1998. Taxonomic novelties from North America north of Mexico: A 20year vascular plant diversity baseline. Monogr. Syst. Bot., 67. Missouri Bot. Gard. Press, St. Louis.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hartmann, H. E. K. 1993. Aizoaceae. Pp. 37–69in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hartog, R. M. den &P. Baas. 1978 Epidermal characters of the Celastraceaesensu lato. Acta Bot. Neerl. 27(5/6): 355–388.

    Google Scholar 

  • Harvey-Gibson, R. J. 1913 Observations on the morphology and anatomy of the genusMystropetalon. Trans. Linn. Soc. London 8: 143–154.

    Google Scholar 

  • Haskins, M. L. &W. J. Hayden. 1987 Anatomy and affinities ofPenthorum. Amer. J. Bot. 74: 164–177.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Hawkes, J. G. (ed.). 1968. Chemotaxonomy and serotaxonomy: Proceedings of a symposium held at the Botany Department, Birmingham University, 15–16 September, 1967. Academic Press, London, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,R. N. Lester &A. D. Skelding (eds.). 1979. The biology and taxonomy of the Solanaceae. Linn. Soc. London Sym. Ser., 7. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,M. Nee, K. N. Lester, N. Estrada, W. G. D’Arcy, D. Symon &S. Dickerson (eds.). 1988. Solanaceae, III: Taxonomy, Chemistry, evolution. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, for the Linn. Soc. London.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hayden, W. J. 1977 Comparative anatomy and systematics ofPicrodendron, genusincertae sedis. J. Arnold Arbor. 58: 257–279.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987. The identity of the genusNeowawraea (Euphorbiaceae). Brittonia 39: 268–277.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. Systematic anatomy of Euphorbiaceae subfamily Oldfieldioideae, I. Overview. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81: 180–202.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &D. S. Brandt. 1984. Wood anatomy and relationships ofNeowawraea (Euphorbiaceae). Syst. Bot. 9: 458–466.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &J. D. Lewandowski. 1997. Gynoecium structure inPenthorum. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 201 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Hedberg, I. (ed.). 1979. Parasites as plant taxonomists: Proceedings of a symposium held in Uppsala 25–27 August 1978, in commemoration of Carolus Linnaeaus, Carl Peter Thunberg, Elias Fries. Symb. Bot. Upsal. 22(4).

  • Hedge, I. C. 1976. A systematic and geographical survey of the Old World Cruciferae. Pp. 1–45in J. G. Vaughan, A. J. MacLeod & B. M. G. Jones (eds.), The biology and chemistry of the Cruciferae. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,A. Kjaer &O. Malver. 1980.Diptetygium— Cruciferae or Capparaceae? Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 38: 247–250.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hedrén, M., M. W. Chase &R. G. Olmstead. 1995. Relationships in the Acanthaceae and related families as suggested by cladistic analysis ofrbcL nucleotide sequences. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 194: 93–109.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Heel, W. A. van. 1967. Anatomical and ontogenetic investigations on the morphology of the flowers and the fruit ofScyphostegia borneensis Stapf (Scyphostegiaceae). Blumea 15: 107–125.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979. Flowers and fruits in Flacourtiaceae, IV.Hydnocarpus spp.,Kiggelaria africana L.,Casearia spp.,Berberidopsis corallina Hook. f. Blumea 25: 513–529.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Floral ontogeny ofArchidendron lucyi (Mimosaceae), with remarks onAmherstia nobilis (Caesalpiniaceae). Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 114: 551–560.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hegnauer, R. 1956. Chemotaxonomische Betrachtung der Leguminosae. Die Pharmazie 11: 2–16.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1959. Die Verbreitung der Bläusaure bei den Cormophyten, 3. Mitteiling die Blausäurehaltigen Gattungen. Pharm. Weekbl. 94: 248–262.

    PubMed  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1960. Chemotaxonomische Betrachtungen, 10. Die systematische Bedeutung des Blausäuremerkmales. Sonder-Abdruck Pharm. Zentralhalle 99(6): 322–329.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1962–1992. Chemotaxonomie der Pflanzen. Vols. 1–10. Birkhäuser, Basel, Switzerland.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1966. Aucubinartige glucoside: Über ihre Verbreitung und Bedeutung als systematisches Merkmal. Pharm. Acta Helv. 41: 577–587.

    PubMed  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1969. Chemical evidence for the classification of some plant taxa. Pp. 121–138in J. B. Harborne & T. Swain (eds.), Perspectives in phytochemistry: Proceedings of the Phytochemical Society symposium, Cambridge, April 1968. Academic Press, London, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1971. Pflanzenstoffe und Pflanzensystematik. Naturwissenschaften 58: 585–598.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977. Cyanogenic compounds as systematic markers in Tracheophyta.In K. Kubitzki (ed.), Flowering plants: Evolution and classification of higher categories, Symposium, Hamburg, September 8–12,1976. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 1: 191–210. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978a. The importance of essential oils in plant classification. Dragoco Rep. 10: 203–230.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978b. Phytochemie und Klassifikation der Umbelliferen, eine Neubewertung im Lichte der Seit 1972 Bekannt Geworden phytochemischen Tatsachen. Pp. 335–363in Les Ombellifères: Contributions pluridisciplinaires à la systématique. Missouri Botanic Garden, St. Louis.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988. Biochemistry, distribution and taxonomic relevance of higher plant alkaloids. Phytochemistry 27: 2423–2427.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989. Chemotaxonomie der Pflanzen 8. Nachträge zu Band 3 und Band 4 (Acanthaceae bis Lythraceae). Birkhauser-Verlag, Basel, Switzerland.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. Phytochemistry and chemotaxonomy of Boraginaceae. Fl. Males., 1, 13: 52–58.

    Google Scholar 

  • Heinricher, E. 1934. Zur Frage der Artbildung beiCytinus hypocistis nebst anderen Bemerkungen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 52(1): 48–53.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hekking, W. H. A. 1988. Violaceae, 1.Rinorea andRinoreocarpus. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 46. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

  • Hennig, S., W. Barthlott, I. Meusel &I. Theisen. 1994. Mikromorpholgie der Epicuticularwachse und die Systematik der Magnoliidae, Ranunculidae und Hamamelididae. Trop. Subtrop. Pflanzenwelt 90: 1–60.

    Google Scholar 

  • Henrickson, J. S. 1967. Pollen morphology of the Fouquieriaceae. Aliso 6: 137–160.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972. A taxonomic revision of the Fouquieriaceae. Aliso 7: 439–537.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1973. Fouquieriaceae DC. World Pollen and Spore Flora 1: 1–12.

    Google Scholar 

  • Heo, K. &H. Tobe. 1994. Embryology and relationships ofSuriana maritima L. (Surianaceae). J. Pl. Res. 107: 29–37.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,H. van der Werff &H. Tobe. 1998. Embryology and relationships of Lauraceae (Laurales). J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 126: 295–322.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Herendeen, P. S. 1995. Phylogenetic relationships of the tribe Swartzieae. Pp. 123–132in M. D. Crisp & J. J. Doyle (eds.), Advances in legume systematics. Part 7. Phylogeny. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. L. Dilcher (eds.) 1992. Advances in legume systematics. Part 4. The fossil record. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,D. H. Les &D. L. Dilcher. 1990. FossilCeratophyllum (Ceratophyllaceae) from the Tertiary of North America. Amer. J. Bot. 77: 7–16.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,W. L. Crepet &D. L. Dilcher. 1992. The fossil history of the Leguminosae: Phylogenetic and biogeographic implications. Pp. 303–316in P. S. Herendeen & D. L. Dilcher (eds.), Advances in legume systematics. Part 4. The fossil record. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • —— &K. C. Nixon. 1993.Chloranthus- like stamens from the Upper Cretaceous of New Jersey. Amer. J. Bot. 80: 865–871.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1994. Fossil flowers and pollen of Lauraceae from the Upper Cretaceous of New Jersey. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 189: 29–40.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,E. A. Wheeler &P. Baas. 1999. Angiosperm wood evolution and the potential contribution of paleontological data. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 65: 278–300.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hernandez-Castillo, G. R. &S. R. S. Cevallos-Ferriz. 1997. A permineralized plant with Haloragaceae affinity from the Upper Cretaceous of Sonora, Mexico. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 134 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Hershkovitz, M. A. 1989. Phylogenetic studies in Centrospermae: A brief appraisal. Taxon 38: 602–610.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Revised circumscriptions and subgeneric taxonomies ofCalandrinia andMontiopsis (Portulacaceae) with notes on phylogeny of the portulacaceous alliance. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80: 333–365.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &E. A. Zimmer. 1994. Ribosomal DNA phylogenetics of Portulacaceae and allied families. Amer. J. Bot. 81(6): 160–161 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1997. On the evolutionary origins of the cacti. Taxon 46: 217–232.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Hesse, M., W. Morawetz &F. Ehrendorfer. 1985. Pollen ultrastructure and systematic affinities ofAnaxagorea (Annonaceae). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 148: 253–285.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Heubl, G. &A. Wistuba. 1997. A cytological study of the genusNepenthes (Nepenthaceae). Sendtnera 4: 169–174.

    Google Scholar 

  • Heusden, E. C. H. van. 1992. Flowers of Annonaceae: Morphology, classification, and evolution. Blumea (Suppl.) 7: 1–218.

    Google Scholar 

  • Heywood, V. H. (ed.). 1971. The biology and chemistry of the Umbelliferae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot., Suppl. 1. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. B. Harborne &B. L. Turner (eds.). 1977. The biology and chemistry of the Compositae. 2 vols. Academic Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • D. M. Moore, I. B. K. Richardson &W. T. Stearn (eds.). 1978. Flowering plants of the world. Mayflower Books, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hibsch-Jetter, C. &D. E. Soltis. 1996. Phylogenetic analysis of “Saxifragales” based onnrDNA andcoDNA sequence data (18S,rbcL andmatK). Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 163 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —, — &T. D. Macfarlane. 1997. Phylogenetic analysis ofEremosyne pectinata (Saxifragaceaes.l.) based onrbcL sequence data. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 204: 225–232.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Hickey, L. J. 1973. Classification of the architecture of dicotyledonous leaves. Amer. J. Bot. 60: 117–33.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979. A revised classification of the architecture of dicotyledonous leaves. Pp. 1: 25–39in C. R. Metcalfe & I. Chalk (eds.), Anatomy of the dicotyledons. Ed. 2. Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. W. Taylor. 1991. The leaf architecture ofTicodendron and the application of foliar characters in discerning its relationships. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 78: 105–130.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — & —. 1996. Origin of the angiosperm flower. Pp. 176–231in D. W. Taylor & L. J. Hickey (eds.), Flowering plant origin, evolution & phylogeny. Chapman & Hall, New York.

    Chapter  Google Scholar 

  • — &J. A. Wolfe. 1976. The bases of angiosperm phylogeny: Vegetative morphology. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 538–539.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Hiepko, P. 1979. A revision of Opiliaceae, I. Genera of the eastern Old World, excludingOpilia. Willdenowia 9: 13–56.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984. Opiliaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 31–52.

    Google Scholar 

  • — (ed.). 1995. Ranunculaceae.In A. Engler & K. Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam., ed. 2,17, a, IV: 555 pp. Engelmann, Leipzig.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. Lobreau-Callen. 1987. Pollen morphology and evolution of Opiliaceae (Santalales). Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-136–4.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hileman, L. C., V. T Parker &M. C. Vasey. 1994. Preliminary generic relationships of the Arbuteae (Ericaceae) based on molecular sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 81(6): 161 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Hill, K. D. &L. A. S. Johnson. 1995. Systematic studies in the eucalypts, 7. A revision of the bloodwoods, genusCorymbia (Myrtaceae). Telopea 6: 185–506.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hill, R. S. 1991. TertiaryNothofagus (Fagaceae) macrofossils from Tasmania and Antarctica and their bearing on the evolution of the genus. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 105: 73–112.

    Google Scholar 

  • —&G. J. Jordan. 1993. The evolutionary history ofNothofagus (Nothofagaceae). Austral. Syst. Bot. 6: 111–126.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &J. Read. 1991. A revised infrageneric classification ofNothofagus (Fagaceae). J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 105: 37–72.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hils, M. H., W. C. Dickison, T. W. Lucansky &W. L. Stern. 1988. Comparative anatomy and systematics of woody Saxifragaceae:Tetracarpaea. Amer. J. Bot. 75: 1687–1700.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Hilu, K. W., T. Borsch, J. Rohwer, C. Neinhuis, T. Slotta, B. Gemeinholzer, M. Wink &L. A. Alice. 2000. Insight into the evolution of angiosperms: Evidence frommatK sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 133 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Hind, D. J. N. & J. J. Beentje (eds.). 1996. Proceedings of the International Compositae Conference, Kew, 1994. Vol. 1. Compositae: Systetnatics. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

  • Hjelmqvist, H. 1948. Studies on the floral morphology and phylogeny of the Amentiferae. Bot. Not., Suppl. 2: 1–171.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hoc, P. S. &L. D. Bravo. 1984. Estudio palinológico sobre las especies presentes en Argentina deSpigelia, Strychnos,y Desfontainia (Loganiaceae). Kurtziana 17: 71–89.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hoch, P. C., J. V. Crisci, H. Tobe &P. E. Berry. 1993. A cladistic analysis of the plant family Onagraceae. Syst. Bot. 18: 31–47.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Hodges, S. A., H. E. Ballard Jr.,M. L. Arnold &M. W. Chase. 1995. Generic relationships in the Violaceae: Data from morphology, anatomy, chromosome numbers andrbcL sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 136 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Hofmann, U. 1977. Die Stellung vonStegnosperma innerhalb der Centrospermen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 90: 39–52.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. Flower morphology and ontogeny. Pp. 123–166in H.-D. Behnke & T. J. Mabry (eds.), Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &J. Gottmann. 1990.Marina L. undTriplostegia Wall. ex DC. im Vergleich mit Valerianaceae und Dipsacaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 111: 499–553.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hohn, M. E. &W. G. Meinschein. 1976. Seed oil fatty acids: Evolutionary significance in the Nyssaceae and Cornaceae. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 4: 193–199.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Holub, M., J. Toman &V. Herout. 1987. The phylogenetic relationships of the Asteraceae and Apiaceae based on phytochemical characters. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 15: 321–326.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Hong, T., Z.-L. Ma &J.-S. Chen. 1987. Floral morphology ofPopulus lasiocarpa Oliv, and its phylo-genetic position inPopulus. Acta Bot. Sin. 29: 236–241.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hoogland, R. D. 1952. A revision of the genusDillenia. Blumea 7: 1–145.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &J. L. Reveal. 1993. Vascular plant family names in current use. Regnum Veg. 126: 15–60.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hooren, A. M. N. van &H. P. Nooteboom. 1986a. Linaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 607–619.

    Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1986b. Ctenolophonaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 629–634.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hoot, S. B. 1991. Phylogeny of the Ranunculaceae based on epidermal microcharacters and macromorphology. Syst. Bot. 16: 741–755.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995. Phylogeny of the Ranunculaceae based on preliminaryatpB, rbcL and18S nuclear ribosomal DNA sequence data.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 241–251. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P. R. Crane. 1995. Inter-familial relationships in the Ranunculidae based on molecular systematics.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 119–131. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &A. A. Reznicek. 1994. Phylogenetic relationships inAnemone (Ranunculaceae) based on morphology and chloroplast DNA. Syst. Bot. 19: 169–200.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,A. Culham &P. R. Crane. 1995a. The utility ofatpB gene sequences in resolving phylogenetic relationships: Comparison withrbcL and 18S ribosomal DNA sequences in the Lardizabalaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 82: 194–207.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,—& —. 1995b. Phylogenetic relationships of the Lardizabalaceae and Sargentodoxaceae: Chloroplast and nuclear DNA sequence evidence.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 195–199. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,P. S. Herendeen &P. R. Crane. 1995c. Phylogenetic relationships and floral morphology in the family Circaeasteraceae (Circaeaster andKingdonia). Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 136 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. W. Kadereit, F. R. Blattner, K. B. Jork, A. E. Schwarzback &P. R. Crane 1997. Data congruence and phylogeny of the Papaveraceaes.l. based on four data sets:atpB andrbcL sequences,trnK restriction sites, and morphological characters. Syst. Bot. 22: 575–590.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,S. Magallon-Puebla &P. R. Crane. 1999. Phylogeny of basal eudicots based on three molecular data sets:atpB, rbcL, and 18S nuclear ribosomal DNA sequences. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 86: 1–32.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Hotchkiss, A. T. 1958. Pollen and pollination in the Eupomatiaceae. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83: 86–91.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hou, D. 1972. Germination, seedling, and chromosome number ofScyphostegia borneensis Stapf (Scyphostegiaceae). Blumea 20: 88–92.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984. Aristolochiaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 53–108.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,K. Larsen &S. S. Larsen. 1996. Caesalpiniaceae. Fl. Males., I, 12: 409–730.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hsiao, J.-Y. 1973. A numerical taxonomic study of the genusPlalanus based on morphological and phenolic characters. Amer. J. Bot. 60: 678–684.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Hu, A. 1987. Studies on the morphology ofKingdonia uniflora Balf. f. et W. W. Sm. andCircaeaster agrestis Maxim. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-162b-3.

  • Hu, H. H. 1934. Notulae systematicae ad florem sinesium V. [Toricelliaceae]. Bull. Fan Mem. Inst. Biol. 5: 305–318.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hu, S.-Y. 1959. A monograph of the genusPaulownia. Quart. J. Taiwan Mus. 12: 1–54.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hu, Z.-H. &L.-X. Tian. 1985. Studies on morphology ofKingdonia uniflora F. Balfour et W. W. Smith, III. The morphology and anatomy of flowers, fruits, and seeds. Acta Phytotax. Sin. 23: 170–178 (in Chinese; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P.-J. Yang. 1944. Comparative anatomy of anomalous structures in the axes of 44 species of Chenopodiaceae. Cathaya 6: 145–162.

    Google Scholar 

  • —, —,R.-Q. Jing &Z.-M. Dong. 1990. Morphological studies onCircaeaster agrestis, II. Morphology and anatomy of flower, fruit and seed. Cathaya 2: 77–88.

    Google Scholar 

  • Huang, M., J. V. Freudenstein &D. J. Crawford. 2000. Phylogenetic relationships of theCaryopteris-Trichostema complex (Lamiaceae) based onndhF sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 174–175 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Huang, T.-C. 1965. Monograph ofDaphniphyllum. Taiwania 11: 57–98.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996. Notes on taxonomy and pollen of MalesianDaphniphyllum (Daphniphyllaceae). Blumea 41: 231–244.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. Daphniphyllaceae. Fl. Males., 1, 13: 145–168.

    Google Scholar 

  • Huard, J. 1965. Remarques sur la position systématique des Rhopalocarpacées d’après Ieuranatomie et leur morphologie pollinique. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 112: 252–254.

    Google Scholar 

  • Huber, H. 1963. Die Verwandtschaftsverhaltnisse der Rosifloren. Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. München 5: 1–48.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985. Sammenmerkmale und Gliederung der Aristolochiaceen. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 107: 277–320.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990. Angiospermen. Leitfaden durch die Ordnungen und Familien der Bedecktsamer. G. Fischer, Stuttgart.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Aristolochiaceae. Pp. 129–137in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hufford, L. D. 1988. Seed morphology ofEucnide and other Loasaceae. Syst. Bot. 13: 154–167.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990. Phylogeny of “Rosidae” and the origin of “Asteridae”. Amer. J. Bot. (Suppl.) 77(6): 112 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992. Rosidae and their relationships to other nonmagnoliid dicotyledons: A phylogenetic analysis using morphological and chemical data. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 218–248.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • -. 1993. Reproductive structures and systematics of Loasaceae. Abstr. XV Int. Bot. Congr., Yokohama, p. 92.

  • —. 1996. Developmental morphology of female flowers ofGyrostemon andTersonia and floral evolution among Gyrostemonaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 83: 1471–1487.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. A phylogenetic analysis of Hydrangeaceae based on morphological data. Int. J. Pl. Sci. 158: 652–672.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &P. R. Crane. 1989. A preliminary phylogenetic analysis of the “lower” Hamamelidae. Pp. 1: 175–192in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &W. C. Dickison. 1992. A phylogenetic analysis of Cunoniaceae. Syst. Bot. 17: 181–200.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &P. K. Endress. 1989. The diversity of anther structures and dehiscence patterns among Hamamelididae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 99: 301–346.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hummel, K. &K. Staesche. 1962. Die Verbreitung der Haartypen in en Natürlichen Verwandtschaftsgruppen. Encycl. Pl. Anat. 4(5): 209–292.

    Google Scholar 

  • Humphries, C. J. &S. Blackmore. 1989. A review of the classification of the Moraceae. Pp. 2: 267–277in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &J. A. Chappill. 1988. Systematics as science: A response to Cronquist. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 54: 129–144.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P. M. Richardson. 1980. Hennig’s methods and phytochemistry. Pp. 353–378in F. A. Bisby, J. G. Vaughan & C. A. Wright (eds.), Chemosystematics: Principles and practice. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hunt, D. & N. Taylor (eds.). 1990. The genera of Cactaceae: Progress towards consensus. Report of the IOS Working Party, 1987–1990. Bradleya 8: 85–107.

  • Hunziker, A. T. 1979. South American Solanaceae: A synoptic survey. Pp. 49–85in J. G. Hawkes, R. N. Lester & A. D. Skelding (eds.), The biology and taxonomy of the Solanaceae. Linn. Soc. London Sym. Ser., 7. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &L. A. Espinar. 1973. Aporte a la rehabilitación de Ledocarpaceae, familia monotipica. Kurtziana 7: 232–240.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hunziker, J. H., H.-D. Behnke, I. J. Eifert &T. J. Mabry. 1974.Halophytum ameghinoi: A betalaincontaining and P-type sieve-tube plastid species. Taxon 23: 537–539.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Hutchinson, J. 1973. The families of flowering plante arranged according to a new system based on their probable phylogeny. Ed. 3. Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • Huynh, K.-L. 1968. Morphologie de pollen des Tropaeolacées et des Balsaminacées, I. Grana Palynol. 8: 88–184.

    Google Scholar 

  • Hwang, R. &J. G. Conran. 2000. Seedling characteristics in the Casuarinaceae. Telopea 8: 429–439.

    Google Scholar 

  • Igersheim, A. &P. K. Endress. 1997. Gynoecium diversity and systematics of the Magnoliales and winteroids. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 124: 213–271.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1998. Gynoecium diversity and systematics of the paleoherbs. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 127: 289–370.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Iljinskaja, I. A.. 1990. On the taxonomy and phytogeny of the Juglandaceae family. Bot. Zhurn. (Moscow & Leningrad) 75: 792–803 (in Russian; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • Iltis, H. H. 1957. Studies in the Capparidaceae, III. Evolution and phylogeny of the western North American Cleomoideae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 44: 77–119.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1999. Setchellanthaceae (Capparales), a new family for a relictual, glucosinolate-producing endemic of the Mexican deserts. Taxon 48: 257–275.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Inamdar, J. A. &K. M. Aleykutty. 1979. Studies onCabomba aquatica (Cabombaceae). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 132: 161–166.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,J. S. S. Mohan &R. B. Subramanian. 1986a. Stomatal classifications: A review. Feddes Repert. 97: 147–160.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,R. C. Patel &J. S. S. Mohan. 1986b. Structure and ontogeny of stomata in some Oleaceae. Feddes Repert. 97: 291–302.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ingle, H. D. &E. E. Dadswell. 1956. The anatomy of the timbers of the southwest Pacific area, IV. Cunoniaceae, Davidsoniaceae, Eucryphiaceae. Austral. J. Bot. 4(2): 125–151.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Inouye, H., Y. Takeda, H. Nishimura, A. Kanomi, T. Okuda &C. Puff. 1988. Chemotaxonomic studies of rubiaceous plants containing iridoid glycosides. Phytochemistry 27: 2591–2598.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Isely, D. 1973–1981. Leguminosae of the United States. Respective parts published in Mem. New York. Bot. Gard. as follows: I. Subfamily Mimosoideae, 25(1): 1–152; II. Subfamily Caesalpinioideae, 25(2): 1–228; III. Subfamily Papilionoideae: Tribes Sophoreae, Podalyrieae, Loteae, 25(3): 1–264.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986. Plant taxonomy: Sequential saviors. Pp. 473–475in A. E. Radford, Fundamentals of plant systematics. Harper & Row, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • -. 1998. Native and naturalized Leguminosae (Fabaceae) of the United States (exclusive of Alaska and Hawaii. Brigham Young Univ., Provo, UT.

  • Ito, M. 1986. Studies in the floral morphology and anatomy of Nymphaeales, IV. Floral anatomy ofNelumbo nucifera. Acta Phytotax. Geobot. 37: 82–96.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987. Phylogenetic systematics of the Nymphaeales. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 100: 17–35.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Iwatsuki, K. &P. H. Raven (eds.), 1997. Evolution and diversification of land plants. Springer-Verlag, Tokyo, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Janchen, E. 1942. Das System der Cruciferen. Oesterr. Bot. Z. 91: 1–28.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Jansen, R. K. 1990. Phylogeny and character evolution in the Asteraceae based on restriction site mapping and gene sequencing of chloroplast NDA. Amer. J. Bot. (Suppl.) 77(6): 112–113 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &J. D. Palmer. 1988. Phylogenetic implications of chloroplast DNA restriction site variation in the Mutisieae (Asteraceae). Amer. J. Bot. 75: 753–766.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,— &H. J. Michaels. 1988. Phylogenetic implications of chloroplast DNA variation in the Asteraceae. Amer. J. Bot. 75(6): 147 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,H. J. Michaels &J. D. Palmer. 1991. Phylogeny and character evolution in the Asteraceae based on chloroplast DNA restriction site mapping. Syst. Bot. 16: 98–115.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Jansen, S., E. Smets &P. Baas. 1998. Vestures in woody plants: A review. IAWA J. 19: 347–382.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,P. Baas &E. Smets. 2000. Vestured pits in Malvales s.l.: A character with taxonomic significance hidden in the secondary xylem. Taxon 49: 169–182.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Jarvis, C. E. 1989. A review of the order Leitneriales Engler. Pp. 2: 189–192in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • Jarzen, D. M. 1980. The occurrence ofGunnera pollen in the fossil record. Biotropica 12: 117–123.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &M. E. Dettmann. 1989. Taxonomic revision ofTricolpites reticulatus Cookson ex Couper, 1953 with notes on the biogeography ofGunnera L. Pollen & Spores 31: 97–112.

    Google Scholar 

  • Jayaweera, D. M. A. 1967. The genusDuabanga. J. Arnold Arbor. 48: 89–100.

    Google Scholar 

  • Jazewitch, W.1959. Contribution à l’étude deHumbertia madagascariensis Lamk. 1. Anatomie de l’écorce. J. Agric. Trop. 6: 609–615.

    Google Scholar 

  • Jeffrey, C. 1990. Systematics of the Cucurbitaceae: An overview; and Appendix: An outline classification of the Cucurbitaceae. Pp. 3–9,449-463in D. M. Bates, R. W. Robinson & C. Jeffrey (eds.), Biology and utilization of the Cucurbitaceae. Cornell Univ. Press, Ithaca, NY.

    Google Scholar 

  • Jensen, H. F. W., S. R. Jensen &B. J. Nielsen. 1988. Chemotaxonomy of the Acanthaceae: Iridoids and quaternary amines. Phytochemistry 27: 2581–2589.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Jensen, S. R. 1992. Systematic implications of the distribution of iridoids and other chemical compounds in the Loganiaceae and other families of the Asteridae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 284–302.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. A re-examination ofSanango racemosum, 3. Chemotaxonomy. Taxon 43: 619–623.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,B. J. Nielsen &R. Dahlgren. 1975. Iridoid compounds, their occurrence and systematic importance in the angiosperms. Bot. Not. 128: 148–180.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Jensen, U. 1967. Serologische Beiträge zur Frage der Verwandtschaft zwischen Ranunculaceen und Papaveraceen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 80: 621–624.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1968. Serologische Beiträge zur Systematik der Ranunculaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 88: 269–310.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991. Stages towards the natural system of the dicotyledons: Serological characters. Aliso 13: 183–190.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995a. Secondary compounds of the Ranunculiflorae.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 85–97. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995b. Serological legumin data and the phylogeny of the Ranunculaceae.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 217–227. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. E. Fairbrothers (eds.). 1983. Proteins and nucleic acids in plant systematics. Springer-Verlag, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &B. Greven. 1984. Serological aspects and phylogenetic relationships of the Magnoliidae. Taxon 33: 563–577.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &J. W. Kadereit (eds.) 1995. Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,I. Vogel-Bauer &M. Nitschke. 1994. Leguminlike proteins and the systematics of the Euphorbiaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81: 160–179.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,S. B. Hoot, J. T. Johansson &K. Kosuge. 1995. Systematics and phylogeny of the Ranunculaceae: A revised family concept on the basis of molecular data.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 273–280. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • Jérémie, J. 1996a. Deux nouvelles espèces deSphenostemon (Sphenostemonaceae) de NouvelleCalédonie. Adansonia 13(3-4): 219–224.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996b. Paracryphiaceae. Fl. Nouvelle-Calédonie 20: 107–111.

    Google Scholar 

  • Jobst, J., K. King &V. Hemleben. 1998. Molecular evolution of the internal transcribed spacers (ITS1 and ITS2) and phylogenetic relationships among species of the family Cucurbitaceae. Molec. Phylogenet. & Evol. 9: 204–219.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Johansen, D. A. 1950. Plant embryology. Chron. Bot., Waltham, MA.

    Google Scholar 

  • Johansson, J. T. 1995. A revised chloroplast DNA phylogeny of the Ranunculaceae.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 253–261. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. K. Jansen. 1993. Chloroplast DNA variation and phylogeny of the Ranunculaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 187: 29–49.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • John, J. &K.-P. Kolbe. 1980. The systematic position of the “Theales” from the viewpoint of serology. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 8: 241–248.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Johnson, L. A. &D. E. Soltis. 1994.matK DNA sequences and phylogenetic reconstruction in Saxifragaceaes.str. Syst. Bot. 19: 143–156.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1995. Phylogenetic inference in Saxifragaceaesensu stricto andGilia (Polemoniaceae) usingmatK sequences. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 82: 149–175.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,—,P. S. Soltis &J. M. Porter. 1995. Polemoniaceae: Testing congruence between plastidmatK and nuclearrDNA gene trees. Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 138 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. L. Schultz, D. E. Soltis &P. S. Soltis. 1996. Monophyly and generic relationships of Polemoniaceae based onmatK sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 83: 1207–1224.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,D. E. Soltis &P. S. Soltis. 1998. Phylogenetic relationships of Polemoniaceae inferred from 18S ribosomal DNA sequences. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 214: 65–89.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Johnson, L. A. S. 1989. Casuarinaceae: A synopsis. Pp. 2: 167–188in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &B. G. Briggs. 1975. On the Proteaceae: The evolution and classification of a southern family. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 70: 83–182.

    Google Scholar 

  • —& — 1981. Three old southern families: Myrtaceae, Proteaceae and Restionaceae. Pp. 429–469in A. Keast (ed.), Ecological biogeography of Australia. Junk, The Hague, Netherlands.

    Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1985. Myrtales and Myrtaceae: A phylogenetic analysis. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 700–756.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &K. L. Wilson. 1993. Casuarinaceae. Pp. 237–242in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Johnson, M. A. &D. E. Fairbrothers. 1965. Comparison and interpretation of serological data in the Magnoliaceae. Bot. Gaz. 126: 260–269.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Johnson, M. A. T. 1991. Cytology. Pp. 15–22in T. D. Pennington, The genera of Sapotaceae. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, & New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

    Google Scholar 

  • Johnston, I. M. 1936. A study of the Nolanaceae. Contr. Gray Herb. 112: 1–87.

    Google Scholar 

  • Johri, B. M. (ed.) 1984. Embryology of angiosperms. Springer-Verlag, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &S. P. Bhatnagar. 1960. Embryology and taxonomy of the Santalales. Proc. Natl. Inst. Sci. India, Suppl., 26B: 199–220.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. Kak. 1954. The embryology ofTamarix Linn. Phytomorphology 4: 230–247.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &H. Singh. 1959. The morphology, embryology and systematic position ofElytraria acaulis (Linn, f.) Lindau. Bot. Not. 112: 227–251.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,K. B. Ambegaoakar &P. S. Srivastava. 1992. Comparative embryology of angiosperms. 2 vols. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Jones, J. H. 1986. Evolution of the Fagaceae: The implications of foliar features. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 228–275.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Jones, S. B. 1977. Vernonieae: Systematic review. Pp. 503–521in V. H. Heywood, J. B. Harborne & B. L. Turner (eds.), The biology and chemistry of the Compositae. Academic Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Jorgensen, L. B. 1987. Myrosin cells and other structural characteristics of glucosinolate plants. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-26-2.

  • —. 1995. Stomatal myrosin cells in Caricaceae: Taxonomic implications for a glucosinate-containing family. Nord. J. Bot. 15: 523–540.

    Google Scholar 

  • Joshi, A. C. 1946. A note on the development of pollen ofMyristica fragrans Van Houtten and the affinities of the family Myristicaceae. J. Indian Bot. Soc. 25: 139–143.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &V. R. Rao. 1936. The embryology ofGisekia pharnaceoides Linn. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. 3B: 71–92.

    Google Scholar 

  • Judd, W. S. &I. K. Ferguson. 1999. The genera of Chenopodiaceae in the southeastern United States. Harvard Pap. Bot. 4: 365–416.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. A. Kron. 1993. Circumscription of Ericaceae (Ericales) as determined by preliminary cladistic analyses based on morphological, anatomical, and embryological features. Brittonia 45: 99–114.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &S. R. Manchester. 1997. Circumscription of Malvaceae (Malvales) as determined by a preliminary cladistic analysis of morphological, anatomical, palynological, and chemical characters. Brittonia 49: 384–05.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,R. W. Sanders &M. J. Donoghue. 1994. Angiosperm family pairs: Preliminary phylogenetic analyses. Harvard Bot. Pap. 5: 1–51.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,K. A. Kron, A. A. Anderberg, D. M. Crayn, C. J. Quinn &P. S. Stevens. 1998. Major clades of Ericaceae, I: Morphology. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 138–139 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,C. S. Campbell, E. A. Kellogg &P. F. Stevens. 1999. Plant systematics: A phylogenetic approach. Sinauer Associates, Sunderland, MA.

    Google Scholar 

  • Juel, O.1910.Cynomorium undHippuris. Svensk Bot. Tidsk. 4: 151–159.

    Google Scholar 

  • Junell, S. 1931. Die Entwicklungsgeschichte vonCircaeaster agrestis. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 25: 238–270.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1934. Zur Gynäceummorphologie und Systematik der Verbenaceen und Labiaten nebsst Bemerkungen über ihre Samenentwicklung. Symb. Bot. Upsal. 1(4): 1–219.

    Google Scholar 

  • Jussieu, A. L. de. 1789. Genera plantarum. Paris.

  • Kadereit, J. W. 1993. Papaveraceae. Pp. 494–506in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,F. R. Blattner, K. B. Jork &A. Schwarzbach. 1994. Phylogenetic analysis of the Papaveraceaes.l. (incl. Fumariaceae, Hypecoaceae, andPteridophyllum) based on morphological characters. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 116: 361–390.

    Google Scholar 

  • ————. 1995. The phytogeny of the Papaveraceaesensu lato: Morphological, geographical and ecological implications.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 133–145. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kakkar, L. 1973. Leaf vasculature inSimmondsia californica. Indian Sci. Congr. Assoc., Chandigarh. Proc. 60th Sess. Part III: 293–294 (abstract).

  • Kalkman, C. 1988. The phylogeny of the Rosaceae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 98: 37–59.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kamelina, O. P. 1988. Embryology of the genusBrexia in connection with its systematic position. Bot. Zhurn. (Moscow & Leningrad) 73: 355–366 (in Russian; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. An addition to the embryology of Lactoridaceae and Fouquieriaceae. Bot. Zhurn. (Moscow & Leningrad) 82: 25–29 (in Russian; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • Kapil, R. N. 1962. Some recent examples of the value of embryology in relation to taxonomy. Bull. Bot. Surv. India 4: 57–66.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. Ahluwalia. 1963. Embryology ofPeganum harmala Linn. Phytomorphology 13: 127–140.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &A. K. Bhatnagar. 1991. Embryological evidence in angiosperm classification and phylogeny. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 113: 309–338.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. The contribution of embryology to the systematics of the Euphorbiaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81: 145–159.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &S. Jalan. 1964.Schisandra Michaux: Its embryology and systematic position. Bot. Not. 117: 285–306.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P. R. Mohana Rao. 1966. Studies of the Garryaceae, II. Embryology and systematic position ofGarrya Douglas ex Lindley. Phytomorphology 16: 564–578.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &M. R. Vijayaraghavan. 1962. Embryology and systematic position ofPentaphragma horsfieldii (Miq.) Airy Shaw. Curr. Sci. 31: 270–272.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. Bor &F. Bouman. 1980. Seed appendages in angiosperms, I. Introduction. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 101: 555–573.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kaplan, M. A. C., J. Ribeiro & O.R. Gottlieb. 1991. Chemogeographical evolution of terpenoids in Icacinaceae. Phytochemistry 30: 2671–2676.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Karis, P. O. 1992.Hoplophyllum DC., the sister group toEremothamnus O. Hoffm. (Asteraceae)? Taxon 41: 193–198.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993a. Morphological phylogenetics of the Asteraceae-Asteroideae, with notes on character evolution. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 186: 69–93.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. Heliantheaesensu lato (Asteraceae), clades and classification. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 188: 139–195.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996. Phylogeny of the Asteraceae-Asteroideae revisited. Pp. 41–47in D. J. N. Hind & H. J. Beentje (eds.), Proceedings of the International Compositae Conference, Kew, 1994. Vol. 1. Compositae: Systematics. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,M. Källersjö &K. Bremer. 1992. Phylogenetic analysis of the Cichorioideae (Asteraceae), with emphasis on the Mutisieae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 416–427.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Karol, K. G., J. E. Rodman, E. Conti &K. J. Sytsma. 1999. Nucleotide sequence ofrbcL and phylogenetic relationships ofSelchellanlhus caeruleus (Setchellanthaceae). Taxon 48: 303–315.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Katz-Downie, D. S., C. M. Valiejo-Roman, E. I. Terentieva, A. V. Troitsky, M. G. Pimenov, B. Lee &S. R. Downie. 1999. Towards a molecular phylogeny of Apiaceae subfamily Apioideae: Additional information from nuclear ribosomal DNA ITS sequences. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 216: 167–195.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Kaul, R. B. 1986. Evolution and reproductive biology of inflorescences inLithocarpus, Castanopsis, Castanea, andQuercus (Fagaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 284–296.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Kaute, U. 1963. Beiträge zur Morphologie des gynoeciums der Berberidaceen mit einem Anhang über die Rhizomknospe vonPlagiorhegma dubium. Inaugural-Dissertation zur Erlangung der Doktorwürde der Mathematisch-Naturwissenschaftlichen Fakultät der Freien Universität Berlin. Diss.Druckstelle., Berlin.

  • Keating, R. C. 1969. Comparative morphology of Cochlospermaceae, I. Synopsis of the family and wood anatomy. Phytomorphology 18: 379–392.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972. Comparative morphology of Cochlospermaceae, III. The flower and pollen. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 59: 282–296.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1973. Pollen morphology and relationships of the Flacourtiaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 60: 273–305.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976. Trends of specialization in pollen of Flacourtiaceae with comparative observations of Cochlospermaceae and Bixaceae. Grana 15: 29–49.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984. Leaf histology and its contribution to relationships in the Myrtales. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 801–823.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Keefe, J. M. &M. F. Moseley Jr. 1978. Wood anatomy and phylogeny ofPaeonia sectionMoutan. J. Arnold Arbor. 59: 274–297.

    Google Scholar 

  • Keeley, S. C. &R. K. Jansen. 1991. Evidence from chloroplast DNA for the recognition of a new tribe, the Tarchonantheae, and the tribal placement ofPluchea (Asteraceae). Syst. Bot. 16: 173–181.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Keener, C. S. 1993. A review of the classification of the genusHydrastis (Ranunculaceae). Aliso 13: 551–558.

    Google Scholar 

  • Keighery, G. J. 1985.Waltheranthus, a new genus of Gyrostemonaceae from Western Australia. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 106: 107–113.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kelchner, S. A., R. J. Bayer, R. J. Chinnock, M. D. Crisp &J. G. West. 2000. A data partition analysis of noncoding sequence evolution inBontia and Myoporaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 136 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Keller, J. A., P. S. Herendeen &P. R. Crane. 1996. Fossil flowers and fruits of the Actinidiaceae from the Campanian (Late Cretaceous) of Georgia. Amer. J. Bot. 83: 528–541.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Kellogg, E. A., R. Mason, R. Appels &C. Hsiao. 1994. When molecules and molecules clash, II. How do we reconcile four incongruent data sets? Amer. J. Bot. 81(6): 162 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Kelly, L. M. 1997a. Floral morphology, homology, and phylogenetic relationships in Aristolochiaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 207 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997b. A cladistic analysis ofAsarum (Aristolochiaceae) and implications for the evolution of herkogamy. Amer. J. Bot. 84: 1752–1765.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Keng, H. 1962. Comparative morphological studies in Theaceae. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 33: 269–384.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1967. Observations onAncistrocladus tectorius. Gard. Bull., Singapore 22: 113–121.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993a. Illiciaceae. Pp. 344–347in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. Schisandraceae. Pp. 589–592in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kessler, P. J. A. 1993a. Annonaceae. Pp. 93–129in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. Menispermaceae. Pp. 402–418in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Khalid, S. A. 1983. Chemistry of the Burseraceae. Pp. 281–299in P. G. Waterman & M. F. Grundon (eds.), Chemistry and chemical taxonomy of the Rutales. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kiew, R. &P. Baas. 1984.Nyctanthes is a member of the Oleaceae. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. 93B: 349–358.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kim, H.-G., S. C. Keeley &R. K. Jansen. 1996. Phylogenetic position of the Hawaiian endemicHesperomania (Mutisieae) based onndhF sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 167 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Kim, K. H., S. Nilsson &J. Praglowski. 1988. A note on pollen morphology of the Empetraceae. Grana 27: 283–290.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kim, K.-J. &R. K. Jansen. 1995. Molecular clocks and the origin of the sunflower family (Asteraceae). Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 140 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1998. Paraphyly of Jasminoideae and monophyly of Oleoideae in Oleaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 139 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —, — &R. G. Olmstead. 1994. Multiple origins of sympetaly in dicots. Amer. J. Bot. 81(6): 165 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —, — &B. L. Turner. 1990. Chloroplast DNA evidence for the phylogenetic relationships among Coreopsideae, Eupatorieae, Gaillardeae, Heliantheae, and Tageteae. Amer. J. Bot. (Suppl.) 77(6): 140–141 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —, —,R. S. Wallace, H. J. Michaels &J. D. Palmer. 1992. Phylogenetic implications ofrbcL sequence variation in the Asteraceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 428–445.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Kim, Y.-D. &R. K. Jansen. 1995. Phylogenetic implications of chloroplast DNA variation in the Berberidaceae.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 341–349. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1996. Phylogenetic implications ofrbcL and ITS sequence variation in the Berberidaceae. Syst. Bot. 21: 381–396.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1998. Chloroplast DNA restriction site variation and phylogeny of the Berberidaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 1766–1778.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Kjaer, A. 1963. The distribution of sulphur compounds. Pp. 453–473in T. Swain (ed.), Chemical plant taxonomy. Academic Press, London, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974. The natural distribution of glucosinolates: A uniform group of sulfur-containing glucosides. Pp. 229–234in G. Bendz & J. Santesson (eds.), Chemistry in botanical classification. Nobel Found., Stockholm.

    Google Scholar 

  • Klucking, E. P. 1995. Leaf venation patterns. Vol. 7. The classification of leaf venation patterns. J. Cramer, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. Leaf venation patterns. Vol. 8. Euphorbiaceae. Part I. Phyllanthoideae & Oldfieldioideae. J. Cramer, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • Knapp, U. 1994. Skulptur der Samenschale und Gliederung der Crassulaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 116: 157–187.

    Google Scholar 

  • Knox, E. B. &H. D. Palmer. 1995. The origin ofDendrosenecio within the Senecioneae (Asteraceae) based on chloroplast DNA evidence. Amer. J. Bot. 82: 1567–1573.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Kobuski, C. E. 1948–1951. Studies in the Theaceae. Respective parts published in J. Arnold Arbor, as follows: XVII. A review of the genusBonnetia, 29: 393–413; XIX. The generaArchytaea andPloiarium, 31: 196–207; XXIII. The genusPelliciera, 32: 256–262; XXIV. The genusSladenia, 32: 403–408.

    Google Scholar 

  • Koek-Noorman, J. 1977. Systematische Holzanatomie einiger Rubiaceen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 90: 183–190.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1980. Wood anatomy and classification ofHenriquezia Spruce,Platycarpum Humb. et Bonpl. andGleasonia Standl. Acta Bot. Neerl. 29: 117–126.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,A. K. van Setten &C. M. van Zuilen. 1997. Studies in Annonaceae, XXVI: Flower and fruit morphology in Annonaceae: Their contribution to patterns in cluster analysis. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 119: 213–230.

    Google Scholar 

  • Köhler, E. 1980. Zur Pollenmorphologie und systematischen Stellung der Didymelaceae Leandri. Feddes Repert. 91: 581–591.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Blattnervatur-Muster der Buxaceae Dumortier und Simmondsiaceae van Tieghm. Feddes Repert. 104(3-4): 145–167.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P. Brückner. 1989. The genusBuxus (Buxaceae): Aspects of its differentiation in space and time. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 162: 267–283.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Kolbe, K.-P. 1980. Serology and systematics of the Ebenales and the Theales. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 8: 249–256.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &J. John. 1979. Serologische Untersuchungen zur Systematik der Violales. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 101: 3–15.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kooiman, P. 1971. Ein phytochemischer Beitrag zur Lösung des Verwandtschaftsproblems der Theligonaceae. Oesterr. Bot. Z. 119: 395–398.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974. Iridoid glycosides in the Loasaceae and the taxonomic position of the family. Acta Bot. Neerl. 23: 677–679.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Kool, R. 1980. A taxonomic revision of the genusIxonanthes (Linaceae). Blumea 26: 191–204.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986. Ixonanthaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 621–627.

    Google Scholar 

  • Koontz, J. A. &D. E. Soltis. 1996. Molecular phylogenetic analysis of the Brexiaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 169 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Kostermans, A. J. G. H. 1957. Lauraceae. Reinwardtia 4: 193–256.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978.Pakaraimaea dipterocarpacea belongs to Tiliaceae and not to Dipterocarpaceae. Taxon 27: 357–359.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985. Family status for the Monotoideae and the Pakaraimoideae Ashton, Maguire and de Zeeuw (Dipterocarpaceae). Taxon 34: 426–435.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Kosuge, K., F.-D. Pu &M. Tamura. 1989. Floral morphology and relationships ofKingdonia. Acta Phytotax. Geobot. 40: 61–67.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,K. Sawada, T. Denda, J. Adachi &K. Watanabe. 1995. Phylogenetic relationships of some genera in the Ranunculaceae based on alcohol dehydrogenase genes.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 263–271. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kowal, R. R. 1989. Chromosome numbers ofAsteranthos and the putatively related Lecythidaceae. Brittonia 41: 131–135.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Kravtsova, T. I.1995. Pericarp and seed coat structure in the Cecropiaceae (Urticales). Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 80: 1–14.

    Google Scholar 

  • Krön, K. A. 1996. Phylogenetic relationships of Empetraceae, Epacridaceae, Ericaceae, Monotropaceae, and Pyrolaceae: Evidence from nuclear ribosomal 18S sequence data. Ann. Bot. 77: 293–303.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. Phylogenetic relationships of Rhododendroideae (Ericaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 84(7): 973–980.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &M. W. Chase. 1993. Systematics of the Ericaceae, Empetraceae, Epacridaceae and related taxa based uponrbcL sequence data. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80: 735–741.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &S. L. Johnson. 1997. Phylogenetic analysis of the monotropoids and pyroloids (Ericaceae) usingnrITS and 18S sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 205–206 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &W. S. Judd. 1990. Phylogenetic relationships within the Rhodoreae (Ericaceae) with specific comments on the placement ofLedum. Syst. Bot. 15: 57–68.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. “Andromedeae” are paraphyletic based on morphological,rbcL, andmatK data (Ericaceae, subfam. Vaccinioideae). Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 205 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &J. M. King. 1996. Cladistic relationships ofKalmia, Leiophyllum, andLoiseleuria (Phyllodoceae, Ericaceae) based onrbcL andnrlTS data. Syst. Bot. 23: 17–29.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,W. S. Judd, A. A. Anderberg, D. M. Crayn, R. Fuller, P. A. Gadek.J. L. Luteyn, C. J. Quinn &P. S. Stevens. 1998. Major clades of Ericaceae, II: Molecular evidence. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 139–140 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,R. Fuller, D. M. Crayn, P. A. Gadek &C. J. Quinn. 1999. Phylogenetic relationships of epacrids and vaccinioids (Ericaceae s.l.) based onmatK sequence data. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 218: 55–65.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Kruckeberg, A. R. 1997. Essay: Whither plant taxonomy in the 21st century? Syst. Bot. 22: 181–186.

    Google Scholar 

  • Krutzsch, W. 1989. Paleogeography and historical phytogeography (paleochorology) in the Neophyticum. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 162: 5–61.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Kubitzki, K. 1938. Monographie der Hernandiaceen. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 89: 78–209.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1968. Flavonoide und Systematik der Dilleniaceen. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 81: 238–251.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1969. Chemosystematische Betrachtungen zur Grossgliederung der Dicotylen. Taxon 18: 360–368.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • — (ed.). 1977. Flowering plants: Evolution and classification of higher categories, Symposium, Hamburg, September 8–12, 1976. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 1. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • -Kubitzki, K. (ed.). 1978.Caraipa andMahurea (Bonnetiaceae).In B. Maguire et al., The botany of the Guayana Highland -Part X. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 10(1–2): 82–138.

  • —. 1993a. Betulaceae. Pp. 152–157in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. Calycanthaceae. Pp. 197–200in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993c. Canellaceae. Pp. 200–203in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993d. Cannabaceae. Pp. 204–206in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993e. Cecropiaceae. Pp. 243–246in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993f. Degeneriaceae. Pp. 290–291in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993g. Didiereaceae. Pp. 292–295in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993h. Fagaceae. Pp. 301–309in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993i. Gomortegaceae. Pp. 318–320in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993j. Hemandiaceae. Pp. 334–338in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993k. Lactoridaceae. Pp. 359–361in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993l. Myricaceae. Pp. 452–457in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993m. Myrothamnaceae. Pp. 468–469in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993n. Platanaceae. Pp. 521–522in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993o. Plumbaginaceae. Pp. 523–530in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • — 1993p. Ticodendraceae. Pp. 594–596in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. A note on the relationships of the order within the angiosperms. Pp. 317–320in H.-D. Behnke & T. J. Mabry (eds.), Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995. Ranunculiflorae—Delimitation, phylogeny, diversification.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 1–10. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &O. R. Gottlieb. 1984. Micromolecular patterns and the evolution and major classification of angiosperms. Taxon 33: 375–391.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,A. A. L. Mesquita &O. R. Gottlieb. 1978. Chemosystematic implications of xanthones inBonnetia andArchytaea. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 6: 185–187.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,J. G. Rohwer &V. Bittrich (eds.). 1993. The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. SpringerVerlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kühn, U. 1993. Chenopodiaceae. Pp. 253–281in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. Kubitzki. 1993. Myristicaceae. Pp. 457–467in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kuijt, J. 1968. Mutual affinities of Santalalean families. Brittonia 20: 136–147.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1969. The biology of parasitic flowering plants. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1982. Seedling morphology and its systematic significance in Loranthaceae of the New World, with supplementary comments on Eremolepidaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 103: 305–342.

    Google Scholar 

  • -. 1988. Monograph of the Eremolepidaceae. Syst. Bot. Monogr., 18. Amer. Soc. Pl. Tax., Ann Arbor, MI.

  • Kumazawa, M. 1938. Systematic and phylogenetic consideration of the Ranunculaceae and Berberidaceae. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 52: 9–15, 52–53.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kumazawa, W. 1930. Structure and affinities ofGlaucidium and its allied genera. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 4: 479–490.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kuprianova, L. A. 1967. Palynological data for the history of the Chloranthaceae. Pollen & Spores 9: 95–100.

    Google Scholar 

  • Kvist, L. P. &J. A. Pedersen. 1986. Distribution and taxonomic implications of some phenolics in the family Gesneriaceae determined by EPR spectroscopy. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 14: 385–405.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Lack, A. J. &P. G. Kevan. 1987. The reproductive biology of a distylous tree,Sarcotheca celebica (Oxalidaceae) in Sulawesi, Indonesia. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 95: 1–8.

    Google Scholar 

  • La Duke, J. C. &J. Doebley. 1995. A chloroplast DNA based phylogeny of the Malvaceae. Syst. Bot. 20: 259–271.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Lam, H. J. 1932. The Burseraceae of the Malay Archipelago and Peninsula, with annotations concerning extra-Malayan species, especially ofDacryodes, Santira andCanarium. Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg, ser. 3, 12(3-4): 281–561.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lammers, T. G. 1992. Circumscription and phylogeny of Campanulales. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 388–413.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Chromosome numbers of Campanulaceae, III. Review and integration of data for subfamily Lobelioideae. Amer. J. Bot. 80: 660–675.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1999. Commentary, plant systematics today: All our eggs in one basket? Syst. Bot. 24: 494–496.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,T. F. Stuessy &Silva, O.. 1986. Systematic relationships of the Lactoridaceae, an endemic family of the Juan Fernandez Islands, Chile. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 152: 243–266.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Landrum, J. V. &J. D. Mauseth. 1995. Systematic and evolutionary implications of stem and leaf anatomy in portulacaceous genera of South America, North America, and Africa. Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 176 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1996. Wide-band tracheids in genera of the Portulacaceae: Systematic and evolutionary implications. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 170 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Lane, M. A., D. R. Morgan, Y. Suh, B. B. Simpson &R. K. Jansen. 1996. Relationships of North American genera of Astereae, based on chloroplast DNA restriction site data. Pp. 49–77in D. J. N. Hind & H. J. Beentje (eds.), Proceedings of the International Compositae Conference, Kew, 1994. Vol. 1. Compositae: Systematics. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lanyon, S. M. 1993. Phylogenetic frameworks: Towards a firmer foundation for the comparative approach. J. Linn. Soc., Biol. 49: 45–61.

    Google Scholar 

  • Laurent, N., B. Bremer &K. Bremer. 1999. Phylogeny and generic interrelationships of the Stylidiaceae (Asterales), with a possible extreme case of floral paedomorphosis. Syst. Bot. 23: 289–304.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Lavin, M. &M. Luckow. 1993. Origins and relationships of tropical North America in the context of the boreotropics hypothesis. Amer. J. Bot. 80: 1–14.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Lawrence, G. H. W. 1951. Taxonomy of vascular plants. Macmillan, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lee, B.-Y. &S. R. Downie. 1999. A molecular phylogeny of Apiaceae tribe Caucalideae and related taxa: Inferences based on ITS sequence data. Syst. Bot. 24: 461–479.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 2000. Phylogenetic analysis ofcpDNA restriction sites andrps16 intron sequences reveals relationships among Apiaceae tribes Caucalideae, Scandiceae and related taxa. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 221: 35–60.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Lefor, M. W. 1975. A taxonomic revision of the Vivianiaceae. Univ. Connecticut Occ. Pap. Biol. Sci. Ser. 2: 225–255.

    Google Scholar 

  • Leinfellner, W. 1971. Das Gynözeum vonKrameria und sein Vergleich mit jenem der Leguminosae und der Polygalaceae. Oesterr. Bot. Z. 119: 102–117.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Leins, P. 1964. Das zentripetale und zentrifugale Androeceum. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. (Sondernummer) 77: 22–26.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &C. Erbar. 1989a. Zur Blütenentwicklung und sekundären Pollenpräsentation beiSelliera radicans Cav. (Goodeniaceae). Flora 182: 43–56.

    Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1989b. On the mechanisms of secondary pollen presentation in the Campanulales-Asterales complex. Bot. Acta 103: 87–92.

    Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1991. Fascicled androecia in Dilleniidae and some remarks on theGarcinia androecium. Bot. Acta 104: 336–344.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1994a. Flowers in Magnoliidae and the origin of flowers in other subclasses of the angiosperms, II. The relationships between flowers of Magnoliidae, Dilleniidae, and Caryophyllidae.In P. K. Endress & E. M. Friis (eds.), Early evolution of flowers. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 8: 209–218. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1994b. Putative origin and relationships of the order from the viewpoint of developmental flower morphology. Pp. 303–316in H.-D. Behnke & T. J. Mabry (eds.), Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1995. Das frühe Differenzierungsmuster in den Bluten vonSaruma henryi Oliv. (Aristolochiaceae). Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 117: 365–376.

    Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1996. Early floral developmental studies in Annonaceae. Biosyst. Ecol. Ser., 10: 1–27.

    Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1997. Floral developmental studies: Some old and new questions. Int. J. Pl. Sci. 158: 3–12.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Lemesle, R. 1955. Contribution a l’étude de quelques familles de dicotylédones considérées comme primitives. Phytomorphology 5: 11–45.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lemke, D. E. 1987a. Morphology, wood anatomy, and relationships ofNeopringlea (Flacourtiaceae). Syst. Bot. 12: 609–616.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987b. Systematic anatomy of the leaf in Flacourtiaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 74: 741–742 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988. A synopsis of Flacourtiaceae. Aliso 12: 29–43.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. A. Angerstein. 1994. Anatomy and architecture of the leaf in Flacourtiaceae: Tribes Homalieae, Prockieae and Scolopieae. Amer. J. Bot. 81(6): 168 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • LeRoy, J. F. 1959. Contributions à l’étude des forêts de Madagascar, 5. Sur une petite famille de Sapindales propre à Madagascar: Les Ptaeroxylaceae. J. Agric. Trop. Bot. Appl. 6: 106–108.

    Google Scholar 

  • Les, D. H. 1986. The systematics and evolution ofCeratophyllum L. (Ceratophyllaceae): A monograph. Ph.D. diss., Ohio State Univ., Columbus.

  • —. 1988a. The evolution of achene morphology inCeratophyllum (Ceratophyllaceae), II. Fruit variation and systematics of the “spiny-margined” group. Syst. Bot. 13: 73–86.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988b. The origin and affinities of the Ceratophyllaceae. Taxon 37: 326–345.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989. The evolution of achene morphology inCeratophyllum (Ceratophyllaceae), IV. Summary of proposed relationships and evolutionary trends. Syst. Bot. 14: 254–262.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Ceratophyllaceae. Pp. 246–250in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,C. T. Philbrick &A. N. Retana. 1998. Phytogeography of the Podostemaceaesensu lato: A hypothesis of multiple tropical radiations. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 141 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,E. L. Schneider, D. J. Padgett, P.S. Soltis, D. E. Soltis &M. Zanis. 1999. Phylogeny, classification and floral evolution of water lilies (Nymphaeaceae: Nymphaeales): A synthesis of nonmolecular,rbcL, matK, and 18S rDNA data. Syst. Bot. 24: 28–46.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Leskinen, E. &C. Alström-Rapaport. 1999. Molecular phylogeny of Salicaceae and closely related Flacourtiaceae: Evidence from 5.8 S, ITS 1 and ITS 2 of the rDNA. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 215: 209–227.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Lesyer, R. N. &P. A. Roberts. 1986. Serotaxonomy ofSolanum, Capsicum, Dunalia and other selected Solanaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 128–133.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Le Thomas, A. 1980,1981. Ultrastructural characters of the pollen grains of African Annonaceae and their significance for the phylogeny of primitive angiosperms. Pollen & Spores 22: 267–342; 23: 5–36.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,B. Lugardon &J. A. Doyle. 1994. Pollen ultrastructure and relationships ofFusaea (Baillon) Safford andDuguetia A. Saint-Hilaire (Annonaceae). Rev. Paleobot. Palynol. 83: 55–64.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Leuenberger, B. E. 1997.Maihuenia: Monograph of a Patagonian genus of Cactaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 119: 1–92.

    Google Scholar 

  • Levin, G. A. 1986. Systematic foliar morphology of Phyllanthoideae (Euphorbiaceae). Respective parts published in Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. as follows: I. Conspectus, 73: 29–85; II. Phenetic analysis, 73: 86–98.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &M. G. Simpson. 1994a. Phylogenetic implications of pollen ultrastructure in the Oldfieldioideae (Euphorbiaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81: 203–238.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1994b. Phylogenetic relationships ofDidymocistus andHymenocardia (Euphorbiaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81: 239–244.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Li, H.-L. 1955. Classification and phylogeny of Nymphaeaceae and allied families. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 54: 33–41.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &J. J. Willaman. 1968. Distribution of alkaloids in angiosperm phylogeny. Econ. Bot. 22: 239–252.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Li, H.-M. &L. J. Hickey. 1988. Leaf architecture and systematics of the Hamamelidaceaesensu lato. Acta Phytotax. Sin. 26: 96–110 (in Chinese; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • Li, J., A. L. Bogle &A. S. Klein. 1999a. Phylogenetic relationship of the Hamamelidaceae inferred from sequences of internal transcribed spacers (ITS) of nuclear ribosomal DNA. Amer. J. Bot. 86: 1027–1037.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • ———. 1999b. Phylogenetic relationships in the Hamamelidaceae: Evidence from the nucleotide sequences of the plastid genematK. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 218: 205–219.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Li, L.-C. &P-S. Hsu. 1986. Chromosome observations of eight species endemic to China. Acta Phytotax. Sin. 24: 157–160 (in Chinese; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • Li, Y.-H. &C.-H. Yu. 1985. Pollen morphology of Styracaceae and its taxonomic significance. Acta Phytotax. Sin. 23: 81–90 (in Chinese; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • Liang, D. &P. Baas. 1990. Wood anatomy of trees and shrubs from China II. Theaceae. IAWA Bull., n.s., 11: 337–378.

    Google Scholar 

  • Liang, H.-X. &S. C. Tucker. 1989 Floral development inGymnotheca chinensis (Saururaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 76: 806–819.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1995. Floral ontogeny ofZippelia begoniaefolia and its familial affinity: Saururaceae or Piperaceae? Amer. J. Bot. 82: 681–689.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Lidén, M. 1986. Synopsis of Fumarioideae (Papaveraceae) with a monograph of the tribe Fumarieae. Opera Bot. 88: 1–133.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993a. Fumariaceae. Pp. 310–318in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. Pteridophyllaceae. Pp. 556–557in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Linden, B. L. van der. 1960. Staphyleaceae. Fl. Males., 1, 6: 49–59.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lindley, J. 1833. Nixus plantarum. London.

  • —. 1836. A natural system of botany. Ed. 2. Longman, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • Link, D. A. 1991.Dirachma somalensis D. A. Linksp. nov.: A new species of a remarkable and highly endangered monogeneric family. Bull. Jard. Bot. État 61: 3–13.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992a. The floral nectaries in the Irvingiaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 180: 235–242.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992b. The floral nectaries of the Geraniales and their systematic implications, IV. Ctenolophonaceae Badre. Flora 187: 103–107.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. The floral nectaries of the Geraniales and their systematic implications, VI. Ixonanthaceae Exell & Mendonca. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 114: 81–90.

    Google Scholar 

  • Litt, A. J. &M. W. Chase. 1999. The systematic position ofEuphronia, with comments on the position ofBalanops: An analysis based onrbcL sequence data. Syst. Bot. 23: 401–409.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Liu, H. &C.-S. Yang. 1989. Pollen morphology of Illiciaceae and its significance in systematics. Chin. J. Bot. 1: 104–115.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lledo, M. D., M. B. Crespo, K. M. Cameron, M. F. Fay &M. W. Chase. 1998. Systematics of Plumbaginaceae based upon cladistic analysis ofrbcL sequence data. Syst. Bot. 23: 21–29.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Lleras, E. 1978. Trigoniaceae. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 19. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lloyd, F. E. 1942. The carnivorous plants. Chron. Bot., Waltham, MA.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lobreau-Callen, D. 1980. Caractères comparés du pollen des Icacinaceae et des Olacaceae. Adansonia 20: 29–89.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1982. Structure et affinités polliniques des Cardiopterygaceae, Dipentodontaceae, Erythropalaceae et Octoknemataceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 103: 371–412.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &J. Jérémie. 1986. L’EspèceCneorum tricoccon (Cneoraceae, Rutales) représentée a Cuba. Grana 25: 155–158.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &M. Suarez Cervera. 1994. Pollen ultrastructure ofHymenocardia Wallich ex Lindley and comparison with other Euphorbiaceae. Rev. Paleobot. Palynol. 81: 257–258.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,S. Nilsson, F. Albers &H. Straka. 1978. Les Cneoraceae (Rutales): Étude taxonomique, palynologique et systématique. Grana 17: 125–139.

    Google Scholar 

  • Loconte, H. 1987. Phylogeny of the Ranunculales. Amer. J. Bot. 74: 742–743 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Berberidaceae. Pp. 147–152in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &J. R. Estes. 1989a. Phylogenetic systematics of Berberidaceae and Ranunculales (Magnoliidae). Syst. Bot. 14: 565–579.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1989b. Generic relationships within Leonticeae (Berberidaceae). Canad. J. Bot. 67: 2310–2316.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. W. Stevenson. 1991. Cladistics of the Magnoliidae. Cladistics 7: 267–296.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,L. M. Campbell &D. W. Stevenson. 1995. Ordinal and familial relationships of ranunculid genera.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 99–118. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • Londoflo, A. C., E. Alvarez, E. Forero, &C. M. Morton. 1995. A new genus and species of Dipterocarpaceae from the neotropics, I. Introduction, taxonomy, ecology, and distribution. Brittonia 47: 225–236.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Long, R. W. 1970. The genera of Acanthaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 51: 257–309.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lorence, D. H. 1990. A phylogenetic list ofthe genera ofRubiaceae in Mexico. Acta Bot. Mex. 12: 1–7.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,V. E. Zenger &P. Vinay. 1984. Pollen morphological studies on the Monimiaceae in the Malagasy region. Grana 23: 11–22.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lourteig, A. 1965. On the systematic position ofAlzatea verticillata R. & P. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 52: 371–378.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994.Lyallia kerguelensis Hook. f. and its artificial propagation. Pp. 321–327in H.-D. Behnke & T. J. Mabry (eds.), Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lowrie, A. &J. G. Conran. 1998. A taxonomic revision of the genusByblis (Byblidaceae) in northern Australia. Nuytsia 12: 59–74.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lowry, P. P., II,G. E. Schatz, J.-F. Leroy &A.-E. Wolf. 1999. Endemic families of Madagascar, III. A synoptic revision ofSchizolaena (Sarcolaenaceae). Adansonia, sér. 3, 21: 183–212.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lozano, C. G. &N. B. de Lozano. 1988. Metteniusaceae. Fl. Colombia 11: 9–53.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lu, A. M. 1990. A preliminary cladistic study of the families of the superorder Lamiiflorae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 103: 39–57.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &Z.-Y. Zhang. 1990. The differentiation, evolution and systematic relationship of Juglandales. Acta Phytotax. Sin. 28: 96–102 (in Chinese; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • Luteyn, J.L. 1992. Key to the subfamilies and genera of neotropical Ericaceae. Nord. J. Bot. 11: 623–627.

    Google Scholar 

  • Lye, K. A. 1991. Strange flowering plants from the Mediterranean area:Cynomorium coccineum. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 85: 1–6 (in Swedish, summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • Maas, P. J. M. &L. Y. T. Westra. 1993. Neotropical plant families. Koeltz Sci. Books, Champaign, IL.

    Google Scholar 

  • Mabberley, D. J. 1997. The plant-book: A portable dictionary of the higher plants. Ed. 2. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,C. M. Pannell &A. M. Sing. 1995. Meliaceae. Fl. Males., 1, 12: 1–407.

    Google Scholar 

  • Mabry, T. J., P. Neuman &W. R. Philipson. 1978.Hectorella: A member of the betalain-suborder Chenopodiineae of the order Centrospermae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 130: 163–165.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • MacDonald, A. D. 1989. The morphology and relationships of the Myricaceae. Pp. 2: 147–165in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • Magallon, S., P. R. Crane &P. S. Herendeen. 1999. Phylogenetic pattern, diversity, and diversification of eudicots. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 86: 297–372.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Magallon, S. A., M. J. Sanderson, J. A. Doyle &M. F. Wojciechowski. 2000. Estimate of the age of the angiosperm crown group derived from integrated analysis of molecular and paleontological data. Amer. J. Bot 87(6): 141 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Magallon-Puebla, S. 1997. Affinity within Hydrangeaceae of a structurally preserved late Cretaceous flower (Coniacian-Santonian of Georgia, USA). Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 215 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,P. S. Herendeen &P. R. Crane. 1995. Floral remains of Hamamelidaceae from Campanian strata of Georgia. Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 88 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Maguire, B. 1972. Bonnetiaceae.In B. Maguire et al., The botany of the Guayana Highland Part IX. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 23:131-165.

  • —. 1977. Pakaraimoideae, Dipterocarpaceae of the Western Hemisphere, I. Introduction. Taxon 26: 341.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &P. S. Ashton. 1977. Pakaraimoideae, Dipterocarpaceae of the Western Hemisphere, II. Systematic, geographic and phyletic considerations. Taxon 26: 343–368.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1980.Pakaraimaea dipterocarpacea. Taxon 29: 225–231.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &J. M. Pires. 1978. Saccifoliaceae: A new monotypic family of the Gentianales. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 29: 230–245.

    Google Scholar 

  • -& J. A. Steyermark. 1981. Tepuianthaceae, Sapindales.In B. Maguire et al., The botany of the Guayana Highland Part XI. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 32: 4–6,18-21.

    Google Scholar 

  • -,C. de Zeeuw, Y.-C. Huang & C. C. Clare Jr. 1972. Tetrameristaceae.In B. Maguire et al., The botany of the Guayana Highland Part IX. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 23:165–192.

  • Maheshwari, P. 1950. An introduction to the embryology of angiosperms. McGraw-Hill, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1964. Embryology in relation to taxonomy. Vistas Bot. 4: 55–98.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &B. M. Johri. 1956. The morphology and embryology ofFloerkia proserpinacoides Willd. with a discussion of the systematic position of the family Limnanthaceae. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 69: 410–423.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. N. Kapil. 1966. Some Indian contributions to the embryology of angiosperms. Phytomorphology 16: 239–291.

    Google Scholar 

  • Maksoud, S. A. &M. N. El Hadidi. 1988. The flavonoids ofBalanites aegyptiaca (Balanitaceae) from Egypt. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 160: 153–158.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Manchester, S. R. 1986. Vegetative and reproductive morphology of an extinct plane tree (Platanaceae) from the Eocene of western North America. Bot. Gaz. 147: 200–226.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • -. 1987a. Origins and early evolution of extant angiosperm families as interpreted from the fossil record. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-30-3.

  • -. 1987b. The fossil history of the Juglandaceae. Monogr. Syst. Bot., 21. Missouri Bot. Gard., St. Louis.

  • —. 1989a. Early history of the Juglandaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 162: 231–250.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989b. Systematics and fossil history of the Ulmaceae. Pp. 2: 221–251in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991.Cruciptera, a new juglandaceous winged fruit from the Eocene and Oligocene of western North America. Syst. Bot. 16: 715–725.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992. Flowers, fruits, and pollen ofFlorissantia, an extinct malvalean genus from the Eocene and Oligocene of western North America. Amer. J. Bot. 79: 996–1008.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994a. Phytogeographic significance of eastern Asian “endemic” woody genera with paleobotanical records in the Tertiary of North America. Amer. J. Bot. 81(6): 136–137 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994b. Inflorescence bracts of fossil and extantTilia in North America, Europe, and Asia: Patterns of morphologic divergence and biogeographic history. Amer. J. Bot. 81: 1176–1185.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994c. Fruits and seeds of the Middle Eocene Nut Beds Flora, Clarno Formation, Oregon. Palaeontogr. Amer. 58: 1–205.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996. Fossil history of the Menispermaceae in western North America. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 111–112 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1999. Biogeographical relationships of North American Tertiary floras. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 86: 472–522.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &B. H. Tiffney. 1993. Fossil fruits ofPyrenacantha and related Phytocreneae (Icacinaceae) in the Paleogene of North America, Europe and Africa. Amer. J. Bot. 80(6): 91 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,P. R. Crane &D. L. Dilcher. 1991.Nordenskioldia andTrochodendron (Trochodendraceae) from the Miocene of northwestern North America. Bot. Gaz. 152: 357–368.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Manhart, J. R. &J. H. Rettig. 1994. Gene sequence data. Pp. 235–246in H.-D. Behnke & T. J. Mabry (eds.), Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • Manning, J. C. &C. H. Stirton. 1994. Endothecal thickenings and phylogeny of the Leguminosae. Pp. 141–163in I. K. Ferguson & S. C. Tucker (eds.), Advances in legume systematics. Part 6. Structural botany. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • Manning, S. D. 1991. The genera of Pedaliaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. Suppl. Ser. 1: 313–347.

    Google Scholar 

  • Manning, W. E. 1940,1948. The morphology of the flowers of the Juglandaceae. Respective parts published in Amer. J. Bot. as follows: II. The pistillate flowers and fruit, 27: 839–852; III. The staminate flowers, 35: 606–621.

    Google Scholar 

  • Manos, P. S. 1997a. Systematics ofNothofagus (Nothofagaceae) based onrDNA spacer sequences (ITS) taxonomic congruence with morphology and plastid sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 84: 1137–1155.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997b. Phylogenetic studies ofQuercus based on chloroplast DNA restriction sites and ITS sequences of nuclear ribosomal DNA. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 215 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. P. Steele. 1997. Phylogenetic analyses of higher Hamamelididae based on plastid sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 84: 1407–1419.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,K. C. Nixon &J. J. Doyle. 1993. Cladistic analysis of restriction site variation within the chloroplast DNA inverted repeat region of selected Hamamelididae. Syst. Bot. 18: 551–562.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Marais, W. 1981. Two new gamopetalous families, Cyclocheilaceae and Nesogenaceae, for extra-Australian “Dicrastylidaceae.” Kew Bull. 35: 797–812.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Marburger, J. E. 1979. Glandular leaf structure ofTriphyophyllum peltatum (Dioncophyllaceae): A “fly paper” insect trapper. Amer. J. Bot. 66: 404–411.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Mariaux, A. 1959. Contribution à l’étude deHumbertia madagascariensis Lamk., 2. Note sur le bois. J. Agric. Trop. 6: 616–619.

    Google Scholar 

  • Martin, A. C. 1946. The comparative internal morphology of seeds. Amer. Midl. Naturalist 36: 513–660.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &W. D. Barkley. 1961. Seed identification manual. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.

    Google Scholar 

  • Martin, P. G. &J. M. Dowd 1986. Phylogenetic studies using protein sequences within the order Myrtales. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 442–448.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1988. A molecular evolutionary clock for angiosperms. Taxon 37: 364–377.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1990. A protein sequence study of the dicotyledons and it relevance to the evolution of the legumes and nitrogen fixation. Austral. Syst. Bot. 3: 91–100.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —& —. 1991. Studies of angiosperm phylogeny using protein sequences. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 78: 296–337.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Mason, C. T., Jr. 1952. A systematic study of the genusLimnanthes R. Br. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 25: 455–512.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975.Apacheria chiricahuensis: A new genus and species from Arizona. Madroño 23: 105–108.

    Google Scholar 

  • Mason, J., E. A. Kellogg, R. Appels &C. Hsiao. 1994. When molecules and molecules clash, I. Four incongruent data sets. Amer. J. Bot. 81(6): 171 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Mathew, C. J. &M. Chaphekar. 1977. Development of female gametophyte and embryogeny inStachyurus chinensis. Phytomorphology 17: 68–78.

    Google Scholar 

  • Mathews, S. 1997. The evolution of phytochrome B and phytochrome E in early angiosperms: Implications for phylogeny. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 216 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Mauritzon, J. 1933a. Über die systematische Stellung der Familien Hydrostachyaceae and Podostemonaceae. Bot. Not. 1933: 172–180.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1933b. Über die Embryologie der Turneraceae und Frankeniaceae. Bot. Not. 1933: 543–554.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1934a. Zur Embryologie der Elaeocarpaceae. Ark. Bot. 26A(10): 1–8.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1934b. Die Embryologie einiger Capparidaceeen sowie vonTovaria pendula. Ark. Bot. 26A(15): 1–14.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1936a. Zur Embryologie einiger Parietales-Familien. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 30: 79–113.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1936b. Embryologische angaben über Stackhousiaceae, Hippocrateaceae, und Icacinaceae. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 30: 541–550.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1936c. Zur Embryologie und systematischen Abgrenzung der Reihen Terbinthales and Celastrales. Bot. Not. 1936: 161–212.

    Google Scholar 

  • -Mauritzon, J.. 1939a. Contributions to the embryology of the orders Rosales and Myrtales. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, 35(2). Gleerup, Lund, Sweden.

  • -. 1939b. Die Bedeutung der embryologischen Forschung für das natürliche System der Pflanzen. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, II, 35(15). Gleerup, Lund, Sweden.

  • Maury, G., J. Muller &B. Lugardon. 1975. Notes on the morphology and fine structure of the exine of some pollen types in Dipterocarpaceae. Rev. Paleobot. Palynol. 19: 241–289.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • McDade, L. A. &M. L. Moody. 1999. Phylogenetic relationships among Acanthaceae: Evidence from noncodingtrnL-trnF chloroplast DNA sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 86: 70–80.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,— &E. R. Waters, 1996. Phylogenetic relationships among Acanthaceae: Evidence from molecular and morphological data. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 179 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,S. E. Masta, M. L. Moody &E. Waters. 2000. Phylogenetic relationships among Acanthaceae: Evidence from two genomes. Syst. Bot. 25: 106–121.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • McLaughlin, R. P. 1933. Systematic anatomy of the woods of the Magnoliales. Trop. Woods 34: 3–39.

    Google Scholar 

  • McNeal, J. R. &C. W. dePamphilis. 2000. Origin and molecular systematics of the parasitic plant genusCuscuta (dodder.) Amer. J. Bot.87(6): 144 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • McPherson, G., P. Morat &J. M. Veillon. 1982. Existence d’une deuxième espèce appartenant au genreOncotheca endémique de la Nouvelle-Calédonie et nouvelle données concernant les Oncothécacées. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris), sér. 4, sect. B., Adansonia 3: 305–311.

    Google Scholar 

  • Meacham, C. A. 1980. Phylogeny of the Berberidaceae with an evaluation of classifications. Syst. Bot. 5: 149–172.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Meeuse, A. D. J. 1975. Taxonomic relationships of Salicaceae and Flacourtiaceae: Their bearing on interpretative floral morphology and dilleniid phylogeny. Acta Bot. Neerl. 24: 437–457.

    Google Scholar 

  • Mehta, I. J. &M. F. Moseley Jr. 1981. The floral anatomy ofKoeberlinia Zucc: Systematic implications. Amer. J. Bot. 68: 482–497.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Meijden, R. van der. 1982. Systematics and evolution ofXanthophyllum (Polygalaceae). Leiden Bot. Ser. 7: 1–159.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986. Polygalaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 455–539.

    Google Scholar 

  • Meijer, W. 1993a. Hydnoraceae. Pp. 341–343in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. Rafflesiaceae. Pp. 557–563in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. Rafflesiaceae. Fl. Males., I, 13: 1–42.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &J. F. Veldkamp. 1993. A revision ofMitrastema (Rafflesiaceae). Blumea 38: 221–229.

    Google Scholar 

  • Melchior, H. 1925. Die phylogenetische Entwicklung der Violaceen und die natürlichen Verwandtschaftsverhältnisse ihren Gattungen. Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. Beih. 36: 83–125.

    Google Scholar 

  • -(ed.). 1964. A. Engler’s Syllabus der Pflanzenfamilien, II. Angiospermen. Ed. 12. Borntraeger, Berlin.

  • Melville, R. 1983. The affinity ofPaeonia and a second genus of Paeoniaceae. Kew Bull. 38: 87–105.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Mennega, A. M. W. 1987. Wood anatomy of the Euphorbiaceae, in particular of the subfamily Phyllanthoideae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 94: 111–126.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Comparative wood anatomy ofRuptiliocarpon caracolito (Lepidobotryaceae). Novon 3: 418–422.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Merrill, E. D. 1941. Dipentodontaceae. Pp. 69–73in Plants collected by Captain F. Kingdon Ward on the Vemay-Cutting Expedition, 1938–39. Brittonia 4: 20–188.

  • Merwe, J. J. M. van der, A. E. van Wyk &P. D. F. Kok. 1988.Dahlgrenodendron, a remarkable new genus of Lauraceae from Natal and Pondoland. S. African Tydskr. Plantk. 54: 80–88.

    Google Scholar 

  • Mesa, A. 1981. Nolanaceae. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 26. Laboratoire de Botanique, Faculté des Sciences, Rennes, France.

    Google Scholar 

  • Messinger, W., K. Hummer &A. Liston. 1999.Ribes (Grossulariaceae) phylogeny as indicated by restriction site polymorphisms of PCR-amplified chloroplast DNA. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 217: 185–195.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Meszaros, S., J. de Laet &E. Smets. 1996. Phylogeny of temperate Gentianaceae: A morphological approach. Syst. Bot. 21: 153–168.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Metcalfe, C. R. 1951. The anatomical structure of the Dioncophyllaceae in relation to the taxonomic affinities of the family. Kew Bull. 1951: 351–368.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1952.Medusandra richardsiana Brenan: Anatomy of the leaf, stem, and wood. Kew Bull. 1952: 237–244.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1956a. The taxonomic affinitiesof Sphenostemon in the light of the anatomy of its stem and leaf. Kew Bull. 1956: 249–253.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1956b.Scyphostegia borneensis Stapf: Anatomy of stem and leaf in relation to its taxonomic position. Reinwardtia 4: 99–104.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1962. Notes on the systematic anatomy ofWhittonia andPeridiscus. Kew Bull. 15: 472–475.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987. Anatomy of the Dicotyledons. Vol. 3. Magnoliales, iniciales, and Laurales (sensu Armen Takhtajan). Ed. 2. Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &L. Chalk. 1950. Anatomy of the dicotyledons: Leaves, stem, and wood in relation to taxonomy, with notes on economic uses. 2 vols. Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1983. Anatomy of the dicotyledons. Vol. 2. Wood structure and conclusion of the general introduction. Ed. 2. Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • Meurer-Grimes, B. 1995. New evidence for the systematic significance of acylated spermidines and flavonoids in pollen of higher Hamamelidae. Brittonia 47: 130–142.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Meyer, K. &S. S. Renner. 2000. Long distance dispersal in Melastomeae: From South America to Africa to Madagascar and SE Asia. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 176 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Meyer-Melikian, N. R. &N. Diamandopulu. 1996. Ultrastructure of pollen grains of the order Nymphaeales. Bot. Zhurn. (Moscow & Leningrad) 81(7): 1–9 (in Russian; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • Miao, B., B. L. Turner &T. J. Mabry. 1995. Systematic implications of chloroplast DNA variation in the subtribe Ambrosiinae (Asteraceae: Heliantheae). Amer. J. Bot. 82: 924–932.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Michaels, H. J., K. M. Scott, R. G. Olmstead, T. Szaro, R. K. Jansen &J. D. Palmer. 1993. Interfamilial relationships of the Asteraceae: Insights fromrbcL sequence variation. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80: 742–751.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Midgley, J. J. 1991. Ecological aspects of the rise of angiosperms: A challenge to the reproductive superiority hypotheses. J. Linn. Soc., Biol. 44: 81–92.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Miers, J. 1862. OnGoupia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 3, 9: 289–294.

    Google Scholar 

  • Miki, B. 1959. Evolution ofTrapa from ancestralLythrum throughHemitrapa. Proc. Imp. Acad. (Japan) 35: 289–294.

    Google Scholar 

  • Miller, J. M. 1988. A new species ofDegeneria (Degeneriaceae) from the Fiji Archipelago. J. Arnold Arbor. 69: 275–280.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989. The archaic flowering plant family Degeneriaceae: Its bearing on an old enigma. Natl. Geogr. Res. 5: 218–231.

    Google Scholar 

  • Miller, J. S. 1987. Host-plant relationships in the Papilionideae (Lepidoptera): Parallel cladogenesis or colonization? Cladistics 3: 105–120.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988. A revision of the New World species ofEhretia (Boraginaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 76: 1050–1076.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Miller, N. G. 1970. The genera of the Cannabaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 51: 185–203.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1971. The Polygalaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 52: 267–284.

    Google Scholar 

  • Miller, R. B. 1975. Systematic anatomy of the xylem and comments on the relationships of the Flacourtiaceae. J. Arnold Arbor. 56: 20–102.

    Google Scholar 

  • Milne-Redhead, E. 1955. Montiniaceae. Hooker’s Icon. Pl., ser. 5, 7: 1–16.

    Google Scholar 

  • Minkin, J. P. &W. H. Eshbaugh. 1989. Pollen morphology of the Orobanchaceae and rhinanthoid Scrophulariaceae. Grana 28: 1–18.

    Google Scholar 

  • Mirle, C. &R. J. Burnham. 1999. Identification of asymmetrically winged samaras from the Western Hemisphere. Brittonia 51: 1–14.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Mishler, B. D., V. A. Albert, M. W. Chase, P. O. Karis &K. Bremer. 1996. Character-state weighting for DNA restriction site data: Asymmetry, ancestors and the Asteraceae. Cladistics 12: 11–19.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Moeliono, B. M. 1966. De caulomatische Oorsprong van Zaadknoppen bij Caryophyllaceën en Primulaceën (een histogenetische en anatomische Analyse). Amsterdam.

  • Mohan Ram, H. Y. &P. Masand. 1963. The embryology ofNehonia campestris R. Br. Phytomorphology 13: 82–91.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. Nath. 1964. The morphology and embryology ofCannabis sativa Linn. Phytomorphology 14: 414–429.

    Google Scholar 

  • Mohana Rao, P. R. 1972. Embryology ofNyssa sylvatica, and systematic consideration of the family Nyssaceae. Phytomorphology 22: 8–21.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1973. Morphology and embryology ofTiegomopanax sambucifolius with comments on the affinities of the family Araliaceae. Phytomorphology 22: 75–87.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986. Seed and fruit anatomy inGyrocarpus americanus with a discussion on the affinities of Hernandiaceae. Israel J. Bot. 35: 133–152.

    Google Scholar 

  • Molgaard, P. 1985. Caffeic acid as a taxonomic marker in dicotyledons. Nord. J. Bot. 5: 203–213.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &H. Ravn. 1988. Evolutionary aspects of caffeoyl ester distribution in dicotyledons. Phytochemistry 27: 2411–2421.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Money, L. L., I. W. Bailey &B. G. L. Swamy. 1950. The morphology and relationships of the Monimiaceae. J. Arnold Arbor. 31: 372–404.

    Google Scholar 

  • Monod, T. 1980. A propos duSphenoclea zeylanica (Sphenocleaceae). Adansonia, ser. 2, 20: 147–164.

    Google Scholar 

  • Moore, D. M., J. B. Harborne &C. A. Williams. 1970. Chemotaxonomy, variation and geographical distribution of the Empetraceae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 63: 277–293.

    Google Scholar 

  • Morat, P. &H. S. McKee. 1977. Quelques précisions sur leTrimenia neocaledonica Bak. f. et la famille des Triméniacées en Nouvelle-Calédonie. Adansonia, ser. 2, 17: 205–213.

    Google Scholar 

  • Morawetz, W. 1981a. Zur systematischen Stellung der GattungProckia: Karyologie und Epidermisskultur im Vergleich zuFlacourtia (Flacourtiaceae),Grewia (Tiliaceae) und verwandten Gattungen. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 139: 57–76.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981b. C-banding inLiriodendron tulipifera (Magnoliaceae): Some karyological and systematic implications. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 138: 209–216.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985. Beitrage zur Karyolgie und Systematik der GattungThottea (Aristolochiaceae). Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 107: 329–342.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986a. Systematics and karyoevolution in Magnoliidae:Tetrameranthus as compared with other Annonaceae genera of the same chromosome number. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 154: 147–173.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986b. Remarks on karyological differentiation patterns in tropical woody plants. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 152: 49–100.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988. Karyosystematics and evolution of Australian Annonaceae as compared with Eupomatiaceae, Himantandraceae, and Austrobaileyaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 159: 49–79.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — 1991. The karyology of some neotropical Styracaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 177: 111–115.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Morgan, D. R. &D. E. Soltis. 1993. Phylogenetic relationships among members of Saxifragaceaesensu lato based onrbcL sequence data. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80: 631–660.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —— &K. R. Robertson. 1994. Systematic and evolutionary implications ofrbcL sequence variation in Rosaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 81: 890–903.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Mori, S. A. & G. T. Prance. 1990. Lecythidaceae. Vol. 2. The zygomorphic-flowered New World genera (Couroupita, Corythrophora, Bertholletia, Couratari, Eschweilera, & Lecythis). Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 21. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

  • —,— &A. B. Bolten. 1978. Additional notes on the floral biology of neotropical Lecythidaceae. Brittonia 30: 113–130.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Morley, T. 1953. The genusMouriri (Melastomataceae): A sectional revision based on anatomy and morphology. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 26: 223–311.

    Google Scholar 

  • Mort, M. E., D. E. Soltis &P. A. Soltis. 1998. Molecular systematics of Crassulaceae based onmaiK sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 145–146 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Morton, C. M. 1995. A new genus and species of Dipterocarpaceae from the Neotropics, II. Stem anatomy. Brittonia 47: 237–247.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &W. C. Dickison. 1992. Comparative pollen morphology of the Styracaceae. Grana 31: 1–15.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,M. W. Chase &J. Kallunki. 1996a. Evaluation of the six subfamilies of Rutaceae using evidence fromrbcL sequence variation. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 180–181 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——,K. A. Kron &S. M. Swensen. 1996b. A molecular evaluation of the monophyly of the order Ebenales based uponrbcL sequence data. Syst. Bot. 21: 567–586.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,K. G. Karol &M. W. Chase. 1997a. Taxonomic affinities ofPhysena (Physenaceae) andAsteropeia (Theaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 218 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,S. A. Mori, G. T. Prance, K. G. Karol &M. W. Chase. 1997b. Phylogenetic relationships of Lecythidaceae: A cladistic analysis usingrbcL sequence and morphological data. Amer. J. Bot. 84: 530–540.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,G.T. Prance, S. A. Mori &L. G. Thorburn. 1998. Recircumscription of the Lecythidaceae. Taxon 47: 817–827.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Moseley, M. F., Jr. 1948. Comparative anatomy and phylogeny of the Casuarinaceae. Bot. Gaz. 110: 231–280.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &R. M. Beeks. 1955. Studies of the Garryaceae, I. The comparative morphology and phylogeny. Phytomorphology 5: 314–346.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &N.W. Uhl. 1985. Morphological studies of the Nymphaeaceaesensu lato, XV. The anatomy of the flower ofNelumbo. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 106: 61–98.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,E. L. Schneider &P. S. Williamson. 1993. Phylogenetic interpretations from selected floral vasculature characters in the Nymphaeaceaesensu lato. Aquatic Bot. 44: 325–342.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Muenscher, W. C. 1940. Fruits and seedlings ofCeratophyllum. Amer. J. Bot. 27: 231–233.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Müller, J. 1969. A palynological study of the genusSonneratia (Sonneratiaceae). Pollen & Spores 11: 223–298.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972. Pollen morphological evidence for subdivision and affinities of Lecythidaceae. Blumea 20: 351–355.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975. Note on the pollen morphology of Crypteroniaceae s.l. Blumea 22: 275–294.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981. Fossil pollen records of extant angiosperms. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 47: 1–145.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984. Significance of fossil pollen for angiosperm history. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 419–443.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Munroe, E. 1953. The phylogeny of the Papilionideae. Proc. 7th Pacific Sci. Congr., Pacific Sci. Assoc. 7th. 4: 83–87.

    Google Scholar 

  • Murbeck, S. 1916. Über die Organisation, Biologie, und verwandtschaftlichen Beziehungen der Neuradoideen. Lunds Universitets Årsskrift, II, 12(6). Gleerup, Lund, Sweden.

    Google Scholar 

  • Murrell, Z. E. 1993. Phylogenetic relationships inCornus (Cornaceae). Syst. Bot. 18: 469–495.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Musselman, L. J. &W. C. Dickison. 1975. The structure and development of the haustorium in parasitic Scrophulariaceae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 70: 183–212.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &J. H. Visser. 1989. Taxonomy and natural history ofHydnora (Hydnoraceae). Aliso 12: 317–326.

    Google Scholar 

  • Nagendran, C. R. &M. S. Dinesh. 1989. The embryology of angiosperms: A classified bibliography (1965–1985). Indira Publ. House, Oak Park, MI.

    Google Scholar 

  • Nageshwar, G. &M. Radhakrishnaiah. 1993. Affinitiesof Basella L. Feddes Repert. 104: 241–244.

    Google Scholar 

  • Nair, N. C. &K. R. Narayanan. 1962. Studies on the Aristolochiaceae, I. Nodal and floral anatomy. Proc. Natl. Inst. Sci. India, Pt. B. Biol. Sci. 28: 211–227.

    Google Scholar 

  • Nandi, O.I. 1998a. Ovule and seed anatomy of Cistaceae and related Malvanae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 209: 239–264.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998b. Floral development and systematics of Cistaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 212: 107–134.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,M. W. Chase &P. K. Endress. 1998. A combined cladistic analysis of angiosperms usingrbcL and non-molecular data sets. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 85: 137–212.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Narang, N. 1953. The life-history ofStackhousia linariaefolia A. Cunn. with a discussion of its systematic position. Phytomorphology 3: 485–493.

    Google Scholar 

  • Narayana, L. L. 1966. A contribution to the floral anatomy of Oxalidaceae. J. Jap. Bot. 41: 321–328.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1970a. Oxalidaceae, Geraniaceae, Tropaeolaceae.In Symposium on comparative embryology of angiosperms. Bull. Indian Natl. Sci. Acad. 41: 114–122.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1970b. Balsaminaceae.In Symposium on comparative embryology of angiosperms. Bull. Indian Natl. Sci. Acad. 41: 158–162.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975. Contribution to the floral anatomy and embryology of Ochnaceae. J. Jap. Bot. 50: 329–336.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. R. Devi. 1995. Floral anatomy and systematic position of Vivianiaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 196: 123–129.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &D. Rao. 1978. Systematic position of Humiriaceae, Linaceae, and Erythroxylaceae in the light of their comparative floral morphology and embryology: A discussion. J. Indian Bot. Soc. 57: 258–266.

    Google Scholar 

  • Narayana, P. S. &L. L. Narayana. 1986. The embryology of Stegnospermataceae, with a discussion on its status, affinities and systematic position. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 154: 137–145.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1988. Systematic position ofGisekia L.: A numerical assessment. Feddes Repert. 99: 189–193.

    Google Scholar 

  • Nast, C. G. 1944. The comparative morphology of the Winteraceae, VI. Vascular anatomy of the flowering shoot. J. Arnold Arbor. 25: 454–466.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &I. W. Bailey. 1945. Morphology and relationships ofTrochodendron andTetracentron, II. Inflorescence, flower and fruit. J. Arnold Arbor. 26: 267–276.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1946. Morphology ofEuptelea and comparison withTrochodendron. J. Arnold Arbor. 27: 186–192.

    Google Scholar 

  • Natali, A., J.-F. Manen &F. Ehrendorfer. 1995. Phylogeny of the Rubiaceae-Rubioideae, in particular the tribe Rubieae: Evidence from a non-coding chloroplast DNA sequence. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 82: 428–439.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Nee, M. 1994. A new species ofTalauma (Magnoliaceae) from Bolivia. Brittonia 46: 265–269.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Neinhuis, C., Khidir, W. &T. Borsch. 2000. Systematics of Aristolochiaceae: Molecular evidence. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 146 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Netolizky, F. 1926. Anatomie der Angiospermen Samen. Borntraeger, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • Newsholme, C. 1992. Willows: The genusSalix. Timber Press, Portland, OR.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ng, F. S. P. 1991. The relationships of the Sapotaceae within the Ebenales. Pp. 1–13in T. D. Pennington, The genera of Sapotaceae. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, & New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

  • Ng, S. Y., W. R. Philipson &J. R. L. Walker. 1975. Hectorellaceae: A member of the Centrospermae. New Zealand J. Bot. 13: 567–570.

    Google Scholar 

  • Nicely, K. A. 1965. A monographic study of the Calycanthaceae. Castanea 30: 38–81.

    Google Scholar 

  • Nicholls, K. W., B. A. Böhm &R. Ornduff. 1985. Flavonoids and affinities of the Cephalotaceae. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 13: 261–263.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Nickol, M. G. 1995. Phylogeny and inflorescences of Berberidaceae: A morphological survey.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 327–340. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996. Inflorescence morphology of the Lardizabalaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 182 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Nickrent, D. L. 1996. Phylogenetic relationships of parasitic Santalales and Rafflesiales inferred from 18S rRNA sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 605 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. E. Soltis. 1995. A comparison of angiosperm phytogenies from nuclear 18SrDNA andrbcL sequences. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 82: 208–234.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Nilsson, S. &J. Praglowski (eds.). 1992. Erdtman’s handbook of palynology. Ed. 2. Munksgaard, Copenhagen.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &A. Robyns. 1986. Bombacaceae. World Pollen and Spore Flora 14: 1–59.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,M. E. Endress &E. Grafstrom. 1993. On the relationship of the Apocynaceae and Periplocaceae. Grana Suppl. 2: 3–20.

    Google Scholar 

  • Nishida, H. 1985. A structurally preserved magnolialean fructification from the mid-Cretaceous of Japan. Nature 318: 58–59.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Nixon, K. C. 1989. Origins of Fagaceae. Pp. 2: 23–43in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &W. L. Crepet. 1989.Trigonobalanus (Fagaceae): Taxonomic status and phylogenetic relationships. Amer. J. Bot. 76: 828–841.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993a. A sympetalous caryophylloid flower from the Late Cretaceous of New Jersey. Amer. J. Bot. 80(6): 92 (abstract).

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993b. Late Cretaceous fossil flowers of ericalean affinity. Amer. J. Bot. 80: 616–623.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1994. A fossil flower of possible fagalean affinity from the Late Cretaceous of New Jersey. Amer. J. Bot. 81(6): 176–177 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Nooteboom, H. P. 1962. Simaroubaceae. Fl. Males, 1, 6: 193–226.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1967. The taxonomic position of Irvingioideae.Allantospermum Forman andCyrillopsis Kuhlm. Adansonia, ser. 2, 7: 161–168.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975. Revision of the Symplocaceae of the Old World (New Caledonia excepted). Leiden Univ. Press, The Hague, Netherlands.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986. Magnoliaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 561–605.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Magnoliaceae. Pp. 391–401in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Nordenstam, B. 1977. Senecioneae and Liabeae: Systematic review. Pp. 799–830in V. H. Heywood, J. B. Harbome & B. L. Turner (eds.), The biology and chemistry of the Compositae. Academic Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978. Taxonomic studies in the tribe Senecioneae (Compositae). Opera Bot. 44: 1–84.

    Google Scholar 

  • Norman, E. M. 1987. External seed morphology of Buddlejaceae. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-161-4.

  • —. 1994. A re-examination ofSanango racemosum, 1. Morphology and distribution. Taxon 43: 591–600.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Noshiro, S. &P. Baas. 1998. Systematic wood anatomy of Cornaceae and allies. IAWA J. 19: 43–97.

    Google Scholar 

  • Nowicke, J. W. 1966. Pollen morphology and classification of the Pyrolaceae and Monotropaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 53: 213–219.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1968. Palynotaxonomic study of the Phytolaccaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 55: 294–364.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984. A palynological study of the Pandaceae. Pollen & Spores 26: 31–42.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994a. Pollen morphology and ultrastructure. Pp. 167–221in H.-D. Behnke & T. J. Mabry (eds.), Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994b. A palynological study of Crotonoideae (Euphorbiaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81: 245–269.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996. Pollen morphology, exine structure and the relationships of Basellaceae and Didiereaceae to Portulacaceae. Syst. Bot. 21: 187–208.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • -& J. S. Miller. 1987. Pollen morphology of Cordioideae:Auxemma, Cordia, andPatagonula. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-36a-3.

  • ——. 1989. Pollen morphology and the relationships of Hoplestigmataceae. Taxon 38: 12–16.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &J. J. Skvarla. 1977. Pollen morphology and the relationship of the Plumbaginaceae, Polygonaceae, and Primulaceae to the order Centrospermae. Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 37: 1–64.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979. Pollen morphology. The potential influence in higher order systematics. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 66: 633–700.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981. Pollen morphology and relationships of the Berberidaceae. Smithsonian Contr. Bot. 50: 1–83.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1982. Pollen morphology and the relationships ofCircaeaster, ofKingdonia, andSargentodoxa to the Ranunculales. Amer. J. Bot. 69: 990–998.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983a. A palynological study of the genusHelleborus (Ranunculaceae). Grana 22: 129–140.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983b. Pollen morphology and the relationships of the Corynocarpaceae. Taxon 32: 176–183.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984. Pollen morphology and the relationships ofSimmondsia chinensis to the order Euphorbiales. Amer. J. Bot. 71: 210–215.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,V. Patel &J. J. Skvarla. 1985. Pollen morphology and the relationships ofAetoxylon, Amyxa, andGonostylus to the Thymelaeaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 72: 1106–1113.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,J. L. Bitter &J. Skvarla. 1986.Paeonia, exine substructure and plasma ashing. Pp. 81–95in S. Blackmore & I. K. Ferguson (eds.), Pollen and spores: Form and function. Linn. Soc., London.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,M. Takahashi &G. L. Webster. 1998. Pollen morphology, exine structure and systematics of Acalyphoideae (Euphorbiaceae), Part 1. Tribes Clutieae (Clutea), Pogonophoreae (Pogonophora), Chaetocarpeae (Chaetocarpus, Trigonopleura), Pereae (Pera), Cheiloseae (Cheilosa, Neoscortechinia), Erismantheaepro parte (Erismanthus, Moultonianthus), Dicoelieae (Dicoelia), Galearieae (Galaearia, Microdesmis, Panda) and Ampereae (Amperea, Monotaxis). Rev. Paleobot. Palynol. 102: 115–152.

    Google Scholar 

  • Nyananyo, B. L. 1988. The systematic significance of seed morphology and anatomy in the Portulacaceae (Centrospermae). Folia Geobot. Phytotax. (Praha) 23: 275–279.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990. Tribal and generic relationships in the Portulacaceae (Centrospermae). Feddes Repert. 101: 237–241.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ogata, K. 1988. Wood anatomy of the Caprifoliaceae of Japan. IAWA Bull., n.s., 9: 299–316.

    Google Scholar 

  • Okada, H. 1986. Karyomorphology and relationships in some genera of Saururaceae and Piperaceae. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 99: 289–299.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995. Karyological studies of four genera of the Chloranthaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 195: 177–185.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &M. Tamura. 1979. Karyomorphology and relationship on the Ranunculaceae. J. Jap. Bot. 54: 65–77.

    Google Scholar 

  • Okuda, T. 1987. Tannins in relation to angiosperm classification and evolution. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-43-3.

  • Oliver, D. 1889.Toricellia angulata Oliv. Hooker’s Icon. Pl. 19: t. 1893.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1890.Eucommia ulmoides Oliv. Hooker’s Icon. Pl. 20: t. 1950.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1894.Rhynchocalyx lawsonioides Oliv. Hooker’s Icon. Pl. 24: t. 2348.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1895a.Lissocarpa benthami Gürke. Hooker’s Icon. Pl. 25: t. 2413.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1895b.Peridiscus lucidus Benth. Hooker’s Icon. Pl. 25: t. 2441.

    Google Scholar 

  • Oliver, E. G. H. 1989. The Ericoideae and the southern African heathers. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 101: 319–327.

    Google Scholar 

  • Olmstead, R. G. &J. D. Palmer. 1992. A chloroplast DNA phylogeny of the Solanaceae: Subfamilial relationships and character evolution. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 346–360.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,C. W. dePamphilis, A. D. Wolfe, N. D. Young &P. A. Reeves. 1998. Disintegration of the Scrophulariaceae: From the ashes. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 148–149 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1997. Implications for the phylogeny, classification, and biogeography ofSolarium fromcpDNA restriction site variation. Syst. Bot. 22: 19–29.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,H. J. Michaels, K. M. Scott &J. D. Palmer. 1992. Monophyly of the Asteridae and identification of its major lineages inferred fromrbcL sequences. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 249–265.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,B. Bremer, K. M. Scott &J. D. Palmer. 1993. A parsimony analysis of the Asteridaesensu lato based onrbcL sequences. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80: 700–722.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &P. A. Reeves. 1995. Evidence for the polyphyly of the Scrophulariaceae based on chloroplastrbcL andndhF sequences. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 82: 176–193.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Oltmann, O. 1968. Die Pollenmorphologie der Erythroxylaceae und ihre systematische Bedeutung. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 81: 505–511.

    Google Scholar 

  • Orchard, A.E. 1972. Taxonomic revisions in the family Haloragaceae R. Br. Thesis, Univ. Adelaide, Australia.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975. Taxonomic revisions in the family Haloragaceae, I. The generaHaloragis, Haloragodendron, Glischrocaryon, Meziella andGonocarpus, Bull. Auckland Inst. & Mus. 10: 1–299.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ornduff, R. 1988. Distyly and monomorphism inVillarsia (Menyanthaceae): Some evolutionary considerations. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 75: 761–767.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &T. J. Crovello. 1968. Numerical taxonomy of Limnanthaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 55: 173–182.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Orr, M. Y. 1921. Observations on the structure of the seed in the Capparidaceae and Resedaceae. Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 12: 259–260.

    Google Scholar 

  • Osborn, J. M., T. N. Taylor &E. L. Schneider. 1991. Pollen morphology and ultrastructure of the Cabombaceae: Correlations with pollination biology. Amer. J. Bot. 78: 1367–1378.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ourisson, G. 1974. Some aspects of the distribution of diterpenes in plants. Pp. 129–134in B. Bendz & J. Santesson (eds.), Chemistry in botanical classification. Nobel Found., Stockholm.

    Google Scholar 

  • Outer, R. W. den &P. R. Schütz. 1981. Wood anatomy of some Sarcolaenaceae and Rhopalocarpaceae and their systematic position. Meded. Landbouwhoogeschool Wageningen 81 (8): 1–25.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &A. P. Vooren. 1980. Bark anatomy of some Sarcolaenaceae and Rhopalocarpaceae and their systematic position. Meded. Landbouwhoogeschool Wageningen 80 (6): 1–15.

    Google Scholar 

  • Oxelman, B. &M. Liden. 1995. The position ofCircaeaster-evidence from nuclear ribosomal DNA.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 189–193. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,M. Backlund &B. Bremer. 1999. Relationships of the Buddlejaceaes.l. investigated using parsimony jackknife and branch support analysis of chloroplastndhF andrbcL sequence data. Syst. Bot. 24: 164–182.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Palmer, J. D., R. K. Jansen, H. J. Michaels, M. W. Chase &J. R. Manhart. 1988. Chloroplast DNA variation and plant phylogeny. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 75: 1180–1206.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Palser, B. F. 1961. Some aspects of embryology in the Ericales. Pp. 685–689in Recent advances in botany. Univ. Toronto Press, Toronto.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1963. Studies of floral morphology in the Ericales, VI. The Diapensiaceae. Bot. Gaz. 124: 200–210.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976. The bases of angiosperm phylogeny: Embryology. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 621–646.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Pan, K.-Y., A.-M. Lu &J. Wen. 1990. Characters of leaf epidermis in Hamamelidaceae (s.l.). Acta Phytotax. Sin. 28: 10–26 (in Chinese; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,——. 1991a. A systematic study on the genusDisanthus Maxim. (Hamamelidaceae). Cathaya 3: 1–28.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,——. 1991b. Chromosome number and development of gametophytes inEuptelea pleiospermum (Eupteleaceae). Acta Phytotax. Sin. 29: 439–444.

    Google Scholar 

  • Parameswaran, N. 1962. Floral morphology and embryology in some taxa of the Canellaceae. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. 55B: 167–182.

    Google Scholar 

  • Parkin, J. 1951. The unisexual flower: A criticism. Phytomorphology 2: 75–79.

    Google Scholar 

  • Patel, J. D. 1980. A new morphological classification of stomatal complexes. Phytomorphology 29: 218–229.

    Google Scholar 

  • Patel, R. C., G. George &J. A. Inamdar. 1981a. Structure and development of stomata in some Buddlejaceae. Feddes Repert. 92: 527–534.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. A. Inamdar &N. V. Rao. 1981b. Structure and ontogeny of stomata in some Gentianaceae and Menyanthaceae complex. Feddes Repert. 92: 535–550.

    Google Scholar 

  • Patel, V. C. &J. J. Skvarla. 1979. Valerianaceae pollen morphology. Pollen & Spores 21: 81–104.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,— &P. H. Raven. 1983. Half pseudocolpi, a unique feature ofOlinia (Oliniaceae) pollen. Amer. J. Bot. 70: 469–473.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,——. 1985. Pollen characters in relation to the delimitation of Myrtales. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 858–969.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Paterson, B. R. 1961. Studies of floral morphology in the Epacridaceae. Bot. Gaz. 122: 259–279.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Patterson, G. W. &S. Xu. 1990. Sterol composition in five families of the order Caryophyllales. Phytochemistry 29: 3539–3541.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Pax, F. 1917. Systematische Stellung der GattungAextoxicon. Jahresber. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 94: 17–21.

    Google Scholar 

  • Payne, W. W. 1979. Stomatal patterns in embryophytes: Their evolution, ontogeny and interpretation. Taxon 28: 117–132.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Peng, C.-I., H. Tobe &N. M. Takahashi. 1995. Reproductive morphology and relationships ofTriplostegia (Dipsacales). Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 116: 505–516.

    Google Scholar 

  • Pennington, T. D. 1990. Sapotaceae. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 52. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

  • —. 1991. The genera of Sapotaceae. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew; New York Botanical Garden, Bronx.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &B. T. Styles. 1975. A generic monograph of the Meliaceae. Blumea 22: 419–540.

    Google Scholar 

  • Perez-Hernandez, B. R., R. A. Rodriguez-de la Rosa &S. R. S. Cevallos-Ferriz. 1997. Permineralized infructescence from the Cerro del Pueblo formation (Campanian), near Saltillo, Coahuila, Mexico: Phytolaccaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 139 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Periasamy, K. 1962. The ruminate endosperm: Development and types of rumination. Pp. 62–74in Plant embryology, a symposium. CSIR, New Delhi, India.

    Google Scholar 

  • Pesacreta, T. C. &T. F. Stuessy. 1996. Autofluorescent walls of connective bases in anthers of Barnadesioideae (Asteraceae), and systematic implication. Taxon 45: 473–485.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,V. I. Sullivan &M. DeVore. 1994. The connective base and filament ofAcicarpha tribuloides (Calyceraceae). Amer. J. Bot. 81: 753–759.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Petersen, F. P. &D. E. Fairbrothers. 1979.Amphipterygium: An amentiferous member of the Anacardiaceae. Phytochem. Bull. 12: 28–29 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1980. Serological investigation of selected amentiferous taxa. Syst. Bot. 4: 230–241.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1985. A serotaxonomic appraisal of the “Amentiferae.” Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 112: 43–52.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Petit, D. P. 1997. Generic interrelationships of the Cardueae (Compositae): A cladistic analysis of morphological data. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 207: 173–203.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Petseon, B. 1970. Coriariaceae: Taxonomy and relationships. World Pollen Flora 1: 23–24.

    Google Scholar 

  • Pfeiffer, H. 1951.Lophopyxis als Typus einer eigenen Familie. Revista Sudamer. Bot. 10: 3–6.

    Google Scholar 

  • Philbrick, C. T. &D. H. Les. 1995. Systematics of North American and EuropeanCallitriche (Callitrichaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 156 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &A. Novelo R. 1995. New World Podostemaceae: Ecological and evolutionary enigmas. Brittonia 47: 210–222.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Philipson, W. R. 1967.Griselinia Forst, fil.: Anomaly or link. New Zealand J. Bot. 5: 134–165.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977. Ovular morphology and the classification of dicotyledons. Pl. Syst. Evol, Suppl. 1: 123–140.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979. Araliaceae—I. Fl. Males. 9: 1–105.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986a. Monimiaceae. Fl. Males., I, 10: 255–326.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986b. Trimeniaceae. Fl. Males., 1, 10: 327–333.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987a.Corynocarpus J. R. & G. Forst.: An isolated genus. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 95: 9–18.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987b. A classification of the Monimiaceae. Nord. J. Bot. 7: 25–29.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988. A classification of the Monimiaceae—An additional note. Nord. J. Bot. 8: 24.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993a. Amborellaceae. Pp. 92–93in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. Hectorellaceae. Pp. 331–334in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993c. Monimiaceae. Pp. 426–437in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993d. Trimeniaceae. Pp. 596–599in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &M. N. Philipson. 1973. A comparison of the embryology ofForstera L. andDonatia J. R. et G. Forst. New Zealand J. Bot. 11: 449–460.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1988. A classification of the genusNothofagus (Fagaceae). J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 98: 27–36.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,B. C. Stone, B. G. Butterfield, C. C. Tseng, S. R. Jensen, B. J. Nielsen, E. C. Bate-Smith &D. E. Fairbrothers. 1980. The systematic position ofAralidium Miq.: A multidisciplinary study. Taxon 29: 391–416.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Phillipson, J. D., M. F. Roberts &M. H. Zenk (eds.). 1985. The chemistry and biology of isoquinoline alkaloids. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • Phipps, J. B., K. R. Robertson, P. G. Smith &J. R. Rohrer. 1990. A checklist of the subfamily Maloideae (Rosaceae). Canad. J. Bot. 68: 2209–2269.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,—,J. R. Rohrer &P. G. Smith. 1991. Origins and evolution of subfam. Maloideae (Rosaceae). Syst. Bot. 16: 303–332.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Piechura, J. E. &D. E. Fairbrothers. 1983. Serological investigation of the Oleaceae and putative relatives. Bot. Soc. Amer. Misc. Ser., Publ. 157: 65.

    Google Scholar 

  • Piesschaert, F., E. Robbrecht &E. Smets. 1997.Dialypetalanthus fuscescens Kuhlm. (Dialypetalanthaceae): The problematic taxonomic position of an Amazonian endemic. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 84: 201–223.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Pillans, N. S. 1947. A revision of Bruniaceae. J. S. African Bot. 13: 121–206.

    Google Scholar 

  • Pimenov, M. G. &M. V. Leonov. 1993. The genera of the Umbelliferae. A nomenclator. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew & Bot. Gard., Moscow Univ., Moscow.

    Google Scholar 

  • Plotkin, M. S. &M. J. Sanderson. 1997. Molecular phylogenetic analysis and biogeography of Limnanthaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 222–223 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Plunkett, G. M. 1998. Endemic araliad genera from New Caledonia and their implications for phylogeny and taxonomy in Araliales (Apiaceae and Araliaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 85: 151 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &S. R. Downie. 1999. Major lineages within Apiaceae subfamily Apioideae: A comparison of chloroplast restriction site and DNA sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 86: 1014–1026.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • -& P. P. Lowry II. 2000. Relationships among “ancient araliads” and their significance for the systematics of Apiales. Molec. Phylogenet. & Evol. (in press).

  • —,D. E. Soltis &P. S. Soltis. 1996a. Higher level relationships of Apiales (Apiaceae and Araliaceae) based on phylogenetic analysis ofrbcL sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 83(4): 499–515.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,——. 1996b. Evolutionary patterns in Apiaceae: Inferences based onmatK sequence data. Syst. Bot. 21: 477–495.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,——. 1997. Clarification of the relationship between Apiaceae and Araliaceae based onmatK andrbcL sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 84: 565–580.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Poinar, G. O., Jr. 1991.Hymenaea protera sp. n. (Leguminosae, Caesalpinioideae) from Dominican amber has African affinities. Experimentia, 47. Birkhäuser, Basel, Switzerland.

  • Polechko, M. A. &R. B. Clarkson. 1986. A serological study of the Juglandaceae. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 14: 33–39.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Polhill, R. M. & P. H. Raven (eds.). 1981. Advances in legume systematics: Proceedings of the International Legume Conference, Kew, 24–29 July 1978. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

  • Pontiroli, A. 1963. Flora Argentina: Calyceraceae. Revista Mus. La Plata, Secc. Bot., n.s., 9: 175–241.

    Google Scholar 

  • Popov, M. &G. L. Stebbins. 1958. Comments on the origin and phylogeny of the angiosperms. Evolution 12: 266–270.

    Google Scholar 

  • Poppendieck, H.-H. 1980. A monograph of the Cochlospermaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 101: 191–265.

    Google Scholar 

  • Porter, D. M. 1972. The genera of Zygophyllaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 53: 531–552.

    Google Scholar 

  • Porter, J. M. 1997. Phytogeny of Polemoniaceae based on nuclear ribosomal internal transcribed spacer DNA sequences. Aliso 15: 57–77.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &L. A. Johnson. 1998. Phylogenetic relationships of Polemoniaceae: Inferences from mitochondrial NAD1B intron sequences. Aliso 17: 157–188.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 2000. A phylogenetic classification of Polemoniaceae. Aliso 19: 55–91.

    Google Scholar 

  • Poser, G. L. von, M. E. Toffoli, M. Sobral &A. T. Henriques. 1997. Iridoid glucosides substitution patterns in Verbenaceae and their taxonomic implication. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 205: 265–287.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Poston, M. &J. W. Nowicke. 1990. Pollen ultrastructure and systematics of Loasaceae. Amer. J. Bot. (Suppl.) 77(6): 151 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993. Pollen morphology, trichome type, and relationships of the Gronovioideae (Loasaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 80: 689–704.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Potgieter, K. &V. S. Albert. 1998. Non-floral morphological correlates of the Apocynaceaes.S.- Periplocaceae-Asclepiadaceae transition (i.e., dispersal traits) mapped into atrnL-F derived consensus tree. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 152 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. Rova, E. Wallander, V. A. Albert &L. Struwe. 2000. Large moleculartrnL intron phytogeny of the Gentianales. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 150 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Powell, J. M., D. M. Crayn, P. A. Gadek, C. J. Quinn, D. A. Morrison &A. R. Chapman. 1996. A reassessment of relationships within Epacridaceae. Ann. Bot. 77: 305–315.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Praglowski, J. 1970a. Coriariaceae. World Pollen Flora 1: 17–31.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1970b. The pollen morphology of the Haloragaceae with reference to taxonomy. Grana 10: 159–239.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975. The pollen morphology of the Trochodendraceae, Tetracentraceae, Cercidiphyllaceae and Eupteleaceae with reference to taxonomy. Pollen & Spores 16: 449–467.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987. Pollen morphology of Tribulaceae. Grana 26: 193–211.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &E. Grafstrom. 1985. The genusCarpodetus (Escalloniaceae): A pollen morphological enigma. Grana 24: 11–21.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. Gyllander. 1973. Globulariaceae. World Pollen Flora 4: 3–21.

    Google Scholar 

  • Prakash, N. 1967. Life history ofTetragonia tetragonioides (Pal.) O. Kuntze. Austral. J. Bot. 15: 413–424.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &Y. Y. Lau. 1976. Morphology ofPloiarium alternifolium and the taxonomic position ofPloiarium. Bot. Not. 129: 279–285.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,D. B. Foreman &S. J. Griffith. 1984. Gametogenesis inGalbulimima belgraveana (Himantandraceae). Austral. J. Bot. 32: 605–612.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Prance, G. T. 1968. The systematic position ofRhabdodendron Gilg & Pilg. Bull. Jard. Bot. État 38: 127–148.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972a. Chrysobalanaceae. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 9. Hafner, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972b. Dichapetalaceae. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 10. Hafner, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989. Chrysobalanaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 635–678.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &S. A. Mori. 1978. Observations on the fruits and seeds of neotropical Lecythidaceae. Brittonia 30: 21–33.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • -&-. 1979. Lecythidaceae. Vol. 2. The actinomorphic-flowered New World Lecythidaceae (Asteranthos, Gustavia, Grias, Allantoma, & Cariniana). Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 21. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

  • ——. 1983. Dispersal and distribution of Lecythidaceae and Chrysobalanaceae. Sonderb. Naturwiss. Vereins Hamburg 7: 163–186.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &M. F. da Silva. 1973. Caryocaraceae. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 12. Hafner, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &F. White. 1988. The genera of Chrysobalanaceae: A study in practical and theoretical taxonomy and its relevance to evolutionary biology. Philos. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, B, 320: 1–184.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Prather, L. A. &R. K. Jansen. 1998. Phytogeny ofCobaea (Polemoniaceae) based on sequence data from the ITS region of nuclear ribosomal DNA. Syst. Bot. 23: 57–72.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,C. J. Ferguson &R. K. Jansen. 1996. Phylogenetic analysis of the Polemoniaceae based onndhF sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 187 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Price, J. R. 1963. The distribution of alkaloids in the Rutaceae. Pp. 429–452in T. Swain (ed.), Chemical plant taxonomy. Academic Press, London, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Price, R. A. &J. D. Palmer. 1993. Phylogenetic relationships of the Geraniaceae and Geraniales fromrbcL sequence comparisons. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80: 661–671.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Prijanto, B. 1970a. Gyrostemonaceae. Pp. 3: 1–11in G. Erdtman (ed.), World Pollen Flora. Hafner Pub., New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1970b. Batidaceae. Pp. 3: 1–11in G. Erdtman (ed.), World Pollen Flora. Hafner Pub., New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Prince, L. M. &C. R. Parks. 1998. An evaluation of tribal and generic classification of Theoideae (Theaceae) based on DNA sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 152–153 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Puff, C. &A. Weber. 1976. Contributions to the morphology, anatomy, and karyology ofRhabdodendron, and a reconsideration of the systematic position of the Rhabdodendraceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 125: 195–222.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Punt, W. 1975. Pollen morphology of the Dichapetalaceae with special reference to evolutionary trends and mutual relationships of pollen types. Rev. Paleobot. Palynol. 19: 1–97.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976. Evolutionary trends in the pollen grains of Dichapetalaceae. Pp. 139–146in I. K. Ferguson & J. Müller (eds.), The evolutionary significance of the exine. Linn. Soc. London Sym. Ser., 1. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987. A survey of pollen morphology in Euphorbiaceae with special reference toPhyllanthus. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 94: 127–142.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &E. Eetnerink. 1982. On the pollen morphology of some genera of the tribe Moreae (Moraceae). Grana 21: 15–19.

    Google Scholar 

  • Pyck, N., P. Roels &E. Smets. 1999. Tribal relationships in Caprifoliaceae: Evidence from a cladistic analysis usingndhF sequences. Syst. Geogr. Pl. 69: 145–159.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Qin, H. N. 1989. An investigation on carpels of Lardizabalaceae in relation to taxonomy and phylogeny. Cathaya 1: 61–82.

    Google Scholar 

  • Qiu, Y.-L., M. W. Chase, D. H. Les &C. R. Parks. 1993. Molecular phylogenetics of the Magnoliidae: Cladistic analyses of nucleotide sequences of the plastid generbcL. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80: 587–606.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,—,S. B. Hoot, E. Conti, P. R. Crane, K. J. Sytsma &C. R. Parks. 1998. Phylogenetics of the Hamamelidae and their allies: Parsimony analyses of nucleotide sequences of the plastid generbcL. Int. J. Pl. Sci. 159: 891–905.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,J. Lee, F. Bernasconi-Quadroni, D. E. Soltis, P. S. Soltis, M. Zanis, E. A. Zimmer, Z. Chen, V. Savolainen &M. W. Chase. 1999. The earliest angiosperms: Evidence from mitochondrial, plastid and nuclear genomes. Nature 402: 404–407.

    Article  PubMed  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Quibell, C. H. 1941. Floral anatomy and morphology ofAnemopsis californica. Bot. Gaz. 102: 749–758.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Rabeler, R. K. &V. Bittrich. 1993. Suprageneric nomenclature in the Caryophyllaceae. Taxon 42: 857–863.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Raffauf, R. F. 1996. Plant alkaloids: A guide to their discovery and distribution. Haworth Press, Binghamton, NY.

    Google Scholar 

  • Raj, B. 1983. A contribution to the pollen morphology of Stilbaceae Kunth. Pollen & Spores 25: 395–408.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984. A contribution to the pollen morphology of Symphoremaceae. Pollen & Spores 26: 363–384.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985. A contribution to the pollen morphology of Nesogenaceae and Cyclocheilaceae. Pollen & Spores 27: 295–306.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987. Pollen morphology of three monotypic genera of Verbenaceae. Pollen & Spores 29: 353–358.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &G. El-Ghazaly. 1987. Morphology and taxonomic application of orbicules (Ubisch bodies) in Chloanthaceae. Pollen & Spores 29: 151–166.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &E. Grafstrom. 1984. A contribution to the pollen morphology of Chloanthaceae. Grana 23: 139–156.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Rajagopal, T. &N. Ramayya. 1977. The taxonomic value of guard cells seen in surface view. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 74: 57–61.

    Google Scholar 

  • Raju, M. V. S. 1961. Morphology and anatomy of the Saururaceae, I. Floral anatomy and embryology. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 48: 107–124.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Rakouth, B.-R. 1989. Wood anatomy of Malagasy and African Montiniaceae. IAWA Bull., n.s., 10: 345 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Ram, M. 1956. Floral morphology and embryology ofTrapa bispinosa Roxb. with a discussion on the systematic position of the genus. Phytomorphology 6: 312–323.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ramirez, J. J. &M. M. Gordillo. 1997. Una especie nueva del géneroPterostemon (Grossulariaceae) del Estado de Guerrero, México. Acta Bot. Mex. 41: 21–25.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ramp, E. 1987. Funktionelle Anatomie des Gynoeciums beiStaphylea. Bot. Helvet. 97: 89–98.

    Google Scholar 

  • -. 1988. Struktur, Funktion und Systematische Bedeutung des Gynoeciums bei den Rutaceae und Simaroubaceae. Inaugural-diss., Univ. of Zurich.

  • Randrianasolo, A. &J. S. Miller. 1999. Taxonomic revision of the genusSarcolaena (Sarcolaenaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 86: 702–722.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Rao, R. V. &R. Dahlgren. 1969. The floral anatomy and relationships of Oliniaceae. Bot. Not. 122: 160–171.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,B. Sharma, L. Chauhan &R. Dayal. 1987. Reinvestigations of the wood anatomy ofDuabanga andSonneratia with particular reference to their systematic position. IAWA Bull., n.s., 8(4): 337–345.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rapson, L. J. 1953. Vegetative anatomy ofDonatia, Phyllachne, Forstera, andOreostylidium and its taxonomic significance. Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. New Zealand 80: 399–402.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rauh, W. 1965. Weitere Untersuchungen an Didiereaceen, II. Teil: Inflorescenz, blütenmorphologische und embryologische Untersuchungen mit Ausblick auf die systematische Stellung der Didiereaceen. Sitzungsber. Heidelberger Akad. Wiss. Jahresh. 1965: 221–443.

    Google Scholar 

  • Raven, P. H. 1976. The bases of angiosperm phylogeny: Cytology. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 724–764.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &D. I. Axelrod. 1974. Angiosperm biogeography and past continental movements. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 61: 539–673.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &D.W. Kyhos. 1965. New evidence concerning the original basic chromosome number of angiosperms. Evolution 19: 244–248.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,— &M. S. Cave. 1971. Chromosome numbers and relationships in Annoniflorae. Taxon 20: 479–483.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ravn, R. L. 1987.Montiapollis n. gen., possibly Portulacaceae pollen from Cenomanian of Iowa. Grana 26: 243–247.

    Google Scholar 

  • Record, S. J. 1938. The American woods of the orders Celastrales, Olacales, and Santalales. Trop. Woods 53: 11–38.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. W. Hess. 1943. Timbers of the New World. Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, CT.

    Google Scholar 

  • Reed, C. F. 1955. The comparative morphology of the Olacaceae, Opiliaceae, and Octoknemaceae. Mem. Soc. Brot. 10: 29–79.

    Google Scholar 

  • Reiche, K. 1896. Zur Kenntnis vonGomortega nitida R. et Pav. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 14: 225–233.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rendle, A. B. 1916. Barbeyaceae: Prain. Fl. Trop. Africa 6(2): 14–15.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1956 [1925]. The classification of flowering plants. Vol. 2. Dicotyledons. Cambridge Univ. Press, Cambridge, England.

    Google Scholar 

  • Renner, S. S. 1993. Phylogeny and classification of the Melastomataceae and Memecylaceae. Nord. J. Bot. 13: 519–540.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998a. Phylogenetic affinities of Monimiaceae based oncpDNA gene and spacer sequences. Pl. Ecol. Evol. & Syst. 1: 61–77.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998b. A molecular phylogeny of Laurales based onrbcL, trnL-trnF, andrpl 16 plastid DNA sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 154 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. B. Foreman. 1998. Molecular phylogenetics and biogeography of Atherospermataceae—Two Chile—Australia / New Zealand disjunctions. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 154 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. E. Ricklefs. 1995. Dioecy and its correlates in the flowering plants. Amer. J. Bot. 82: 596–606.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,A. E. Schwarzbach &L. Lohmann. 1997. Phylogenetic position and floral function ofSiparuna (Siparunaceae: Laurales). Int. J. Pl. Sci. 158(6 Suppl.): 89–98.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Retallack, G. &D. L. Dilcher. 1981. A coastal hypothesis for the dispersal and rise to dominance of flowering plants. Pp. 2: 27–77in K. J. Niklas (ed.), Paleobotany, paleoecology, and evolution. Praeger, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rettig, J. H., H. D. Wilson &J. R. Manhart. 1990. Systematics of the Caryophyllidae usingrbcL gene sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. (Suppl.) 77(6): 117–118 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1992. Phylogeny of the Caryophyllales: Gene sequence data. Taxon 41: 201–223.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Reveal, J. L. 1978. Distribution and phylogeny of Eriogonoideae (Polygonaceae). Great Basin Naturalist Mem. 2: 169–190.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992a. Validation of subclass and superordinal names in Magnoliophyta. Novon 2(3): 235–237.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992b. Validation of ordinal names of extant vascular plants. Novon 2(3): 238–240.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993a. Automatically typified superordinal and ordinal names for the flowering plants (Magnoliophyta) as recognized by Thorne (1992) and arranged following the principles of priority, autonymy, and the substitution of alternative names. Phytologia 74: 193–202.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. A splitter’s guide to the higher taxa of the flowering plants (Magnoliophyta) generally arranged to follow the sequence proposed by Thorne (1992) with certain modifications. Phytologia 74: 203–263.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993c. A list of validly published, automatically typified, ordinal names of vascular plants. Taxon 42: 825–844.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. New supraordinal names and recognition of five classes in Magnoliophyta. Phytologia 76: 1–7.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rezende, C. M. A. M., O. R. Gottlieb &M. C. Marx. 1975. Benzyltetrahydroisoquinoline-derived alkaloids as systematic markers. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 3: 63–70.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ricardi, S. M. 1967. Revisión taxonómica de las Malesherbiaceas. Gayana 16: 1–139.

    Google Scholar 

  • Richardson, F. C. 1969. Morphological studies of the Nymphaeaceae, IV. Structure and development of the flower ofBrasenia schreberi Gmel. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 47: 1–101.

    Google Scholar 

  • Richardson, J. E., M. F. Fay, Q. C. B. Cronk, D. Bowman &M. W. Chase. 1997. A molecular analysis of Rhamnaceae usingrbcL andtrnL. -F plastid DNA sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 226 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Richardson, M. 1978. Flavonols and C-glycosylflavonoids of the Caryophyllales. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 6: 283–286.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Richardson, P. E. 1970. Morphology of the Crossosomataceae, I. Leaf, stem and node. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 97: 34–39.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ridsdale, C. E. 1974. A revision of the family Leeaceae. Blumea 22: 57–100.

    Google Scholar 

  • Riedl, H. 1997. Boraginaceae. Fl. Males., 1, 13: 43–144.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rieseberg, L. H. &D. E. Soltis. 1991. Phylogenetic consequences of cytoplasmic gene flow in plants. Evol. Trends Pl. 5: 65–84.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,M. A. Hanson &C. T. Philbrick. 1992. Androdioecy is derived from dioecy in Datiscaceae: Evidence from restriction site mapping of PCR-amplified chloroplast DNA fragments. Syst. Bot. 17: 324–336.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Rijksherbarium. 1963–1993. Pacific Plant Areas. Vols. 1–5. National Institute of Science and Technology, Manila.

    Google Scholar 

  • Robbrecht, E. (ed.). 1993a. Advances in Rubiaceae macrosystematics. Opera Botanica Bélgica. Vol. 6. National Botanic Garden of Belgium, Meise.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. On the delimitation of the Rubiaceae. Pp. 19–30in E. Robbrecht (ed.), Advances in Rubiaceae macrosystematics. Opera Botanica Belgica. Vol. 6. National Botanic Garden of Belgium, Meise.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,C. Puff &E. Smets (eds.). 1996. Second International Rubiaceae Conference proceedings. Opera Botanica Belgica. Vol. 7. National Botanic Garden of Belgium, Meise.

    Google Scholar 

  • Robertson, A., R. Wise &F. White. 1989. 138.Medusagyne oppositifolia, Medusagynaceae. Kew Mag. 6: 166–171.

    Google Scholar 

  • Robertson, K. R. 1971. The Linaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 52: 649–665.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972. The Malpighiaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 53: 101–112.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1973. The Krameriaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 54: 322–327.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974. The genera of Rosaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 55: 303–332, 344–401,611–662.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. B. Phipps, J. R. Rohrer &P. G. Smith. 1991. A synopsis of genera in Maloideae (Rosaceae). Syst. Bot. 16: 376–394.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Robinson, H. 1977. An analysis of the characters and relationships of the tribes Eupatorieae and Vernonieae (Asteraceae). Syst. Bot. 2: 199–208.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992. Observations on the unique form of sweeping hairs on the styles of the Eremothamneae (Asteraceae). Taxon 41: 199–200.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. Notes on the tribes Eremothamneae, Gundelieae, and Moquinieae, with comparisons of their pollen. Taxon 43: 33–44.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Robson, N. K. B. 1981. Studies in the genusHypericum L. (Guttiferae), 2. Characters of the genus. Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bot. 8(2): 55–226.

    Google Scholar 

  • -& P. F. Stevens. 1987. Towards a phylogenetic understanding of the Bonnetiaceae-Clusiaceae-Hypericaceae. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-47b-5.

  • Rodenburg, W. F. 1971. A revision of the genusTrimenia (Trimeniaceae). Blumea 19: 3–15.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rodman, J. E. 1987. Phenetic and cladistic studies of plants producing glucosinolates and myrosinase. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-26-5.

  • — 1988. Cabbages, capers, and their distant relatives. Amer. J. Bot. 75(6): 202 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990. Centrospermae revisited, part I. Taxon 39: 383–393.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991. A taxonomic analysis of glucosinolate-producing plants. Respective parts published in Syst. Bot. as follows: 1. Phenetics, 16: 598–618; 2. Cladistics, 16: 619–629.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. Cladistic and phenetic studies. Pp. 279–301in H.-D. Behnke & T. J. Mabry (eds.), Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,M. K. Oliver, R. R. Nakamura, J. U. McClammer Jr. &A. H. Bledsoe. 1984. A taxonomic analysis and revised classification of Centrospermae. Syst. Bot. 9: 297–323.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,R. A. Price, K. E. Karol, E. Conti, K. J. Sytsma &J. D. Palmer. 1993. Nucleotide sequences of therbcL gene indicate monophyly of mustard oil plants. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 80: 686–699.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,K. E. Karol, R. A. Price &K. J. Sytsma. 1996. Molecules, morphology, and Dahlgren’s expanded order Capparales. Syst. Bot. 21: 289–307.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,P. S. Soltis, D. E. Soltis, K. J. Sytsma &K. G. Karol. 1998. Parallel evolution of glucosinolate biosynthesis inferred from congruent nuclear and plastid gene phylogenies. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 997–1006.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Rodriguez, R. L. 1957. Systematic anatomical studies onMyrrhidendron and other woody Umbellales. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 29: 145–318.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1971. The relationships of the Umbellales.In V. H. Heywood (ed.), The biology and chemistry of the Umbelliferae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot., Suppl. 1: 63–92. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • Roels, P., L. P. Ronse Decraene &E. F. Smets. 1997. A floral ontogenetic investigation of the Hydrangeaceae. Nord. J. Bot. 17: 235–254.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rogers, G. K. 1982. The Bataceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 63: 375–386.

    Google Scholar 

  • -Rogers, G. K.. 1984.Gleasonia, Henriquezia, andPlatycarpum (Rubiaceae). Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 39. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

  • — 1985. The genera of Phytolaccaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 66: 1–37.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rohrer, J. R., K. R. Robertson &J. E. Phipps. 1991. Variation in structure among fruits of Maloideae (Rosaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 78: 1617–1635.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1994. Floral morphology of Maloideae (Rosaceae) and its systematic relevance. Amer. J. Bot. 81: 574–581.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Rohweder, O. 1970. Centrospermen-Studien, 4. Morphologie und Anatomie der Blüten, Früchte und Samen bei Alsinoideen und Paronychioideens. lat. (Caryophyllaceae). Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 90: 201–271.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rohwer, J. G. 1993a. Lauraceae. Pp. 366–391in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993b. Moraceae. Pp. 438–453in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993c. Phytolaccaceae. Pp. 506–515in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993d. Stegnospermaceae. Pp. 592–594in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993e. A preliminary survey of the fruits and seeds of the Oleaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 115: 271–191.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. Fruits and seeds ofNyctanthes arbortristis L. (Oleaceae): A comparison with some Verbenaceae. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 115: 461–473.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996. Die Frücht- und Samenstrukturen der Oleaceae. Bibliogr. Bot. 148: 1–177.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 2000. Toward a phylogenetic classification of the Lauraceae: Evidence frommatK sequences. Syst. Bot. 25: 60–71.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Rollins, R. C. 1993. The Cruciferae of continental North America: Systematics of the mustard family from the Arctic to Panama. Stanford Univ. Press, Stanford, CA.

    Google Scholar 

  • Romero, E. J. 1986. Fossil evidence regarding the evolution ofNothofagus Blume. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 276–283.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &L. J. Hickey. 1976. A fossil leaf of Akaniaceae from Paleocene beds in Argentina. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 103: 126–131.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ronse Decraene, L. P. 1989. Floral development ofCochlospermum tinctorium andBixa orellana with special emphasis on the androecium. Amer. J. Bot. 76: 1344–1359.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &E. Smets. 1991a. The impact of receptacular growth on polyandry in the Myrtales. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 105: 257–269.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1991b. Morphological studies in Zygophyllaceae, I. The floral development and vascular anatomy ofNitraria retusa. Amer. J. Bot. 78: 1438–1448.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1991c. The floral ontogeny of some members of the Phytolaccaceae (subfamily Rivinoideae) with a discussion on the evolution of the androecium in the Rivinoideae. Dodonaea 59: 77–99.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1992a. Complex polyandry in the Magnoliatae: Definition, distribution and systematic value. Nord. J. Bot. 12: 621–649.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1992b. An updated interpretation of the androecium of the Fumariaceae. Canad. J. Bot. 70: 1765–1776.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993a. “Dédoublement revisited”: Towards a renewed interpretation of the androecium of the Magnoliophytina. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 113: 103–124.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993b. The distribution and systematic relevance of the androecial character polymery. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 113: 285–350.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1995. Evolution of the androecium in the Ranunculiflorae.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 63–70. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1996. The floral development ofNeurada procumbens L. (Neuradaceae). Acta Bot. Neerl. 45: 229–241.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1999. Similarities in floral ontogeny and anatomy between the generaFrancoa (Francoaceae) andGreyia (Greyiaceae). Int. J. Pl. Sci. 160(2): 377–393.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,J. De Laet &E. F. Smets. 1996. Morphological studies in Zygophyllaceae, II. The floral development and vascular anatomy ofPeganum harmala. Amer. J. Bot. 83: 201–215.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Roon, A. C. de. 1967. Foliar sclereids in the Marcgraviaceae. Acta Bot. Neerl. 15: 585–623.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rosatti, T. J. 1984. The Plantaginaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 65: 533–562.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986. The genera of Sphenocleaceae and Campanulaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 67: 1–64.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989. The genera of suborder Apocynineae (Apocynaceae and Asclepiadaceae) in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 70: 307–401.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rosen, W. 1940. Notes on the embryology ofGlobularia vulgaris L. Bot. Not. 1940: 253–261.

    Google Scholar 

  • Roth, I.. 1977. Fruits of angiosperms. Borntraeger, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &H. Lindorf. 1990. Blatt- und Rindenstrucktur vonTepuianthus auyantepuiensis, Tepuianthaceae, einer neueren Familie aus Venezuela. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 111: 403–421.

    Google Scholar 

  • Roth, L. C. &A. Grijalva. 1991. New record of the mangrovePelliciera rhizophorae (Theaceae) on the Caribbean coast of Nicaragua. Rhodora 93: 183–186.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rova, J. H. E., L. Andersson, P. Delprete &V. A. Albert. 1997. Macrophylogeny of the Rubiaceae fromtrnL -F sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 227–228 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Rowley, J. R., J. J. Skvarla &J. M. Pettitt. 1992. Pollen wall development inEucommia ulmoides (Eucommiaceae). Rev. Paleobot. Palynol. 70: 297–323.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Rowson, J. 1958. Alkaloids and plant taxonomy. Proc. Linn. Soc. London 169: 212–216.

    Google Scholar 

  • Royen, P. van. 1957. Batidaceae. Fl. Males., I, 5: 414–415.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1962. Sertulum papuanum, 6. Himantandraceae. Nova Guinea, Bot. 9: 127–135.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rudenberg, L. 1967. The chromosomes ofAustrobaileya. J. Arnold Arbor. 48: 241–244.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rury, P. M. 1985. Systematic and ecological wood anatomy of the Erythroxylaceae. IAWA Bull., n.s., 6: 365–397.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rutherford, R. J. 1970. The anatomy and cytology ofPilostyles thurberi Gray (Rafflesiaceae). Aliso 7: 263–288.

    Google Scholar 

  • Rutishauser, R., L. P. Ronse Decraene, E. Smets &I. Mendoza-Heuer. 1998.Theligonum cynocrambe: Developmental morphology of a peculiar rubiaceous herb. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 210: 1–24.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Ryding, O. 1994. Pericarp structure and phylogeny of Lamiaceae subfamily Pogostemoideae. Nord. J. Bot. 14: 59–63.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995. Pericarp structure and phylogeny of the Lamiaceae-Verbenaceae complex. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 198: 101–141.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996. Pericarp structure and phylogenetic position of the genusWenchengia (Lamiaceae). Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 118: 153–158.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. Bremer. 1992. Phylogeny, distribution, and classification of the Coreopsideae (Asteraceae). Syst. Bot. 17: 649–659.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Saad, S. I. 1962. Pollen morphology ofCtenolophon. Bot. Not. 115: 49–57.

    Google Scholar 

  • Safwat, F. M. 1962. The floral morphology ofSecamone and the evolution of the pollinating apparatus in Asclepiadaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 49: 95–129.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Sampson, F. B. 1987. Disulculate pollen in the Trimeniaceae (Laurales). Grana 26: 239–241.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Pollen morphology of the Amborellaceae and Hortoniaceae. Grana 32: 154–162.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995. Pollen morphology of Lactoridaceae: A re-examination. Grana 34: 100–107.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P. K. Endress. 1984. Pollen morphology in the Trimeniaceae. Grana 23: 129–137.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. B. Foreman. 1988. Pollen morphology ofAtherosperma, Daphnandra andDoryphora (Atherospermataceae). Grana 27: 17–25.

    Google Scholar 

  • Samuelsson, G. 1913. Studien über die Entwicklunggeschichte der Blüten einiger Bicornes-Typen. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der systematischen Stellung der Diapensiaceen und Empetraceen. Svensk Bot. Tidsk. 7: 97–188.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1914. Über die Pollenentwicklung vonAnona undAristolochia und ihr systematische Bedeutung. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 8: 181–189.

    Google Scholar 

  • Sanders, R. W. &P. D. Cantino. 1984. Nomenclature of the subdivisions of the Lamiaceae. Taxon 33: 64–72.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Santiago, E. &R. G. Olmstead. 1996. Studies in the Goetzeaceae/ Goetzeoideae (Solanaceae): About the ecology and systematic relationships of an Antillean-endemic plant group. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 189 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Sarma, V. &R. S. Rao. 1991. Taxonomic importance of epidermis in Simaroubaceae-Zygophyllaceae with special reference to position ofBalanites. Feddes Repert. 102: 579–585.

    Google Scholar 

  • Sastri, R. L. N. 1958. Floral morphology and embryology of some Dilleniaceae. Bot. Not. 111: 495–511.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1963. Studies in Lauraceae, IV. Comparative embryology and phylogeny. Ann. Bot. (London), n.s., 27: 425–433.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1969. Floral morphology, embryology, and relationships of the Berberidaceae. Austral. J. Bot. 17: 69–79.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Satyanarayana, P. &L. L. Narayana. 1985. Embryology of Stegnospermataceae. Curr. Sci. 54: 882–884.

    Google Scholar 

  • Sauer, W. &F. Ehrendorfer. 1970. Chromosomen, Verwandtschaft und Evolution tropischer Holzpflanzen, II. Himantandraceae. Oesterr. Bot. Z. 118: 38–54.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Saunders, R. M. K. 1997. Illiciaceae; Schisandraceae. Fl. Males., 1, 13: 169–184,185–207.

    Google Scholar 

  • Saupe, S. G. 1981. Cyanogenic compounds and angiosperm phytogeny. Pp. 80–116in D. A. Young & D. S. Seigier (eds.), Phytochemistry and angiosperm phylogeny. Praeger Sci., New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Savile, D. B. O.1954. The fungi as aids in the taxonomy of the flowering plants. Science 120: 583–585.

    Article  PubMed  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1959. Notes onExobasidium. Canad. J. Bot. 37: 641–656.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979. Fungi as aids in higher plant classification. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 45: 377–503.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Savolainen, V., J.-F. Manen, E. Douzery &R. Spichiger. 1994. Molecular phylogeny of families related to Celastrales based onrbcL 5′ flanking sequences. Molec. Phylogenet. & Evol. 3: 27–37.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,R. Spichiger &J.-F. Manen. 1997. Polyphyletism of Celastrales from a chloroplast noncoding DNA region. Molec. Phylogenet. & Evol. 7: 145–157.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Saxena, N. P. 1973. Studies in the family Saxifragaceae, VIII. Floral anatomy, seed development and systematics ofBistella Adans. J. Indian Bot. Soc. 52: 244–251.

    Google Scholar 

  • Schaarschmidt, H. 1985. Zur Verwantschaft vonCarya Nutt. andPlatycarya Sieb. & Zucc. (Juglandaceae) und zur naturlichen Gliederung der Familie. Feddes Repert. 96: 345–361.

    Google Scholar 

  • Schatz, G. E., P. P. Lowry II &A.-E. Wolf. 1999a. Endemic families of Madagascar, II. A synoptic revision of Sphaerosepalaceae. Adansonia, sér. 3, 21(1): 107–123.

    Google Scholar 

  • ———. 1999b. Endemic families of Madagascar, IV. A synoptic revision ofAsteropeia (Asteropeiaceae). Adansonia, sér. 3, 21: 255–268.

    Google Scholar 

  • Schlauer, J. 1997. New data relating to the evolution and phylogeny of some carnivorous plant families. Carnivorous Pl. Newslett. 34–38.

  • Schmid, R. 1964. Die systematische Stellung der Dioncophyllaceen. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 83: 1–56.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979a. Reproductive anatomy ofActinidia chinensis (Actinidiaceae). Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 100: 149–195.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979b. Actinidiaceae, Davidiaceae, and Paracryphiaceae: Systematic considerations. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 100: 196–204.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1980. Comparative anatomy and morphology ofPsiloxylon andHeteropyxis, and the subfamilial and tribal classification of Myrtaceae. Taxon 29: 559–595.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984. Reproductive anatomy and morphology of Myrtales in relation to systematics. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 832–835.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Schmidt, R. J. 1987. The biosynthesis of tigliane and related diterpenoids: An intriguing problem. J. Linn Soc., Bot. 94: 221–230.

    Google Scholar 

  • Schneider, E. L. &S. Carlquist. 1995a. Vessels in the roots ofBarclaya rotundifolia (Nymphaeaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 82: 1343–1349.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1995b. Vessel origins in Nymphaeaceae:Euryale andVictoria. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 119: 185–193.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1996a. Vessels inNelumbo (Nelumbonaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 83: 1101–1106.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1996b. Vessels inBrasenia (Cabombaceae): New perspectives on vessel origin in primary xylem of angiosperms. Amer. J. Bot. 83: 1236–1240.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1996c. Conducting tissue inCeratophyllum demersum (Ceratophyllaceae). Sida 17: 437–443.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1996d. Vessel origin inCabomba. Nord. J. Bot. 16: 637–641.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993a. Nymphaeaceae. Pp. 486–493in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • -&-. 1993b. Floral aspects ofBarclaya (Nymphaeaceae): Structure, ontogeny, and pollination. Abstr. XV Int. Bot. Congr., Yokohama, p. 93.

  • —,S. Carlquist, K. Beamer &A. Kohn. 1995. Vessels in Nymphaeaceae:Nuphar, Nymphaea, andOndinea. Int. J. Pl. Sci. 156: 857–862.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Schodde, R. 1969. A monograph of the family Atherospermataceae. Ph.D. diss., Univ. Adelaide, Australia.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1970. Two new suprageneric taxa in the Monimiaceae alliance (Laurales). Taxon 19: 324–328.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972. A review of the family Pittosporaceae in Papuasia. Austral. J. Bot., Suppl. Ser. 3: 1–600.

    Google Scholar 

  • Schölch, H.-F. 1963. Die systematische Stellung der Didiereaceen im Lichte neuer Untersuchungen über ihren Blütenbereich. Ber. Deutsch. Bot. Ges. 74: 46–55.

    Google Scholar 

  • Schönenberger, J. &P. K. Endress. 1998. Structure and development of the flowers inMendoncia, Pseudocalyx andThunbergia (Acanthaceae) and their systematic implications. Int. J. Pl. Sci. 159: 446–465.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Schultheis, L. M. &B. G. Baldwin. 1997. Systematics ofDowningia (Campanulaceae): A preliminary investigation based on nuclearrDNA ITS data. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 230 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1999. Molecular phylogenetics of Fouquieriaceae: Evidence from nuclear rDNA ITS studies. Amer. J. Bot. 86: 578–589.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Schürhoff, P. N. 1926. Über die systematische Stellung der Pittosporaceae. Beitr. Biol. Pflanzen Begr. v.Cohn 17: 72–86.

    Google Scholar 

  • Schwarzbach, A., F. R. Blattner, K. B. Jork &J. W. Kadereit. 1995. Molecules and morphology: Incongruences of data in Papaveraceae. Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 160 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Schwarzwalder, R. N., Jr. &D. L. Dilcher. 1991. Systematic placement of the Platanaceae in the Hamamelidae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 78: 962–969.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Scogin, R. 1977. Anthocyanins of the Fouquieriaceae. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 5: 265–267.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978. Leaf phenolics of the Fouquieriaceae. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 6: 297–298.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1980. Serotaxonomy ofSimmondsia chinensis (Simmondsiaceae). Aliso 9: 555–559.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992a. Phytochemical profile ofHydrostachys insignis (Hydrostachyaceae). Aliso 123: 471–474.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992b. The distribution of acteoside among angiosperms. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 20: 477–480.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • — &V. Romo- Contreras. 1992. Familial assignment ofPolypremum: Evidence from phenolic chemistry. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 20: 787–788.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Scotland, R. W. 1993. Pollen morphology of Contortae (Acanthaceae). J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 111: 471–504.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,J. A. Sweere, P. A. Reeves &R. G. Olmstead. 1995. Higher-level systematics of Acanthaceae determined by chloroplast DNA sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 82: 266–275.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Scott, P. J. &R. T. Day. 1983. Diapensiaceae: A review of the taxonomy. Taxon 32: 417–423.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Scott, R. A., E. S. Barghoorn &E. B. Leopold. 1960. How old are the angiosperms? Amer. J. Sci. 258A: 284–299.

    Google Scholar 

  • Seigier, D. S. 1977. Plant systematics and alkaloids. Pp. 1–82in R. H. F. Manske (ed.), The alkaloids: Chemistry and physiology. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981. Secondary metabolites and plant systematics. Biochem. Pl. 7: 139–176.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. Phytochemistry and systematics of the Euphorbiaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81: 380–401.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Sentersi, A. E., D. E. Soltis, P. S. Soltis, M. Zanis, S. Kim, J. D. Thompson &E. A. Zimmer. 2000. Phylogenetic relationships among eudicots based on a combined data set of four genes:rbcL, atpB, 18SrDNA, and 26SrDNA. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 155–156 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Serbet, R. &R. A. Stockey. 1996. A cercidiphyllaceous plant from the Upper Cretaceous (Maastrichtian) of Drumheller, Alberta. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 112 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Setten, A. K. van &J. Koek-Noorman. 1992. Fruits and seeds of Annonaceae. Morphology and its significance for identification. Studies in Annonaceae XVII. Bibliogr. Bot. 142: 1–101 & 50 plates.

    Google Scholar 

  • Sharma, B. D. 1970. Contribution to the pollen morphology and plant taxonomy of the family Bombacaceae. Proc. Indian Sci. Acad. 36B: 175–191.

    Google Scholar 

  • Sheahan, M. C. &M. W. Chase. 1996. A phylogenetic analysis of Zygophyllaceae R. Br. based on morphological, anatomical andrbcL DNA sequence data. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 122: 279–300.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 2000. Phylogenetic relationships within Zygophyllaceae based on DNA sequences of three plastid regions, with special emphasis on Zygophylloideae. Syst. Bot. 25: 371–384.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993. Contribution of vegetative anatomy to the systematics of the Zygophyllaceae R. Br. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 113: 227–262.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Shen, Y.-F. 1954. Phytogeny and wood anatomy ofNandina. Taiwania 5: 85–92.

    Google Scholar 

  • Shetler, S. G. &N. R. Morin. 1986. Seed morphology in North American Campanulaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 653–688.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Shoup, J. R. &C. C. Tseng. 1977. Pollen ofKlotzschia (Umbelliferae): A possible link to Araliaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 64: 461–463.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Shutts, C. F. 1960. Wood anatomy of Hernandiaceae and Gyrocarpaceae. Trop. Woods 113: 85–123.

    Google Scholar 

  • Silva, M. F. das G. F. da, O. R. Gottlieb &F. Ehrendorfer. 1988. Chemosystematics of the Rutaceae: Suggestions for a more natural taxonomy and evolutionary interpretation of the family. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 161: 97–134.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Simmons, M. P. &J. P. Hedin. 1999. Relationships and morphological character change among genera of Celastraceaesensu lato (including Hippocrateaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 86: 723–757.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,V. Savolainen, C. C. Clevinger, R. H. Archer &J. I. Davis. 2000. Phytogeny of the Celastraceae inferred from morphology and nuclear and plastid loci. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 156–157 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Simon, J.-P. 1970–1971. Comparative serology of the order Nymphaeales. Respective parts published in Aliso as follows: I. Preliminary survey on the relationships ofNelumbo, 7: 243–261; II. Relationships of Nymphaeaceae and Nelumbonaceae, 7: 325–350.

    Google Scholar 

  • Simpson, B. B. 1989. Krameriaceae. Fl. Neotrop. Monogr. 49. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. M. Helfgott. 1997. Phytogeny and biogeography ofKrameria (Krameriaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 231 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &J. J. Skvarla. 1981. Pollen morphology and ultrastructure ofKrameria (Krameriaceae): Utility in questions of intrafamilial and interfamilial classification. Amer. J. Bot. 68: 277–294.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Singh, B. P. 1992. Chemotaxonomy of Aizoaceae and Molluginaceae: A study of free amino and organic acids. J. Econ. Taxon. Bot. 16: 103–106.

    Google Scholar 

  • Skog, L. E. 1972. The genusCoriaria (Coriariaceae) in the Western Hemisphere. Rhodora 74: 242–253.

    Google Scholar 

  • Skottsberg, C. 1912.Tetrachondra patagonica n. sp. und die systematische Stellung der Gattung. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 48(107): 17–26.

    Google Scholar 

  • Skvarla, J. J. &J. W. Nowicke. 1976. Ultrastructure of pollen exine in centrospermous families. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 126: 55–78.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1982. Pollen fine structure and relationships ofAchatocarpus Triana andPhaulothamnus A. Gray. Taxon 31: 244–249.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976. Ultrastructural survey of Onagraceae pollen. Pp. 447–479in I. K. Ferguson & J. Müller (eds.), The evolutionary significance of the exine. Linn. Soc. London Sym. Ser., 1. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——— &M. Sharp. 1978. An ultrastructural study of viscin threads in Onagraceae pollen. Pollen & Spores 20: 5–143.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,B. L. Turner, V. C. Patel, &A. S. Tomb. 1977. Pollen morphology in the Compositae and in morphologically related families. Pp. 141–248in V. H. Heywood, J. B. Harborne & B. L. Turner (eds.), The biology and chemistry of the Compositae. Academic Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Sleumer, H. 1967. Monographia Clethracearum. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 87: 36–175.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1968. The genusLophopyxis Hook. f. (Lophopyxidaceae). Blumea 16: 321–323.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1969. Materials toward the knowledge of the Icacinaceae of Asia, Malesia, and adjacent areas. Blumea 17: 181–264.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1971. Icacinaceae; Lophopyxidaceae; Cardiopteridaceae; Clethraceae. Fl. Males., I, 7: 1–87, 89–91,93-96,139-150.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1980. A taxonomic account of the Olacaceae of Asia, Malesia, and the adjacent areas. Blumea 26: 145–168.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1984. Olacaceae. Fl. Males. 10(1): 1–29.

    Google Scholar 

  • Smets, E. F. &E. M. Cresens. 1988. Types of floral nectaries and the concepts “character” and “character-state”: A reconsideration. Acta Bot. Neerl. 37: 121–128.

    Google Scholar 

  • Smith, A. C. 1943a. The American species ofDrimys. J. Arnold Arbor. 24: 1–33.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1943b. Taxonomic notes on the Old World species of Winteraceae. J. Arnold Arbor. 24: 119–164.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1945. Geographical distribution of the Winteraceae. J. Arnold Arbor. 26: 48–59.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1947. The families Illiciaceae and Schisandraceae. Sargentia 7: 1–224.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1949. Additional notes onDegeneria vitiensis. J. Arnold Arbor. 30: 1–38. 54 plates.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972. An appraisal of the orders and families of primitive extant angiosperms. J. Indian Bot. Soc., Golden Jubilee Vol., 50A: 215–226.

    Google Scholar 

  • Smith, C. E., Jr. 1954. The New World species ofSloanea (Elaeocarpaceae). Contr. Gray Herb. 175: 1–114.

    Google Scholar 

  • Smith, J. F. 1996. Tribal relationships within Gesneriaceae: A cladistic analysis of morphological data. Syst. Bot. 21: 497–513.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &J. J. Doyle. 1995. A cladistic analysis of chloroplast DNA restriction site variation and morphology for the genera of the Juglandaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 82: 1163–1172.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,K. D. Brown, C. L. Carroll &D. S. Denton. 1997a. Familial placement ofCyrtandromoea, Titanotrichum andSanango, three problematic genera of Lamiales. Taxon 46: 65–74.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,J. C. Wolfram, K. D. Brown, C. L. Carroll &D. S. Denton. 1997b. Tribal relationships in the Gesneriaceae: Evidence from DNA sequences of the chloroplast genendhF. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 84: 50–66.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Smith, R. A. &C. W. dePamphilis. 1998. Phylogenetic placement of the holoparasitic family Lennoaceae: Preliminary molecular evidence. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 157 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,D. M. Ferguson, T. J. Barkman &C. W. de Pamphilis. 2000. Molecular phylogenetic evidence for the origin of Lennoaceae: A case of adelphoparasitism in the angiosperms? Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 158 (abstract).

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Snow, N. &P. Goldblatt. 1992. Chromosome number inTicodendron (Fagales, Ticodendraceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 79: 906–907.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Soejareto, D. D. 1980. Revision of South AmericanSaurauia (Actinidiaceae). Fieldiana, Bot. 2: 1–141.

    Google Scholar 

  • Soltis, D. E. 1988. Karyotypes ofBensoniella, Conimitella, Lithophragma, andMitella, and relationships in Saxifragaceae. Syst. Bot. 13: 64–72.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995. Molecular systematics and taxonomic changes in Saxifragaceaesensu stricto. Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 110 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P. S. Soltis. 1997. Phylogenetic relationships in Saxifragaceaesensu lato: A comparison of topologies based on 18SrDNA andrbcL sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 84: 504–522.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,D. R. Morgan, A. Gravie, P. S. Soltis &R. Kuzoff. 1993. Molecular systematics of Saxifragaceaesensu stricto. Amer. J. Bot. 80: 1056–1081.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,Q.-Y. Xiang &L. Hufford. 1995. Relationships and evolution of Hydrangeaceae based onrbcL sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 82: 504–514.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,R. K. Kuzoff, E. Conti, R. Gornall &K. Ferguson. 1996.matk andrbcL gene sequence data indicate thatSaxifraga (Saxifragaceae) is polyphyletic. Amer. J. Bot. 83: 371–382.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,P. S. Soltis, D. L. Nickrent, L. A. Johnson, W. J. Hahn, S. B. Hoot, J. A. Sweere, R. K. Kuzoff, K. A. Kron, M. W. Chase, S. W. Swensen, E. A. Zimmer, S.-W. Chaw, L. J. Gillespie, W. J. Kress &K. J. Sytsma. 1997. Angiosperm phylogeny inferred from 18S ribosomal DNA sequences. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 84: 1–49.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——,M. W. Chase, D. Albach, M. E. Mort, V. Savolainen &M. Zanis. 1998. Molecular phylogenetics of angiosperms: Congruent patterns from three genes, II. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 157 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Soltis, D. E., P. S. Soltis, M. W. Chase, M. E. Mort, D. C. Albach, M. Zanis, V. Savolainen, W. H. Hahn, S. B. Hoot, M. F. Fay, M. Axtell, S. M. Swensen, K. C. Nixon & J. S. Farris. 2000. Angiosperm phylogeny inferred from 18SrDNA, rbcL, andatpB sequences (in press).

  • Soltis, P. S., D. E. Soltis &M. W. Chase. 1999. Angiosperm phylogeny inferred from multiple genes as a tool for comparative biology. Nature 402: 402–404.

    Article  PubMed  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Soó, C. R. 1967. Die modernen Systeme der Angiospermen. Acta Bot. Acad. Sci. Hung. 13: 201–233.

    Google Scholar 

  • Soriano, A. 1946. Halophytaceae: Nueva familia del orden Centrospermae. Notas Prelim. Mus. La Plata, Bot. 11: 161–175.

    Google Scholar 

  • Sosef, M. S. M. 1997. Hierarchical models, reticulate evolution and the inevitability of paraphyletic supraspecific taxa. Taxon 46: 75–85.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Spangler, R. E. &R. G. Olmstead. 1999. Phylogenetic analysis of Bignoniaceae based on thecpDA gene sequencesrbcL andndhF. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 86: 33–46.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Sparre, B. &L. Andersson. 1991. A taxonomic revision of the Tropaeolaceae. Opera Bot. 108: 1–139.

    Google Scholar 

  • Spencer, K. C. 1987. Cyanogenic glycosides and the systematics of the Passifloraceae. Amer. J. Bot. 74: 755–756 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. S. Seigler. 1985. Cyanogenic glycosides ofMalesherbia. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 13: 23–24.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Sperling, C. R. &V. Bittrich. 1993. Basellaceae. Pp. 143–146in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Spichiger, R. &V. Savolainen. 1997. Present state of angiosperm phylogeny. Candollea 52: 435–455.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. &J.-F. Manen. 1993. Systematic affinities of Aquifoliaceae and Icacinaceae from molecular data analysis. Candollea 48: 459–464.

    Google Scholar 

  • Spjut, R. W. 1994. A systematic treatment of fruit types. Mem. New York Bot. Gard., 70. New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

    Google Scholar 

  • Sporne, K. R. 1956. The phylogenetic classification of the angiosperms. Biol. Rev. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 31: 1–29.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977. Girdling vascular bundles in dicotyledon flowers. Gard. Bull. Straits Settlem. 29: 165–173.

    Google Scholar 

  • Sprague, T. A. &C. R. Metcalfe. 1947. The taxonomic position ofRhynchocalyx. Kew Bull. 2: 392–394.

    Google Scholar 

  • Stace, C. A. 1965. The significance of the leaf epidermis in the taxonomy of the Combretaceae, I. A general review of tribal, generic and specific characters. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 59: 229–252.

    Google Scholar 

  • Stace, H. M., A. R. Chapman, K. L. Lemson &J. M. Powell. 1997. Cytoevolution, phytogeny and taxonomy in Epacridaceae. Ann. Bot. (London) 79: 283–290.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Stafleu, F. A. 1948. A monograph of the Vochysiaceae. Recueil Trav. Bot. Neerl. 41: 397–540.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ståhl, B. 1987. The genusTheophrasta (Theophrastaceae): Foliar structures, floral biology and taxonomy. Nord. J. Bot. 7: 529–538.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991. A revision of theClavia (Theophrastaceae). Opera Bot. 107: 1–77.

    Google Scholar 

  • Stanford, A. M., R. Harden &C. R. Parks. 2000. Phylogeny and biogeography ofJuglans (Juglandaceae) based onmatK and ITS sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 87: 872–882.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Stant, M. Y. 1952. Notes on the systematic anatomy ofStackhousia. Kew Bull. 1951: 309–318.

    Google Scholar 

  • Stapf, O. 1912. Akaniaceae: A new family of Sapindales. Kew Bull. 1912: 378–380.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1926.Sargentodoxa cuneata. Bot. Mag. 151: 9111, 9112.

    Google Scholar 

  • Stauffer, H. U. 1961. Beiträge zum Blütendiagramm der Santalales. Verh. Schweiz. Naturf. Ges. 1961: 123–125.

    Google Scholar 

  • Steane, D. A., R. W. Scotland &D. J. Mabberley. 1997. Phylogenetic relationships ofClerodendrum s.l. (Lamiaceae) inferred from chloroplast DNA. Syst. Bot. 22: 229–243.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ———. &R. G. Olmstead. 1999. Molecular systematics ofClerodendrum (Lamiaceae): ITS sequences and total evidence. Amer. J. Bot. 86: 98–107.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Stearn, W. T. 1938.Epimedium andVancouveria: A monograph. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 51: 409–535.

    Google Scholar 

  • Stebbins, G. L., Jr. 1950. Variation and evolution in plants. Columbia Univ. Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1951. Natural selection and the differentiation of angiosperm families. Evolution 5: 299–324.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974. Flowering plants: Evolution above the species level. Belknap Press of Harvard Univ., Cambridge, MA.

    Google Scholar 

  • Steele, K. P. &R. Vilgalys. 1994. Phylogenetic analyses of Polemoniaceae using nucleotide sequences of the plastid genematK. Syst. Bot. 19: 126–142.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,E. Tizon, R. C. Evans, C. S. Campbell &M. F. Wojciechowski. 2000. Sister group relationships of Fabaceae and Rosaceae: Phylogenetic relationships of Eurosids, I. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 160 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Steenis, C. G. G. J. van. 1948. Moringaceae. Fl. Males., 1, 4: 45–46.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1950. Note onParacryphia Baker (Eucryphiaceae). Bull. Jard. Bot. Buitenzorg 18: 459–460.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1951. Corynocarpaceae. Fl. Males., 1, 4: 262–264.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1953. Datiscaceae. Fl. Males., 1, 4: 382–387.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1955. Some notes on the flora of New Caledonia and reduction ofNouhuysia toSphenostemon. Svensk Bot. Tidskr. 49: 19–23.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1956. Pentaphylacaceae. Fl. Males., I, 5: 121–124.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1971a.Nothofagus: Key genus of plant geography, in time and space, living and fossil, ecology and phylogeny. Blumea 19: 65–98.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1971b. Byblidaceae. Fl. Males., 1, 7: 135–137.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986a. Sphenostemonaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 145–149.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986b. Alseuosmiaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 335–336.

    Google Scholar 

  • Stephanovic, S. &R. G. Olmstead. 2000. Molecular systematics of Convolvulaceae inferred fromcpDNA sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 160 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Stephens, E. L. 1909. The embryo-sac and embryo of certain Penaeaceae. Ann. Bot. (London) 23: 363–378.

    Google Scholar 

  • Stern, F. C. 1946. A study of the genusPaeonia. Roy. Hort. Soc., London.

    Google Scholar 

  • Stern, W. L. 1952. The comparative anatomy of the xylem and the phylogeny of the Julianiaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 39: 220–229.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1954. Comparative anatomy of xylem and phylogeny of Lauraceae. Trop. Woods 100: 1–72.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1955. Xylem anatomy and relationships of Gomortegaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 42: 874–885.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978. Comparative anatomy and systematics of woody Saxifragaceae:Hydrangea. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 76: 83–113.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &G. K. Brizicky. 1958. The comparative anatomy and taxonomy ofHeteropyxis. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 85: 111–123.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. &R. H. Eyde. 1969. Comparative anatomy and relationships of Columelliaceae. J. Arnold Arbor. 50: 36–75.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,E. M. Switzer &R. E. Phipps. 1970. Comparative anatomy and systematics of woody Saxifragaceae:Ribes. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 63 (Suppl.): 215–237.

    Google Scholar 

  • Sterner, R. W. &D. A. Young. 1980. Flavonoid chemistry and the phylogenetic relationships of the Idiospermaceae. Syst. Bot. 5: 432–437.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Stevens, P. F. 1971. A classification of the Ericaceae: Subfamilies and tribes. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 64: 1–53.

    Google Scholar 

  • Stevens, R. A. &E. S. Martin. 1978. A new ontogenetic classification of stomatal types. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 77: 53–64.

    Google Scholar 

  • Stewart, C.-B. 1993. The powers and pitfalls of parsimony. Nature 361: 603–607.

    Article  PubMed  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Steyermark, J. A. &J. L. Luteyn. 1980. Revision of the genusOchthocosmus (Linaceae). Brittonia 32: 128–143.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Steyn, E., P. J. Robbertse &H. P. van der Schijff. 1986. An embryogenetic study ofBersama transvaalensis andGreyia sutherlandii. J. S. African Bot. 52: 25–29.

    Google Scholar 

  • —— &A. E. van Wyk. 1987. Floral development inGreyia flanaganii with notes on inflorescence initiation and sympodial branching. S. African Tydskr. Plantk. 53: 194–201.

    Google Scholar 

  • Steyr, C. H. &W. L. Stern. 1979. Comparative anatomy and systematics of woody Saxifragaceae:Philadelphus, Deutzia. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 79: 267–289,291-319.

    Google Scholar 

  • Stirton, C. H. & J. L. Zarucchi (eds.). 1989. Advances in legume biology: Proceedings of the Second International Legume Conference, St. Louis, Missouri, 23–27 June 1986. Monogr. Syst. Bot., 29. Missouri Bot. Gard., St. Louis.

  • Stone, D. E. 1968. Cytological and morphological notes on the southeastern endemicSchisandra glabra (Schisandraceae). J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 84: 351–356.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Juglandaceae. Pp. 348–359in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &C. R. Broome. 1971. Pollen ultrastructure: Evidence for relationship of the Juglandaceae and the Rhoipteleaceae. Pollen & Spores 13: 5–14.

    Google Scholar 

  • —— 1975. Juglandaceae Rich, ex Kunth. World Pollen and Spore Flora 4: 1–35.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &J. L. Freeman. 1968. Cytotaxonomy ofIllicium floridanum andI. parviflorum (Illiciaceae). J.Arnold Arbor. 49: 41–51.

    Google Scholar 

  • Straka, H. 1963. Über die mögliche phylogenetische Bedeutung der Pollenmorphologie der madagassischenBubbia perrieri R. Cap. (Winteraceae). Grana Palynol. 4: 355–360.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978. Die Pollenmorphologie vonDiegodendron humbertii R. Capuron (Diegodendraceae, Ochnales bzw. Theales). Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 99: 363–369.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1965. Pollenmorphologie und Systematik der Pedaliaceae R. Br. Beitr. Biol. Pflanzen 41: 175–207.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,F. Albers &A. Mondon. 1976. Die Stellung und Gliederung der Familie Cneoraceae (Rutales). Beitr. Biol. Pflanzen 52: 267–310.

    Google Scholar 

  • Strey, R. J. &O. A. Leistner. 1968. The rediscovery ofRhynchocalyx lawsonioides Oliv. J. S. African Bot. 34: 9–13.

    Google Scholar 

  • Strother, J. L. 1977. Tageteae: Systematic review. Pp. 769–783in V. H. Heywood, J. B. Harbome & B. L. Turner (eds.), The biology and chemistry of the Compositae. Academic Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Struwe, L. &V. A. Albert. 1996. Morphological cladistics of Gentianaceae. Respective parts published in Amer. J. Bot. as follows: I. Phylogeny and character evolution, with emphasis on woody taxa of the neotropics, 83(6): 195 (abstract); II. Phylogeny and biogeography of tribe Potalieae (formerly Loganiaceae), 83(6): 195–196 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 2000. Supermerous corollas, fleshy fruits, and pantropical biogeography inAnthocleista, Fagraea, andPotalia (Gentianaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 161 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. &B. Bremer. 1995. Cladistics and family level classification of the Gentianales. Cladistics 10: 175–206.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,P. White, A.S.-R. Pepper &V. A. Albert. 1997. Relationships and basal grouping within Gentianaceae from morphological andtrnL nucleotide sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 236 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,M. Thiv, J. Kadereit &V. A. Albert. 1998.Saccifolium (Saccifoliaceae): Character evolution, biogeography, and placement inside Gentianaceae based ontrnL intron sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 159 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Stuessy, T. F. 1977. Heliantheae: Systematic review. Pp. 621–671in V. H. Heywood, J. B. Harborne & B. L. Turner (eds.), The biology and chemistry of the Compositae. Academic Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. M. Spooner. 1988. The adaptive and phylogenetic significance of receptacular bracts in the Compositae. Taxon 37: 114–126.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,T. Sang &M. DeVore. 1994. Phylogeny and biogeography of Barnadesioideae (Compositae). Amer. J. Bot. 81(6): 190–191 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Stuhlfauth, T., H. Fock, H. Huber &K. Klug. 1985. The distribution of fatty acids including petroselenic and tartaric acids in the fruit and seed oils of the Pittosporaceae, Araliaceae, Umbelliferae, Simaroubaceae and Rutaceae. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 13: 447–453.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Subramanyam, K. 1950. A contribution to our knowledge of the systematic position of the Sphenocleaceae. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci. 31B: 1–6.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1962. Embryology in relation to systematic botany with particular reference to the Crassulaceae. Pp. 94–112in Plant embryology: A symposium held under the auspices of the Biological Research Committee, CSIR, November 11–14, 1960, at the Department of Botany, University of Delhi. CSIR, New Delhi.

    Google Scholar 

  • Suh, Y., L. B. Thien, H. E. Reeve &E. A. Zimmer. 1993. Molecular evolution and phylogenetic implications of internal transcribed spacer sequences of ribosomal DNA in Winteraceae. Amer. J. Bot. 80: 1042–1055.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Sundberg, M. D. 1985. Pollen of the Myricaceae. Pollen & Spores 27: 15–28.

    Google Scholar 

  • Suryakanta. 1974. Pollen morphological studies in the Humiriaceae. J. Jap. Bot. 49: 112–122.

    Google Scholar 

  • Susanna, A., N. G. Jacas, D. E. Soltis &P. S. Soltis. 1995. Phylogenetic relationships in tribe Cardueae (Asteraceae) based on ITS sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 82: 1056–1068.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Sutton, D. A. 1989a. The Didymelales: A systematic review. Pp. 1: 279–284in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989b. The Daphniphyllales: A systematic review. Pp. 1: 285–291in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • Suzuki, N. &K. Yoda. 1989. Comparative wood anatomy ofCoriaria. IAWA Bull., n.s., 10: 348 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Svoma, E. 1998. Studies on the embryology and gynoecium structures inDrimys winteri (Winteraceae) and some Annonaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 209: 205–229.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Swamy, B. G. L. 1949a. Further contributions to the morphology of the Degeneriaceae. J. Arnold Arbor. 30: 10–38.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1949b. The comparative morphology of the Santalaceae: Node, secondary xylem, and pollen. Amer. J. Bot. 36: 661–673.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1953a. The morphology and relationships of the Chloranthaceae. J. Arnold Arbor. 34: 375–408.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1953b. On the floral structure ofScyphostegia. Proc. Natl. Inst. Sci. India 19: 127–142.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1953c. Some observations on the embryology ofDecaisnea insignis Hook, et Thorns. Proc. Natl. Inst. Sci. India 19(2): 307–310.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &I. W. Bailey. 1949. The morphology and relationships ofCercidiphyllum. J. Arnold Arbor. 30: 187–210.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. Periasamy. 1964. The concept of the conduplicate carpel. Phytomorphology 14: 319–327.

    Google Scholar 

  • Swensen, S. M. 1996. The evolution of actinorhizal symbioses: Evidence for multiple origins of the symbiotic association. Amer. J. Bot. 83: 1503–1512.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &M. W. Chase. 1995. Relationships of Theales sensu Cronquist from the perspective of cladistic analyses ofrbcL sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 166 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &C. M. Walsh. 1997. A molecular phytogeny of Cucurbitaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 236–237 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,B. C. Mullin &M. W. Chase. 1994. Phylogenetic affinities of Datiscaceae based on an analysis of nucleotide sequences from the plastidrbcL gene. Syst. Bot. 19: 157–168.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Symon, D. E. 1980. The food plants of Australian butterfly larvae. J. Adelaide Bot. Gard. 2(3): 277–292.

    Google Scholar 

  • Sytsma, K. J. &D. A. Baum. 1996. Molecular phytogenies and the diversification of the angiosperms. Pp. 314–340in D. W. Taylor & L. J. Hickey (eds.), Flowering plant origin, evolution & phytogeny. Chapman & Hall, New York.

    Chapter  Google Scholar 

  • —,J. Moravrtz, M. Nepokroeff, J. C. Pires, Y.-L. Qiu &M. W. Chase. 1996a. Urticales:rbcL sequences clarify placement in Rosidae, composition, and familial relationships. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 197 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,M. Nepokroeff &J. C. Pires. 1996b. The utility ofndhF sequence analysis in Myrtales, with emphasis on the relationships within the Myrtaceae and Melastomataceae clade. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 197 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. Morawtz, A. Rodriguez, W. J. Hahn, L. Katinas, W. L. Wagner &P. C. Hoch. 1998a. An ITS phytogeny for Onagraceae: Congruence with three molecular data sets. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 160–161 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,M. L. Zjhra, M. Nepokroeff, C. J. Quinn &P. G. Wilson. 1998b. Phylogenetic relationships, morphological evolution, and biogeography in Myrtaceae based onndhF sequence analysis. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 161 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. Morawtz, J. C. Pires &C. W. Morden. 2000. Phytogeny of the Urticales based on three molecular data sets, with emphasis on relationships within Urticaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 162 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Takahashi, A. &M. Tamura. 1990. Occurrence of vessel elements in the stem ofSarcandra glabra. J.Jap. Bot. 65: 81–86.

    Google Scholar 

  • Takahashi, H. 1987. Pollen morphology and its taxonomic significance in the Monotropoideae (Ericaceae). Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 100: 385–105.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988. Pollen morphology and systematics in two subfamilies of the Ericaceae: Pyroloideae and Monotropoideae. Korean J. Pl. Taxon. 18: 9–17.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989. Pollen morphology of Celtidaceae and Ulmaceae: A reinvestigation. Pp. 2: 253–265in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • Takahashi, M. &S. Kawano. 1989. Pollen morphology of the Melanthiaceae and its systematic implications. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 76: 863–876.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Takhtajan, A. L. 1974. The chemical approach to plant classification with special reference to the higher taxa of Magnoliophyta. Pp. 17–26in G. Bendz & J. Santesson (eds.), Chemistry in botanical classification. Nobel Found., Sweden.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985. Three new families of flowering plants. Bot. Zhurn. (Moscow & Leningrad) 70: 1691–1693 (in Russian; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986. Floristic regions of the world. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991. Evolutionary trends in flowering plants. Columbia Univ. Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. Diversity and classification of flowering plants. Columbia Univ. Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,N. R. Meyer &V. N. Kosenko. 1979. Morphology of pollen grains of the family Hydnoraceae in relation to its systematic position. Bot. Zhurn. (Moscow & Leningrad) 64: 1774–1777 (in Russian; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • ———. 1985. Pollen morphology and classification in Rafflesiaceaes.l. Bot. Zhurn. (Moscow & Leningrad) 70: 153–162 (in Russian; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,I. A. Shilkina &A. A. Yatsenko-Khmelevsky. 1986. Wood anatomy ofDidymeles madagascariensis in connection with the systematic status of the family Didymelaceae. Bot. Zhurn. (Moscow & Leningrad) 71: 1203–1206 (in Russian; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • Tamamshyan, S. G. 1951. Rumination of endosperm in Angiospermae. Bot. Zhurn. (Moscow & Leningrad) 36: 497–514 (in Russian).

    Google Scholar 

  • Tamura, M. 1972. Morphology and phyletic relationship of the Glaucidiaceae. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 85: 29–41.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Tamura, M.. 1993. Ranunculaceae. Pp. 563–583in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995. Phylogeny and classification of the Ranunculaceae.In U. Jensen & J. W. Kadereit (eds.), Systematics and evolution of the Ranunculiflorae. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 9: 201–206. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. Kosuge. 1989. Classification of the Isopyroideae (Ranunculaceae). Acta Phytotax. Geobot. 40: 31–35.

    Google Scholar 

  • Tanai, T. 1978. Taxonomical investigation of the living species of the genusAcer L., based on vein architecture of leaves. J. Fac. Sci., Hokkaido Imp. Univ., Ser. 5, Bot. 18: 243–282.

    Google Scholar 

  • Tang, Y. 1935. Notes on the systematic position of Bretschneideraceae as shown by its timber anatomy. Bull. Fan Mem. Inst. Biol. 6: 153–159

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. Embryology ofPlagiopteron suaveolens Griffith (Plagiopteraceae) and its systematic implications, J. Linn Soc., Bot. 116: 145–157.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Tatsuno, A. &R. Scogin. 1978. Biochemical profile of Crossosomataceae. Aliso 9: 185–188.

    Google Scholar 

  • Taylor, D. W. 1990. Paleobiogeographic relationships of angiosperms from the Cretaceous and Early Tertiary of the North American area. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 56: 279–417.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991. Angiosperm ovules and carpels: Their characters and polarities, distribution in basal clades, and structural evolution. Postilla, 208. Peabody Museum of Natural History, Yale Univ., New Haven, CT.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &W. L. Crepet. 1987. Fossil floral evidence of Malphighiaceae and an early plant-pollinator relationship. Amer. J. Bot. 74: 274–286.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &L. J. Hickey (eds.). 1996. Flowering plant origin, evolution & phylogeny. Chapman & Hall, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &G. Kirchner. 1996. the origin and evolution of the angiosperm carpel. Pp. 116–140in D. W. Taylor & L. J. Hickey (eds.), Flowering plant origin, evolution & phylogeny. Chapman & Hall, New York.

    Chapter  Google Scholar 

  • Taylor, H. 1945. Cyto-taxonomy and phylogeny of the Oleaceae. Brittonia 5: 337–367.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Taylor, P. 1964. The genusUtricularia L. (Lentibulariaceae) in Africa (south of the Sahara) and Madagascar. Kew Bull. 18: 1–245.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Tebb, M. C. 1993. Piperaceae. Pp. 516–520in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Teichman, I. von &A. E. van Wyk. 1991. Trends in the evolution of dicotyledonous seeds based on character associations, with special reference to pachychalazy and recalcitrance. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 105: 211–237.

    Google Scholar 

  • Terabayashi, S. 1977. Studies in morphology and systematics of Berberidaceae, I. Floral anatomy ofRomania japonica. Acta Phytotax. Geobot. 28: 45–57.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978. Studies in morphology and systematics of Berberidaceae, II. Floral anatomy ofMahonia japonica (Thunb.) DC. andBerberis thunbergii DC. Acta Phytotax. Geobot. 29: 106–118.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979. Studies in morphology and systematics of Berberidaceae, III. Floral anatomy ofEpimedium grandiflorum Morren subsp.sempervirens (Nakai) Kitamura andVancouveria hexandra (Hooker) Morren et Decaisne. Acta Phytotax. Geobot. 30: 153–168

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981. Studies in morphology and systematics of Berberidaceae, IV. Floral anatomy ofPlagiorhegma dubia Maxim.,Jeffersonia diphylla (L.) Pers., andAchylys triphylla (Smith) DC. ssp.japonica (Maxim.) Kitam. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 94: 141–157.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983a. Studies in morphology and systematics of Berberidaceae, V. Floral anatomy ofCaulophyllum Michx.,Leontice L.,Gymnospermium Spach., andBongardia Mey. Mem. Fac. Sci. Kyoto Univ., Ser. Biol., 8: 197–217.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983b. Studies in morphology and systematics of Berberidaceae, VI. Floral anatomy ofDiphylleia Michx.,Podophyllum L., andDysosma Woodson. Acta Phytotax. Geobot. 34: 27–47.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983c. Studies in morphology and systematics of Berberidaceae, Floral anatomy ofNandina domestica Thunb. J. Phytogeogr. Taxon. 31: 16–21 (1983c).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985. The comparative floral anatomy and systematics of the Berberidaceae, II. Systematic considerations. Acta Phytotax. Geobot. 36: 1–13.

    Google Scholar 

  • Terrazas, T. &M. W. Chase. 1996. A phylogenetic analysis of Anacardiaceae based on morphology, anatomy andrbcL sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 197–198 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Thanikaimoni, G. 1986. Evolution of Menispermaceae. Canad. J. Bot. 64: 3130–3133.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &D. M. A. Jayaweera. 1966. Pollen morphology of Sonneratiaceae. Inst. Franc. Pondichéry Trav. Sec. Sci. Techn. 5(3): 1–10.

    Google Scholar 

  • Theisen, I. &W. Barthlott. 1994. Mikromorphologie der Epicuticularwachse und die Systematik der Gentianales, Rubiales, Dipsacales und Calycerales. Trop. Subtrop. Pflanzenwelt 89: 1–62.

    Google Scholar 

  • Thieret, J. W. 1966. Seeds of some United States Phytolaccaceae and Aizoaceae. Sida 2: 352–360.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1967. Supraspecific classification in the Scrophulariaceae: A review. Sida 3: 87–106.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1971. The genera of Orobanchaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 52: 404–434.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977. The Martyniaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 58: 25–39.

    Google Scholar 

  • Thiv, M., L. Struwe, V. A. Albert &J. W. Kaderereit. 1999. The phylogenetic relationships ofSaccifolium bandeirae (Gentianaceae) reconsidered. Harvard Pap. Bot. 4: 519–526.

    Google Scholar 

  • Thomas, J. L. 1960. A monographic study of the Cyrillaceae. Contr. Gray Herb. 186: 1–114.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1961. The genera of the Cyrillaceae and Clethraceae of the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 42: 96–106.

    Google Scholar 

  • Thompson, J. 1976. A revision of the genusTetratheca (Tremandraceae). Telopea 1: 139–215.

    Google Scholar 

  • Thornber, C. W. 1970. Alkaloids of the Menispermaceae. Phytochemistry 9: 157–187.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Thorne, R. F. 1958. Some guiding principles of angiosperm phylogeny. Brittonia 10: 72–77.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1963. Some problems and guiding principles of angiosperm phylogeny. Amer. Naturalist 97: 287–305.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • -. 1964. Some realignments in the Angiospermae as suggested by a synthesis of botanical information. Abstr. X Int. Bot. Congr., Edinburgh, p. 302.

  • —. 1968. Synopsis of a putatively phylogenetic classification of the flowering plants. Aliso 6(4): 57–66.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972. Major disjunctions in the geographic ranges of seed plants. Quart. Rev. Biol. 47: 365–411.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1973. Inclusion of the Apiaceae (Umbelliferae) in the Araliaceae. Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 32: 161–165.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974a. The “Amentiferae” or Hamamelidae as an artificial group: A summary statement. Brittonia 25: 395–405.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974b. Sapindales. Encycl. Brit., Ed. 15, 16: 239–244.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974c. A phylogenetic classification of the Annoniflorae. Aliso 8: 147–209.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975. Angiosperm phylogeny and geography. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 362–367.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976. A phylogenetic classification of the Angiospermae. Evol. Biol. 9: 35–106.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1977. Some realignments in the Angiospermae.In K. Kubitzki (ed.), Flowering plants: Evolution and classification of higher categories, Symposium, Hamburg, September 8–12, 1976. Pl. Syst. & Evol., Suppl. 1: 299–319. Springer-Verlag, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978a. Plate tectonics and angiosperm distribution. Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 36: 297–315.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978b. Winteraceae. Page 28in V. H. Heywood, D. M. Moore, I. B. K. Richardson & W. T. Stearn (eds.), Flowering plants of the world. Mayflower Books, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979. Parasites and phytophages: Pragmatic chemists? Pp. 200–209in I. Hedberg (ed.), Parasites as plant taxonomists: Proceedings of a symposium held in Uppsala August 25–27, 1978, in commemoration of Carolus Linnaeaus, Carl Peter Thunberg, Elias Fries. Symb. Bot. Upsal. 22(4). Almqvist & Wiksell, Stockholm.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981. Phytochemistry and angiosperm phylogeny: A summary statement. Pp. 233–295in D. A. Young & D. S. Seigler (eds.), Phytochemistry and angiosperm phylogeny. Praeger Sci., New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983. Proposed new realignments in the angiosperms. Nord. J. Bot. 3: 85–117.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985. Phylogenetic relationships of the monotypic family Simmondsiaceae. Jojoba Happenings 13(2): 8.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989a. Phylogeny and phytogeography. Rhodora 91: 10–24.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1989b. “Hamamelididae”: A commentary. Pp. 1: 9–16in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992a. An updated phylogenetic classification of the flowering plants. Aliso 13: 365–389.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992b. Classification and geography of the flowering plants. Bot. Rev. (Lancaster) 58(3): 225–348.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996a. The least specialized angiosperms. Pp. 286–313in D. W. Taylor & L. J. Hickey (eds.), Flowering plant origin, evolution & phylogeny. Chapman & Hall, New York.

    Chapter  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996b. Some guiding principles of biogeography. Telopea 6: 185–190.

    Google Scholar 

  • -. 1998. An updated classification of the Monocotyledoneae. Monocots II, Sydney, Program Update Abstr., 4.

  • -. 1999a. Updated synopsis of the Angiospermae, with nomenclatural additions by James L. Reveal. ttp://www.inform.umd.edu/PBIO/fam/thorneangiosp99.html

  • —. 1999b. Eastern Asia as a living museum for archaic angiosperms and other seed plants. Taiwania 44: 413–422.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 2000. The classification and geography of the monocotyledon subclasses Alismatidae, Liliidae, and Commelinidae. Pp. 75–124in B. Nordenstam, G. El-Ghazaly, M. Kassas & T. C. Laurent (eds.), Plant systematics for the 21st century. Portland Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. Scogin. 1978.Forsellesia Greene (Glossopetalon A. Gray), a third genus in the Crossosomataceae, Rosineae, Rosales. Aliso 9: 171–178.

    Google Scholar 

  • Thulin, M. 1978.Cyphia (Lobeliaceae) in tropical Africa. Bot. Not. 131: 455–471.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,B. Bremer, J. Richardson, J. Niklasson, M. F. Fay &M. W. Chase. 1998. Family relationships of the enigmatic rosid generaBarbeya andDirachma from the Horn of Africa region. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 213: 103–119.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Tiagi, B. 1963. Studies in the family Orobanchaceae, IV. Embryology ofBoschniackia himalaica Hook. andB. tuberosa (Hook.) Jepson, with remarks on the evolution of the family. Bot. Not. 16: 81–93.

    Google Scholar 

  • Tieghem, P. van. 1884. Sur la structure et les affinités des Pittosporées. Bull. Soc. Bot. France 31: 383–385.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1897. Sur les charactères et les affinités des Grubbiacées. J. Bot. (Morot) 11: 127–138.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1900. Sur les Bixacées, les Cochlospermacées et les Sphérosépalacées. J. Bot. (Morot) 14: 32–54.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1903. Sur le genreStrasburgéria considéré comme type d’une famille nouvelle, les Strasburgériacées. J. Bot. (Morot) 17: 198–204.

    Google Scholar 

  • Tiffney, B. H. (ed.). 1985. Geological factors and the evolution of plants. Yale Univ. Press, New Haven, CT.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1993. Fruits and seeds of the Tertiary Brandon Lignite, VII.Sargentodoxa (Sargentodoxaceae). Amer.J. Bot. 80: 517–523.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &E. S. Barghoorn. 1979. Flora of the Brandon Lignite, IV. Illiciaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 66: 321–329.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &K. K. Haggard. 1995. Endocarps ofMastixia andLangtonia (Cornaceae) from the Paleogene of western North America. Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 93 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Tikhomirov, V. N. 1964. The origin and the general trends in the evolution of Apiaceae. Abstr. X Int. Bot. Congr., Edinburgh, p. 491.

  • Tillich, H.-J. 1995. Seedlings and systematics in monocotyledons. Pp. 303–352in P. J. Rudall et al. (eds.), Monocotyledons: Systematics and evolution. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • -. 1998a. Plesiomorphies and apomorphies in seedlings of monocotyledons. Monocots II Sydney Abstr., 53.

  • —. 1998b. Development and organization [of seedlings]. Pp. 1–19in K. Kubitzki (ed.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 3. Flowering plants: Monocotyledons: Lilianae (except Orchidaceae). Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • Tirel, C. 1996. Rétablissement dePeriomphale Baill. (Alseuosmiaceae), genre endémique de Nouvelle-Calédonie. Adansonia, III, 18: 155–160.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. Jérémie &D. Lobreau-Callen. 1996.Corchorus neocaledonicus (Tiliaceae), veritable identité de l’enigmatiqueOceanopapaver. Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. (Paris), 4th ser. 18: 35–43.

    Google Scholar 

  • Tiwari, S. C., F. Bouman &R. N. Kapil. 1977. Ovule ontogeny inTropaeolum majus. Phytomorphology 27: 350–358.

    Google Scholar 

  • Tobe, H. 1981. Embryological studies inGlaucidium palmatum Sieb, et Zucc, with a discussion on the taxonomy of the genus. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 94: 207–224.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • -. 1987. Seed ontogeny and morphology in Ulmaceae. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 4-17b-3.

  • —. 1990. The embryology and taxonomic relationships ofBretschneidera (Bretschneideraceae). J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 103: 139–152.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1991. Reproductive morphology, anatomy, and relationships ofTicodendron. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 78: 135–142.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &B. E. Hammel. 1993. Floral morphology, embryology and seed anatomy ofRuptiliocarpon caracolito (Lepidobotryaceae). Novon 3: 423–428.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &R. C. Keating. 1985. The morphology and anatomyof Hydrastis (Ranunculales): Systematic reevaluation of the genus. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 98: 291–316.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &P. H. Raven. 1983. The embryology ofAxinandra zeylanica (Myrtales) and the relationships of the genus. Bot. Gaz. 144: 426–432.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1984a. An embryological contribution to systematics of the Chrysobalanaceae, I. Tribe Chrysobalaneae. Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 97: 397–411.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1984b. An embryological analysis of Myrtales: Its definition and characteristics. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 70: 71–94.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1984c. The embryology and relationships of Oliniaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 146: 105–116.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1984d. The embryology and relationships of Penaeaceae (Myrtales). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 146: 181–195.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1985a. The embryology and relationships ofRhynchocalyx Oliv. (Rhynchocalycaceae). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 836–843.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1985b. The embryology and relationships ofAlzatea Ruiz & Pav. (Alzateaceae, Myrtales). Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 844–852.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1987a. The embryology and relationships ofDactylocladus (Crypteroniaceae) and a discussion of the family. Bot. Gaz. 148: 103–111.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1987b. Embryology and systematics ofHeteropyxis (Myrtales). Amer. J. Bot. 74: 197–208.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1988a. Floral morphology and evolution in Anisophylleaceae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 98: 1–25.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1988b. Additional notes on the embryology ofPolygonanthus (Anisophylleaceae) and relationships of the family. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 75: 1425–1428.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1989. The embryology and systematic position ofRhabdodendron (Rhabdodendraceae). Pp. 233–248in K. Tan (ed.), The Davis and Hedge Festschrift: Plant taxonomy, phytogeography and related subjects. Edinburgh Univ. Press, Edinburgh.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1990. Embryology and systematic position ofPsiloxylon (Myrtales). Bot. Bull. Acad. Sin. 31: 119–127.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1991. The embryology and relationships of Gyrostemonaceae. Austral. Syst Bot. 4: 407–420.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1992. The embryology and relationships of Bataceae. Syst. Bot. 19: 485–496.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993. Embryology ofAcanthothamnus, Brexia andCanotia (Celastrales): A comparison. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 112: 17–32.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1995. Embryology and relationships ofAkania (Akaniaceae). J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 118: 261–274.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1996. Embryology of Onagraceae (Myrtales): Characteristics, variation and relationships. Telopea 6: 667–688.

    Google Scholar 

  • -& N. Suzuki. 1993. Occurrence of uni- and bitegmic ovules inCoriaria (Coriariaceae), and evolutionary relationships in the genus. Abstr. XV Int. Bot. Congr., Yokohama, p. 95.

  • — &M. Takahashi. 1990. Trichome and pollen morphology ofBarbeya (Barbeyaceae) and its relationships. Taxon 39: 561–567.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,T. F. Stuessy, P. H. Raven &K. Oginuma. 1993. Embryology and karyomorphology of Lactoridaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 80: 933–946.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,S. Carlquist &H. H. Iltis. 1999. Reproductive anatomy and relationships ofSetchellanthus caeruleus (Setchellanthaceae). Taxon 48: 277–288.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Todzia, C. A. 1993a. Chloranthaceae. Pp. 281–287in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • — 1993b. Ulmaceae. Pp. 603–611in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Tokuoka, T. &H. Tobe. 1998. Ovules and seeds in Crotonoideae (Euphorbiaceae): Structure and systematic implications. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 120: 165–186.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1999. Embryology of tribe Drypeteae, an enigmatic taxon of Euphorbiaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 215: 189–208.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Tomas-Barberan, F. A., R. J. Grayer-Barkmeijer, M. I. Gil &J. B. Harborne. 1988. Distribution of 6-hydroxy-, 6-methoxy- and 8-hydroxyflavone glycosides in the Labiatae, the Scrophulariaceae and related families. Phytochemistry 27: 2631–2645.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Tomb, A. S. 1999. Pollen morphology and relationships ofSetchellanthus caeruleus (Setchellanthaceae). Taxon 48: 285–288.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Tomlinson, P. B. 1986. The botany of mangroves. Cambridge Univ. Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1995. Non-homology of vascular organization in monocotyledons and dicotyledons. Pp. 589–622in P. J. Rudall et al. (eds.), Monocotyledons: Systematics and evolution. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

    Google Scholar 

  • Townsend, C. C. 1993. Amaranthaceae. Pp. 70–91in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Trudel, M. C. G. &J. K. Morton. 1992. Pollen morphology and taxonomy in North American Labiatae. Canad. J. Bot. 70: 975–995.

    Google Scholar 

  • Tseng, C. C. 1967. Anatomical studies of flower and fruit in the Hydrocotyloideae (Umbelliferae). Univ. Calif. Publ. Bot. 42: 1–79.

    Google Scholar 

  • Tsou, C.-H. 1994a. The classification and evolution of pollen types of Planchonioideae (Lecythidaceae). Pl. Syst. & Evol. 189: 15–27.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994b. The embryology, reproductive morphology, and systematics of Lecythidaceae. Mem. New York Bot. Gard., 71. New York. Bot. Gard., Bronx.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1996. The pseudopollen of the Camellioideae of Theaceae: Its development and systematic significance. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 198–199 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. Embryology of the Theaceae: Anther and ovule development ofCamellia, Franklinia, andSchima. Amer. J. Bot. 84: 369–381.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • -.& S. Mori. 1993. Ovule development and seed anatomy of Lecythidaceaes.s. Abstr. XV Int. Bot. Congr., Yokohama, p. 95.

  • Tucker, G. C. 1986. The genera of Elatinaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 67: 471–483.

    Google Scholar 

  • Tucker, S. C. &A. W. Douglas. 1996. Floral structure, development, and relationships of paleoherbs:Saruma, Cabomba, Lactoris, and selected Piperales. Pp. 141–175in D. W. Taylor & L. J. Hickey (eds.), Flowering plant origin, evolution & phylogeny. Chapman & Hall, New York.

    Chapter  Google Scholar 

  • —— &H.-X. Liang. 1993. Utility of ontogenetic and conventional characters in determining phylogenetic relationships of Saururaceae and Piperaceae (Piperales). Syst. Bot. 18: 614–641.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Turner, B. L. 1994. Chromosome numbers and their phyletic interpretation. Pp. 27–43in H.-D. Behnke & T. J. Mabry (eds.), Caryophyllales: Evolution and systematics. Springer-Verlag, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &A. M. Powell. 1977. Helenieae: Systematic review. Pp. 699–737in V. H. Heywood, J. B. Harborne & B. L. Turner (eds.), The biology and chemistry of the Compositae. Academic Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Umadevi, I. &M. Daniel. 1991. Chemosystematics of the Sapindaceae. Feddes Repert. 102: 607–612.

    Google Scholar 

  • —— &S. D. Sabnis. 1986. Interrelationships among the families Aceraceae, Hippocastanaceae, Melianthaceae and Staphyleaceae. J. Pl. Anat. & Morph. 3: 169–172.

    Google Scholar 

  • Upchurch, G. R., Jr. &J. A. Wolfe. 1993. Cretaceous vegetation of the western interior and adjacent regions of North America. Pp. 243–281in W. G. E. Caldwell & E. G. Kauffman (eds.), Evolution of the Western Interior Basin. Geol. Assoc. Canada Spec. Paper 39. Geol. Assoc. Canada, St. John’s, Newfoundland.

    Google Scholar 

  • Valiejo-Roman, K. M., M. G. Pimenov, E. I. Terentieva, S. R. Downie, D. S. Katz-Downie &A. V. Troitsky. 1998. Molecular systematics of the Umbelliferae: Using nuclear ribosomal DNA internal transcribed spacer sequences to resolve issues of evolutionary relationships. Bot. Dzj. 83: 1–22 (in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • Van Boskirk, M. C. 1997. The paleofloristics and systematic character of the Cretaceous (Lower Campanian) Eagle Formation, Wyoming and Montana, U.S.A. Amer. J. Bot. 84(6): 144 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Vander Wyk, R. W. &J. E. Canright. 1956. The anatomy and relationships of the Annonaceae. Trop. Woods. 104: 1–24.

    Google Scholar 

  • Van Eseltine, G. P. 1929. A preliminary study of the unicorn plants. New York Agric. Exp. Sta. Techn. Bull. 129: 3–41.

    Google Scholar 

  • Vaughan, J. G. &J. A. Rest. 1969. Note on the testa structure ofPanda Pierre,Galearia Zoll, et Mor. andMicrodesmis Hook. f. (Pandaceae). Kew Bull. 23: 215–218.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,A. J. MacLeod &B. M. G. Jones (eds.). 1976. The biology and chemistry of the Cruciferae. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • Veldkamp, J. F. 1986. Elaeagnaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 151–156.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988. XIV. Notes onPteleocarpa, incertae sedis. Fl. Males. 10: 47–50.

    Google Scholar 

  • Venkata Rao, C. 1957. Cytotaxonomy of the Proteaceae. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 82: 257–271.

    Google Scholar 

  • Venkateswarlu, J. A. 1937. A contribution to the embryology of Sonneratiaceae. Proc. Indian Acad. Sci., 5B: 206–223.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P. S. Venkata Rao. 1964. The wood anatomy and the taxonomic position of Sonneratiaceae. Curr. Sci. 33: 6–9.

    Google Scholar 

  • Verdcourt, B. 1968. Monimiaceae:Xymalos. Fl. Trop. E. Africa.

  • —. 1985. A synopsis of the Moringaceae. Kew Bull. 40: 1–23.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1986. Chloranthaceae. Fl. Males. 10: 123–144.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. Polhill. 1997. Proposals to conserve the namesMyrica andGale (Myricaceae) with conserved types. Taxon 46: 347–348.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Verkerke, W. 1984. Ovule and seed ofXanthophyllum (Polygalaceae). Blumea 29: 409–421.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985a. Ovules and seeds of the Polygalaceae. J. Arnold Arbor. 66: 353–394.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1985b. Ovule ontogeny and seed coat development inKrameria Loefling (Kramerioideae). Beitr. Biol. Pflanzen 60: 341–351.

    Google Scholar 

  • Verlaque, R. 1983. Contribution a l’étude du genreMorina L. Pollen & Spores 25: 143–162.

    Google Scholar 

  • Vestal, P. A. 1937. The significance of comparative anatomy in establishing the relationship of the Hypericaceae to the Guttiferae and their allies. Philipp. J. Sci. 64: 413–419.

    Google Scholar 

  • Vieira, P. C., A. R. Lazaro, J. B. Fernandes &M. F. das F. F. da Silva. 1988. The chemosystematics ofDictyoloma. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 16: 541–544.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Vijayaraghavan, M. R. 1964. Morphology and embryology of a vesselless dicotyledon:Sarcandra irvingbaileyi Swamy, and systematic position of the Chloranthaceae. Phytomorphology 14: 429–441.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1965. Morphology and embryology ofActinidia polygama, and systematic position of the family Actinidiaceae. Phytomorphology 15: 224–235.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &G. S. Sarveshwari. 1968. Embryology and systematic position ofMorina longifolia Wall. Bot. Not. 121: 383–402.

    Google Scholar 

  • Vijayaraghavan, R. R. &U. Dhar. 1978. Embryology ofCyrilla andCliftonia (Cyrillaceae). Bot. Not. 131: 127–138.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. Kaur. 1966. Morphology and embryology ofTurnera ulmifolia L. and affinities of the family Turneraceae. Phytomorphology 19: 539–553.

    Google Scholar 

  • Vincent, S., C. M. Morton, S. B. Hoot &M. W. Chase. 1996. An examination of phylogenetic patterns of plastidatpB gene sequences among eudicots. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 190 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Vink, W. 1993. Winteraceae. Pp. 630–638in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Visser, J. 1981. South African parasitic flowering plants. Juta, Capetown.

    Google Scholar 

  • Vliet, G. J. C. M. van. 1974. Wood anatomy of Crypteroniaceaesensu lato. J. Microscop. (Oxford) 104: 65–82.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1978. Vestured pits of Combretaceae and allied families. Acta Bot. Neerl. 27: 273–285.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979. Wood anatomy of the Combretaceae. Blumea 25: 141–223.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981. Wood anatomy of paleotropical Melastomataceae. Blumea 27: 395–462.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &P. Baas. 1975. Comparative anatomy of the Crypteroniaceaesensu lato. Blumea 22: 175–195.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1985. Wood anatomy and classification of the Myrtales. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 783–800.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • ——,J. Koek-Noorman &B. J. H. Ter Welle. 1981. Wood anatomy, classification, and phylogeny of the Melastomataceae. Blumea 27: 464–473.

    Google Scholar 

  • Vogel, C. 1986. Phytoserologische Untersuchungen zur Systematik der Euphorbiaceae: Beitrage zur infrafamiliaren Gliederung und zu Beziehungen im extrafamiliaren Bereich. Diss. Bot. 98: 1–124.

    Google Scholar 

  • Vogel, E. F. de. 1980. Seedlings of dicotyledons: Structure, development, types: Descriptions of 150 woody Malesian taxa. Centre for Agric. Publ. and Docum., Wageningen, Netherlands.

    Google Scholar 

  • Vogel, S. 1987. History of the Malpighiaceae in the light of pollination ecology. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-47a-4.

  • Volgin, S. A. 1987. Origin and trends of specialization of flowers in the Amaranthaceae family. Bot. Zhurn. (Moscow & Leningrad) 72: 1338–1345 (in Russian; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1988. Vergleichende Morphologie und Gefassbundelanatomie der Blüte bei den Rivinoideae (Phytolaccaceae). Flora 181: 325–337.

    Google Scholar 

  • Vujicic, R., D. Grubisic &R. Konjevic. 1993. Scanning electron microscopy of the seed coat in the genusPaulownia (Scrophulariaceae). J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 111: 505–511.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Wagenitz, G. 1959. Die systematische Stellung der Rubiaceae. Ein Beitrag zum System der Sympetalen. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 79: 17–35.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1975. Blütenreduktion als ein zentrales Problem der Angiospermen-Systematik. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 96: 448–470.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992. The Asteridae: Evolution of a concept and its present status. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard 79: 209–217.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1997. The impact of molecular methods on the systematics of angiosperms. Bot. Acta 110: 274–281.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &B. Laing. 1984. Die Nektarien der Dipsacales und ihr systematische Bedeutung. Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 104: 483–507.

    Google Scholar 

  • Wagner, W. L. &D. H. Lorence. 1999. A revision ofTrimenia Seem. (Trimeniaceae) in the Marquesas Islands with description of a new species,Trimenia nukuhivensis. Adansonia, sér. 3, 21: 225–230.

    Google Scholar 

  • Wagstaff, S. J. &M. I. Dawson. 2000. Classification, origin, and patterns of diversification ofCorynocarpus (Corynocarpaceae) inferred from DNA sequences. Syst. Bot. 25: 134–149.-& R. G. Olmstead. 1997. Phylogeny of Labiatae and Verbenaceae inferred fromrbcL sequences. Syst. Bot. 22: 165–179.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —— &P. D. Cantino. 1995. Parsimony analysis ofcpDNA restriction site variation in subfamily Nepetoideae (Labiatae). Amer. J. Bot. 82: 886–892.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —,L. Hickerson, R. Spangler, P. A. R. Reeves &R. G. Olmstead. 1998. Phylogeny in Labiatae s.l., inferred fromcpDNA sequences. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 209: 265–274.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Walia, K. &R. N. Kapil. 1965. Embryology ofFrankenia Linn, with some comments on the systematic position of the Frankeniaceae. Bot. Not. 118: 412–429.

    Google Scholar 

  • Walker, E. H. 1940. A revision of the eastern Asiatic Myrsinaceae. Philipp. J. Sci. 73: 1–258.

    Google Scholar 

  • Walker, J. W. 1971. Pollen morphology, phytogeography, and phylogeny of the Annonaceae. Contr. Gray Herb. 202: 1–131.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972a. Contributions to the pollen morphology and phylogeny of the Annonaceae, II. J. Linn. Soc.,Bot. 65: 173–178.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1972b. Chromosome numbers, phylogeny, phytogeography of the Annonaceae and their bearing on the (original) basic chromosome number of angiosperms. Taxon 21: 57–65.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976a. Comparative pollen morphology and phylogeny of the ranalean complex. Pp. 241–299in C. B. Beck (ed.), Origin and early evolution of angiosperms. Columbia Univ. Press, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976b. Evolutionary significance of the exine in the pollen of primitive angiosperms. Pp. 251–308in I. K. Ferguson & J. Müller (eds.), The evolutionary significance of the exine. Linn. Soc. London Sym. Ser., 1. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &J. A. Doyle. 1976. The bases of angiosperm phylogeny: Palynology. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 664–723.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &A. G. Walker. 1984. Ultrastructure of Lower Cretaceous angiosperm pollen and the origin and early evolution of flowering plants. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 71: 464–521.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,G. J. Brenner &A. G. Walker. 1983. Winteraceous pollen in the Lower Cretaceous of Israel: Early evidence of a magnolialean angiosperm family. Science 220: 1273–1275.

    Article  PubMed  Google Scholar 

  • Wallace, G. D. 1975. Studies of the Monotropoideae (Ericaceae): Taxonomy and distribution. Wasmann J. Biol. 33: 1–88.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976. Interrelationships of the subfamilies of the Ericaceae and derivations of the Monotropoideae. Bot. Not. 128: 286–298.

    Google Scholar 

  • Wallace, R. S. 1994. Molecular systematics of Cactaceae, subfamily Pereskioideae as elucidated bycpDNA restriction site variation: Phylogenetic and biogeographic implications. Amer. J. Bot. 81(6): 194 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998. Molecular evidence for the elucidation of subfamilial relationships within Aizoaceae s.l. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 163–164 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. H. Cota &H. G. Hills. 1995. Molecular phylogenetics of the Cactaceae and infrafamilial classification: Evidence for new generic and tribal alignments and recognition of a new subfamily. Amer. J. Bot. 82(6): 169 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Wallander, E. &V. A. Albert. 1998. Phylogeny of Oleaceae based on thetrnL-F region of the plastid genome. Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 164 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Wang, F.-H., N.-F. Chien &Y.-L. Zhang. 1984. A study on the pollen morphology inTrochodendron, Tetracentron, Euptelea. Acta. Phytotax. Sin. 22: 456–460 (in Chinese).

    Google Scholar 

  • Wannan, B. S. &C. J. Quinn. 1988. Biflavonoids in the Julianiaceae. Phytochemistry 27: 3161–3162.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1990. Pericarp structure and generic affinities in the Anacardiaceae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 102: 225–252.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1991. Floral structure and evolution in the Anacardiaceae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 107: 349–385.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1992. Inflorescence structure and affinities ofLaurophyllus (Anacardiaceae). J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 109: 235–245.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. T. Waterhouse &C. J. Quinn. 1987. A taxonomic reassessment ofBlepharocarya F. Muell. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 95: 61–72.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Water, T. P. M. van de. 1980. A taxonomic revision of the genusSabia (Sabiaceae). Blumea 26: 1–64.

    Google Scholar 

  • Waterman, P. G. 1975. Alkaloids of the Rutaceae: Their distribution and systematic significance. Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 3: 149–180.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1983. Phylogenetic implications of the distribution of secondary metabolites within the Rutales. Pp. 377–400in P. G. Waterman & M. F. Grundon (eds.), Chemistry and chemical taxonomy of the Rutales. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990. Chemosystematics of the Rutaceae: Comments on the interpretation of da Silva et al. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 173: 39–48.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &M. F. Grundon (eds.). 1983. Chemistry and chemical taxonomy of the Rutales. Academic Press, London.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &E. N. Mahmoud. 1991. Chemical taxonomy of the Sapotaceae: Patterns in the distribution of some simple phenolic compounds. Pp. 51–74in T. D. Pennington, The genera of Sapotaceae. Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, & New York Bot. Gard., Bronx.

    Google Scholar 

  • Watson, L. 1964. The taxonomic significance of certain anatomical observations on Ericaceae. New Phytol. 63: 274–280.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Weberling, F. 1963. Ein Beitrag zur systematischen Stellung der Geissolomataceae, Penaeaceae und Oliniaceae sowie der GattungHeteropyxis (Myrtaceae). Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 82: 119–128.

    Google Scholar 

  • Webster, G. L. 1967. The genera of Euphorbiaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 48: 303–430.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987a. The saga of the spurges: A review of classification and relationships in the Euphorbiales. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 94: 3–46.

    Google Scholar 

  • -. 1987b. Evolution and distributional history of the Euphorbiaceae. Abstr. XIV Int. Bot. Congr., Berlin, 5-47b-7.

  • —. 1994. Systematics of the Euphorbiaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 81: 1–144.

    Google Scholar 

  • Weddell, H. A. 1860. Memoire sur leCynomorium coccineum. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. 10: 269–308.

    Google Scholar 

  • Weitzman, A. L. &P. F. Stevens. 1997. Notes on the circumscription of Bonnetiaceae and Clusiaceae, with taxa and new combinations. BioLlania, Ed. Espec. 6: 551–564.

    Google Scholar 

  • Weizen, P. C. Van &P. Baas. 1984. A leaf anatomical contribution to the classification of the Linaceae complex. Blumea 29: 453–479.

    Google Scholar 

  • Wen, J. &T. F. Stuessy. 1993. The phylogeny and biogeography ofNyssa (Cornaceae). Syst. Bot. 18: 68–79.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Werff, H. van der &H. G. Richter. 1996. Toward an improved classification of Lauraceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 83: 409–418.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Werker, E. 1997. Seed anatomy. Borntraeger, Berlin.

    Google Scholar 

  • West, W. C. 1969. Ontogeny of oil cells in the woody Ranales. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 96: 329–344.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Weston, P. W. 1995. Subfamily I. Persoonioideae. Pp. 47–127in P. McCarthy & A. E. Orchard (eds.), Flora of Australia. Vol. 16. Elaeagnaceae and Proteaceae. CSIRO, Melbourne.

    Google Scholar 

  • Wettstein, R. 1935. Handbuch der systematischen Botanik. Ed. 4. Franz Deuticke, Leipzig, Vienna.

    Google Scholar 

  • Whalen, M. A. 1987a. Systematics ofFrankenia (Frankeniaceae) in North and South America. Syst. Bot. Monogr., 17. Amer. Soc. Pl. Tax., Ann Arbor, MI.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1987b. Wood anatomy of the American frankenias (Frankeniaceae): Systematic and evolutionary implications. Amer. J. Bot. 74: 1211–1223.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Wheeler, E. A. 1995. Wood ofPlatanus kerrii. IAWA J. 16: 127–132.

    Google Scholar 

  • Whitaker, T. W. 1933. Chromosome number and relationship in the Magnoliales. J. Arnold Arbor. 14: 376–385.

    Google Scholar 

  • White, E. B. 1956a. Notes on Ebenaceae, I. Bull. Jard. Bot. État 26: 237–246.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — 1956b. Notes on Ebenaceae, II. Bull. Jard. Bot. État 26: 277–307.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1957. Notes on Ebenaceae, III. Bull. Jard. Bot. État 27: 515–531.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1962. Notes on Ebenaceae, IV. Bol. Soc. Brot., ser. 2, 36: 97–100.

    Google Scholar 

  • — 1963. Notes on Ebenaceae, V. Bull. Jard. Bot. État 33: 345–367.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • White, F. 1976. The taxonomy, ecology and chorology of African Chrysobalanaceae (excludingAcioa). Bull. Jard. Bot. État 46: 265–350.

    Google Scholar 

  • -. 1981. Lissocarpaceae.In B. Maguire et al., The botany of the Guayana Highland -Part XI. Mem. New York Bot. Gard. 32: 329–330.

  • —. 1986. The taxonomy, chorology and reproductive biology of southern African Meliaceae and Ptaeroxylaceae. Bothalia 16: 143–168.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1990.Ptaeroxylon obliquum (Ptaeroxylaceae), some other disjuncts, and the Quaternary history of African vegetation. Bull. Mus. Nat. Hist. Nat. Paris, Ser. 4, 12: 139–185.

    CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Whitlock, B. A., W. S. Alverson &D. A. Baum. 1996. Phylogenetic relationships in the tribe Byttnerieae (Sterculiaceae) based onndhF sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 201 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,K. G. Karol &W. S. Alverson. 2000. Chloroplast DNA sequences confirm the placement ofOceanopapaver within the Grewioideae (Tiliaceae or Malvaceae s.l.). Amer. J. Bot. 87(6): 184 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Whitton, J., R. S. Wallace &R. K. Jansen. 1995. Phylogenetic relationships and patterns of character change in the tribe Lactuceae (Asteraceae) based on chloroplast DNA restriction site variation. Canad. J. Bot. 73: 1058–1073.

    Google Scholar 

  • Wiegrefe, S. J., K. J. Sytsma &R. P. Guries. 1998. The Ulmaceae, one family or two? Evidence from chloroplast DNA restriction site mapping. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 210: 149–270.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Wiehler, H. 1983. A synopsis of the neotropical Gesneriaceae. Selbyana 6: 1–219.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. A re-examinationof Sanango racemosum, 4. Its new systematic position in Gesneriaceae. Taxon 43: 625–632.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Wiens, D. &B. A. Barlow. 1971. The cytogeography and relationships of the viscaceous and eremolepidaceous mistletoes. Taxon 20: 313–332.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Wijmstra, T.A. 1968. The identity ofPsilatricolporites andPelliciera. Acta Bot. Neerl. 17: 114–116.

    Google Scholar 

  • Wilkinson, H. P. 1989. Leaf anatomy of the Menispermaceae, tribe Tiliacoreae Miers. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 99: 125–174.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1992. Leaf anatomy of the Pittosporaceae. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 110: 1–59.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994. Leaf and twig anatomy of the Pterostemonaceae (Engl.) Small: Ecological and systematic features. J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 115: 115–131.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Willaman, J. J. &B. G. Schubert. 1961. Alkaloid-bearing plants and their contained alkaloids. Techn. Bull. U.S.D.A. 1234. U.S. Dept. of Agriculture, Washington, DC.

    Google Scholar 

  • Williams, S. E., V. A. Albert &M. W. Chase. 1994. Relationships of Droseraceae: A cladistic analysis ofrbcL sequence and morphological data. Amer. J. Bot. 81: 1027–1037.Willamson, P. S. & E. L. Schneider. 1993a. Cabombaceae. Pp. 157–161in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer &

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

  • —. 1993b. Nelumbonaceae. Pp. 470–473in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994a. Floral aspects ofBarclaya: Pollination, ontogeny and structure. Pl. Syst. & Evol. (Suppl) 8: 159–173.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1994b.Ondinea purpurea den Hartog. Aqua Pl. 1: 3–10.

    Google Scholar 

  • Wilmot-Dear, M. 1985.Ceratophyllum revised: A study in fruit and leaf variation. Kew Bull. 40: 243–271.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Wilson, C. L. 1965,1974. The floral anatomy of the Dilleniaceae. Respective parts published in Phytomorphology as follows: I.Hibbertia Andr., 15: 248–274; II. Genera other thanHibbertia, 23: 35–42.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1976. Floral anatomy ofIdiospermum australiense. Amer. J. Bot. 63: 987–996.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1979.Idiospermum australiense (Idiospermaceae)—Aspects of vegetative anatomy. Amer. J. Bot. 66: 280–289.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Wilson, K. A. 1960a. The genera of Hydrophyllaceae and Polemoniaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 41: 197–212.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1960b. The genera of Convolvulaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 41: 298–317.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &C. E. Wood. 1959. The genera of Oleaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 40: 369–384.

    Google Scholar 

  • Wilson, P. G., P. A. Gadek, C. J. Quinn, W. D. Clark &L. R. Landrum. 1994. Myrtaceae revisited: A cladistic re-analysis of an expanded database. Amer. J. Bot. 81(6): 195 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • ———. 1996. Phylogeny of Myrtaceae and its allies based onmatK sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 202 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Wilson, T. K. 1960. The comparative morphology of the Canellaceae, I. Synopsis of genera and wood anatomy. Trop. Woods 112: 1–27.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1965. The comparative morphology of the Canellaceae, II. Anatomy of the young stem and node. Amer. J. Bot. 52: 369–378.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &L. M. Maculans. 1967. The morphology of the Myristicaceae, I. Flowers ofMyristicafragrans andM. malabarica. Amer. J. Bot. 54: 214–220.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Wisniewski, M. &A. L. Bogle. 1982. The ontogeny of the inflorescence and flower ofLiquidambar styraciflua L. (Hamamelidaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 69: 1612–1624.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Wolfe, A. D., W. J. Elisens, L. E. Watson &C. W. dePamphilis. 1997. Using restriction-site variation of PCR-amplifiedcpNDA genes for phylogenetic analysis of tribe Cheloneae (Scrophulariaceae). Amer. J. Bot. 84: 555–564.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Wolfe, G. R., S. Xu, G. W. Patterson &T. A. Salt 1989. Polygonales and Plumbaginales: Sterol composition in relation to the Caryophyllidae. Phytochemistry 28: 143–145.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Wolfe, J. A. 1989. Leaf-architectural analysis of the Hamamelididae. Pp. 1: 75–104in P. R. Crane & S. Blackmore (eds.), Evolution, systematics, and fossil history of the Hamamelidae. Syst. Assoc., Clarendon Press, Oxford.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &T. Tanai. 1987. Systematics, phylogeny, and distribution ofAcer (maples) in the Cenozoic of western North America. J. Fac. Sci., Hokkaido Imp. Univ. 22(1): 1–246.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,J. A. Doyle &V. M. Page. 1976. The bases of angiosperm phylogeny: Paleobotany. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 62: 810–824.

    Google Scholar 

  • Wood, C. E., Jr. 1958. The genera of the woody Ranales in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 39: 296–346.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1959. The genera of the Nymphaeaceae and Ceratophyllaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 40: 94–112.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1960. The genera of Sarraceniaceae and Droseraceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 41: 152–163.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1961. The genera of Ericaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 42: 10–80.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1971. The Saururaceae in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 52: 479–485.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1974. A student’s atlas of flowering plants: Some dicotyledons of eastern North America. Harper & Row, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &R. B. Channell. 1959. The Empetraceae and Diapensiaceae of southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 40: 161–171.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1960. The genera of the Ebenales in the southeastern United States. J. Arnold Arbor. 41: 1–35.

    Google Scholar 

  • Woodland, P. S. &P. R. Garlick. 1982. The fine structure of the pollen of Eupomatiaceae. Austral. J. Bot. 30: 297–301.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • -& N. Prakash. 1993. Floral morphology, embryology and relationships of the Eupomatiaceae. Abstr. XV Int. Bot. Congr., Yokohama, p. 95.

  • Woodson, R. E., Jr. &J. A. Moore. 1938. The vascular anatomy and comparative morphology of apocynaceous flowers. Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 65: 135–166.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Wu, C.-Y. 1981. Another new genus of Adoxaceae, with special reference on the infrafamiliar evolution and the systematic position of the family. Acta Bot. Yunnan. 3: 383–388 (in Chinese; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &K. Kubitzki. 1993a. Circaeasteraceae. Pp. 288–289in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993b. Lardizabalaceae. Pp. 361–365in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993c. Rhoipteleaceae. Pp. 584–585in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1993d. Saururaceae. Pp. 586–588in K. Kubitzki, J. G. Rohwer & V. Bittrich (eds.), The families and genera of vascular plants. Vol. 2. Flowering plants. Dicotyledons: Magnoliid, Hamamelid and Caryophyllid families. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg.

    Google Scholar 

  • Wunderlich, R. 1959. Zur Frage der Phylogenie der Endospermtypen bei den Angiospermen. Oesterr. Bot. Z. 106: 203–293.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1967. Some remarks on the taxonomic significance of the seed coat. Phytomorphology 17: 301–311.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1971. Die systematische Stellung vonTheligonum. (Zugleich eine kritische Zusammenstellung einiger embryologischer, anatomischer und morphologischer Merkmale der Rubiaceae. Oesterr. Bot. Z. 119: 329–394.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Wunderlin, R., K. Larsen &S. S. Larsen. 1987. Reorganization of the Cercideae (Fabaceae: Caesalpinioideae). Roy. Danish Acad. Sci. Let. Biol. Skr. 28: 1–40.

    Google Scholar 

  • Wurdack, K. J. &M. W. Chase. 1996. Molecular systematics of Euphorbiaceaesensu lato usingrbcL sequence data. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 203 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Xi, Y.-Z. &Y.-C. Tang. 1990. Pollen morphology and phylogenetic relationships in the Diapensiaceae. Cathaya 2: 89–112.

    Google Scholar 

  • Xiang, Q.-Y. 1999. Systematic affinities of Grubbiaceae and Hydrostachyaceae within Cornales: Insights fromrbcL sequences. Harvard Pap. Bot. 4: 527–541.

    Google Scholar 

  • —,S. J. Brunsfeld, D. E. Soltis &P. S. Soltis. 1996a. Phylogenetic relationships inCornus based on chloroplast DNA restriction sites: Implications for biogeography and character evolution. Syst. Bot. 21: 515–534.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —,D. J. Crawford &Y.-C. Tang. 1996b. Molecular phylogenetic relationships and biogeography ofAesculus L. Amer. J. Bot. 83(6): 203 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • —,D. E. Soltis &P. S. Soltis. 1998. Phylogenetic relationships of Cornaceae and close relatives inferred frommatK andrbcL sequences. Amer. J. Bot. 85: 285–297.

    Article  CAS  Google Scholar 

  • Ya, T. &K.-Y. Pan. 1994. Gametophytic development ofMelhania hamiltoniana Wall. (Sterculiaceae) and its systematic implications. Cathaya 6: 67–74.

    Google Scholar 

  • Yatskievych, G. &C. T. Mason Jr. 1986. A revision of the Lennoaceae. Syst. Bot. 11: 531–548.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &M. Zavada. 1984. Pollen morphology of Lennoaceae. Pollen & Spores 26: 19–30.

    Google Scholar 

  • Yoong, N. S., W. R. Philipson &J. R. L. Walker. 1975. Hectorellaceae: A member of the Centrospermae. New Zealand J. Bot. 13: 567–570.

    Google Scholar 

  • Young, D. A. 1976. Flavonoid chemistry and the phylogenetic relationships of the Julianiaceae. Syst. Bot. 1: 149–162.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • —. 1981. The usefulness of flavonoids in angiosperm phylogeny: Some selected examples. Pp. 205–232in D. A. Young & D. S. Seigler (eds.) Phytochemistry and angiosperm phylogeny. Praeger Sci., New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • — &S. J. Aist. 1987. Biflavonoids and the taxonomy of the Anacardiaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 74(5): 705 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &D. S. Seigler (eds.). 1981. Phytochemistry and angiosperm phylogeny. Praeger, New York.

    Google Scholar 

  • Young, J. A. &C. G. Young. 1992. Seeds of woody plants in North America. Rev. and enlarged ed. Dioscorides Press, Portland, OR.

    Google Scholar 

  • Young, M. C. M., M. R. Braga, S. M. C. Dietrich, V. S. Bolzani, L. M. V. Trevisan &O. R. Gottlieb. 1996. Chemosystematic markers in Rubiaceae. Pp. 205–212in E. Robbrecht, C. Puff & E. Smets (eds.), Second International Rubiaceae Conference proceedings. Opera botanica Belgica. Vol. 7. National Botanic Garden of Belgium, Meise.

    Google Scholar 

  • Young, N. D., K. E. Steiner &C. W. dePamphilis. 1999. The evolution of parasitism in Scrophulariaceae/Orobanchaceae: Plastid gene sequence refutes an evolutionary transition series. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 86: 876–893.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Yu, J. &P.-G. Xiao. 1987. A preliminary study of the chemistry and systematics of Paeoniaceae. Acta Bot. Sin. 25: 172–179.

    Google Scholar 

  • Yuncker, T. G. 1958. The Piperaceae: A family profile. Brittonia 10: 1–7.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Yunus, D. 1990. Studies in the pollen morphology of Malpighiaceae. Phytomorphology 40: 21–25.

    Google Scholar 

  • Zavada, M. S. 1983. Pollen morphology of Ulmaceae. Grana 22: 23–30.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &J. M. Benson. 1987. First fossil evidence for the primitive family Lactoridaceae. Amer. J. Bot. 74: 1590–1594.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &D. L. Dilcher. 1986. Comparative pollen morphology and its relationships to phylogeny of pollen in the Hamamelidae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 73: 348–381.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &M. Kim. 1996. Phylogenetic analysis of Ulmaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 200: 13–20.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • — &T. N. Taylor. 1986. Pollen morphology of Lactoridaceae. Pl. Syst. & Evol. 154: 31–39.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Zeeuw, C. de. 1977. Pakaraimoideae, Dipterocarpaceae of the Western Hemisphere, III. Stem anatomy. Taxon 26: 368–380.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Zhang, S.-Y. 1992a. Systematic wood anatomy of the Rosaceae. Blumea 37: 81–158.

    Google Scholar 

  • -. 1992b. Wood anatomy of the Rosaceae. Rijksherbarium/Hortus Botanicus, Leiden, Netherlands.

  • Zhang, Z.-Y. 1987. A study on the pollen morphology of Actinidiaceae and its systematic position. Acta Phytotax. Sin. 25: 9–23 (in Chinese; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • — &A.-M. Lu. 1989. On the systematic position of Daphniphyllaceae. Acta Phytotax. Sin. 27: 17–26 (in Chinese; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——. 1995. Hamamelidaceae: Geographic distribution, fossil history and origin. Acta Phytotax. Sin. 33: 313–339 (in Chinese; summary in English).

    Google Scholar 

  • ——,K.-Y. Pan &J. Wen. 1990. The anatomy, embryology, and systematic relationships of Eucommiaceae. Acta Phytotax. Sin. 28(6): 430–441.

    Google Scholar 

  • —— &J. Wen. 1994. Embryology ofRhoiptelea chiliantha (Rhoipteleaceae) and its systematic relationship. Cathaya 6: 57–66.

    Google Scholar 

  • Zhaoi, A., J. Skvarla, R. K. Jansen &M. Devore. 1998. Phylogenetic implications of pollen morphology and ultrastructure in the Barnadesioideae (Asteraceae). Amer. J. Bot. 85(6): 169 (abstract).

    Google Scholar 

  • Zhou, R.-H. &A.-H. Jiang. 1990. Chemical constituents of the Hamamelidae and their systematic significance. Cathaya 2: 63–76.

    Google Scholar 

  • Ziman, S. N. &C. S. Keener. 1989. A geographical analysis of the family Ranunculaceae. Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 76: 1012–1049.

    Article  Google Scholar 

  • Zomlefer, W. B. 1994. Guide to flowering plant families. Univ. North Carolina Press, Chapel Hill, NC.

    Google Scholar 

  • Zona, S. 1989. Leaf anatomy of the Goetzeaceae. Aliso 12: 303–312.

    Google Scholar 

  • —. 1998. The Myoporaceae in the southeastern United States. Harvard Pap. Bot. 3: 171–179.

    Google Scholar 

Download references

Author information

Authors and Affiliations

Authors

Rights and permissions

Reprints and permissions

About this article

Cite this article

Thorne, R.F. The classification and geography of the flowering plants: Dicotyledons of the class Angiospermae. Bot. Rev 66, 441–647 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02869011

Download citation

  • Issue Date:

  • DOI: https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02869011

Navigation